Math into YTEX

Third Edition
George Grätzer

Math into YTEX

Third Edition

BIRKHÄUSER • SPRINGER
BOSTON NEW YORK
George Grätzer
Department of Mathematics
University of Manitoba
Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2
Canada

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Grätzer. George A.
Math into LaTeX I George Grätzer.-3rd ed.
p. cm.
lncludes bibliographical references and index.
ISBN-13: 978-0-8176-4131-3 e-ISBN-13: 978-1-4612-2134-0
DOI: 10.1007/978-1-4612-2134-0
1. LaTeX (Computer file) 2. AMS-LaTeX. 3. Mathematics printing-Computer
programs. 4. Computerized typesetting. I. Title

Z253.4.L38 0745 2000

686.2'2544536----<lc21 00-036088
ClP

ISBN-13: 978-0-8176-4131-3 Printed on acid-free paper.

d')®
©2000 Birkhäuser Boston Birkhäuser lL(»>
©2004 Birkhäuser Boston. 2nd printing
©2004 Birkhäuser Boston, 3rd printing

All rights reserved. This work may not be translated or copied in whole or in part witllOut the written
permission of the publisher (Birkhäuser Boston, c/o Springer Science+Business Media Inc., Rights and
Permissions, 233 Spring Street, New York, NY 10013, USA), except for brief excerpts in connection with
reviews or scholarly analysis. Use in connection with any form of information storage and retrieval,
electronic adaptation. computer software, or by similar or dissimilar methodology now known or hereafter
developed is forbidden.
The use in this publication of trade names, trademarks, service marks and similar terms, even if they are not
identified as such, is not to be taken as an expression of opinion as to whether or not they are subject to
proprietary rights.

Adobe, Adobe Acrobat, Adobe Acrobat Distiller, Adobe Acrobat Reader, Adobe Illustrator, ATM, Portable
Document Format, PostScript are trademarkes of Adobe Systems lnc.
Apple and Macintosh are trademarks of Apple Computer Inc.
Microsoft and Windows are trademarrks of Microsoft Corporation.
Microspell is a trademark ofTrigram Systems.
UNIX is a registered trademark of Open Group.

9876543 SPIN 11318521

Birkhäuser is part of Springer Science+Business Media

www.birkhauser.com
Short contents

Quick Finder XXI

Preface to the third edition XXlll

Introduction XXVll

I A short course 1

1 Typing your first article 3

II Text and math 65

2 Typing text 67

3 Text environments 121

4 Typingmath 155

5 Multiline math displays 203

III Document structure 237

6 B\1EX documents 239

7 Standard B\1EX document classes 263

8 AMS documents 273

VI Short contents

IV Customization 309
9 Customizing l5\'!EX 311

V Long documents 365

10 BIB1.EX 367

11 Makelndex 393

12 Books in l5\'!EX 409

VI Math and the Web 431

13 '!EX, l5\'!EX, and the Internet 433

14 Putting l5\'!EX on the Web 439

A Math symbol tables 455

B Text symbol tables 469

C Background 475

D PostScript fonts 485

E l5\'!EX localized 491

F A book document dass 493

G Conversions 507

H Final word 517

Bibliography 521

Index 525
Contents

Quick Finder xxi

Preface to the third edition xxiii

Introduction XXVll

lAshort course 1
1 Typing your first article 3
1.1 Typing text . . . . . 4
1.1.1 The keyboard 4
1.1.2 Your first note . 6
1.1.3 Lines too wide 7
1.1.4 More text features. 9
1.2 Typing math. . . . . . . 11
1.2.1 A note with math 11
1.2.2 Errors in math . . . 13
1.3 Building blocks of a formula 15
1.4 Building a formula step-by-step 22
1.5 Formula gallery .. 25
1.6 Displayed formulas . . . 32
1.6.1 Equations . . . . 32
1.6.2 Aligned formulas 34
1.6.3 Cases . . . . . . 37
1.7 The anatomy of an article . 38
1.7.1 The typeset sampie article 43
1.8 li\TEX article templates 46
1.9 Your first article . . . . . . . . . . 47
Vlll Contents

1. 9.1 Editing the top matter 47

1.9.2 Sectioning........ 48
1.9.3 Invoking proclamations . 49
1.9.4 Inserting references 49
1.10 li\TEX error messages . . 50
1.11 Logical and visual design 55
1.12 Abrief overview . . . . . 57
1.13 Using li\TEX . . . . . . . 58
1.13.1 AMS packages revisited 58
1.13.2 Interactive IbTEX .. . 60
1.13.3 Versions . . . . . . . . 61
1.13.4 Spelling checkers and text editors 62

II Text and math 65

2 Typing text 67
2.1 The keyboard 68
2.1.1 Basic keys 68
2.1.2 Special keys 69
2.1.3 Prohibited keys 69
2.2 Words, sentences, and paragraphs 70
2.2.1 Spacing ruies 70
2.2.2 Periods . . . . . . . . . . 71
2.3 Commanding IbTEX . . . . . . . 73
2.3.1 Commands and environments 73
2.3.2 Scope . . . . . . . . . 76
2.3.3 Types of commands .. 78
2.4 Symbols not on the keyboard. 79
2.4.1 Quotation marks . . . 80
2.4.2 Dashes......... 80
2.4.3 Ties or nonbreakabie spaces 81
2.4.4 Special characters 81
2.4.5 Ellipses . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.4.6 Ligatures . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.4.7 Accents and symbols in text 83
2.4.8 Logos and numbers . 84
2.4.9 Hyphenation . . . 86
2.5 Comments and footnotes . 89
2.5.1 Comments . . . . 89
2.5.2 Footnotes . . . . . 92
2.6 Changing font characteristics . 93
2.6.1 Basic font characteristics 93
2.6.2 Document font families . 94
Contents IX

2.6.3 Command pairs . 94

2.6.4 Shape commands 95
2.6.5 !talie eorreetions 97
2.6.6 Series . . . . . 98
2.6.7 Size ehanges .. . 98
2.6.8 Orthogonality .. 99
2.6.9 Two-letter commands 100
2.6.10 Low-level commands 100
2.6.11 Boxed text . . . . . . 101
2.7 Lines, paragraphs, and pages 101
2.7.1 Lines . . . . 101
2.7.2 Paragraphs . . . . . . 105
2.7.3 Pages . . . . . . . . 106
2.7.4 Multieolumn printing . 107
2.8 Spaees . . . . . . . . . . 108
2.8.1 Horizontal spaees 108
2.8.2 Vertieal spaees . 110
2.8.3 Relative spaees 111
2.8.4 Expanding spaees 111
2.9 Boxes 112
2.9.1 Line boxes. 112
2.9.2 Paragraph boxes. 115
2.9.3 Marginal comments . 116
2.9.4 Solid boxes 117
2.9.5 Fine-tuning boxes. 119

3 Text environments 121

3.1 List environments 122
3.1.1 Numbered lists 122
3.1.2 Bulleted lists .. 122
3.1. 3 Captioned lists 123
3.1.4 Rule and eombinations 124
3.2 Tabbing environments . . . . 127
3.3 Miseellaneous displayed text environments 129
3.4 Proclamations . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.4.1 Thefullsyntax . . . . . 138
3.4.2 Proclamations with style 139
3.5 Proof environments . . . . . . . 143
3.6 Some general mies tür displayed text environments 145
3.7 Tabular environments . . . . 146
3.7.1 Table styles . . . . . 152
3.8 Style and size environments. 153
x Contents

4 Typing math 155

4.1 Math environments 156
4.2 Spacing ruIes 158
4.3 Equations . . . . . 160
4.4 Basic constructs .. 162
4.4.1 Arithmetic operations. 162
4.4.2 Binomial coefficients 164
4.4.3 Ellipses 165
4.4.4 Integrals. 166
4.4.5 Roots 166
4.5 Text in math .. . 167
4.6 Delimiters . . . . 168
4.6.1 Delimiter tabIes 169
4.6.2 Delimiters offixed size 170
4.6.3 Delimiters ofvariable size . 171
4.6.4 Delimiters as binary relations. 172
4.7 Operators . . . . . . . . . . 173
4.7.1 Operator tables .. . 173
4.7.2 Dedaring operators . 175
4.7.3 Congruences . . . . 176
4.8 Large operators . . . . . . . 176
4.8.1 Multiline subscripts and superscripts 178
4.9 Math accents . . . . . . . 179
4.10 Stretchable horizontallines 180
4.10.1 Horizontal braces . 180
4.10.2 Overlines and underlines 181
4.10.3 StretchabIe arrow math symbols 182
4.11 Spacing of symbols .. . 182
4.11.1 Classification .. . 183
4.11.2 Three exceptions 183
4.11.3 Spacing commands 185
4.11.4 ExampIes . . . . . 186
4.11.5 Thc \phantom command 187
4.12 Building new symbols . . . . . . 187
4.12.1 Stacking symbols . . . . 188
4.12.2 Negating and side-setting symbols 189
4.12.3 Changing a symbol's type 190
4.13 Math alphabets and symbols 190
4.13.1 Math alphabets . . . . 191
4.13.2 Math symbol alphabets 192
4.13.3 Bold math symbols 193
4.13.4 Size changes . . . . . . 195
Contents XI

4.13.5 Continued fractions . 195

4.14 Vertical spacing . . . . 196
4.15 Tagging and grouping 197
4.16 Generalized fractions 199
4.16.1 ExampIes 200
4.17 Boxed formulas .. 200

5 Multiline math displays 203

5.1 A visual guide . . . 204
5.2 Gathering formulas 206
5.3 Splitting long formulas 206
5.4 Some general mies .. 209
5.4.1 Subformula mIes 209
5.4.2 Breaking and aligning formtIlas 211
5.4.3 Numbering groups offormulas . 212
5.5 Aligned columns . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
5.5.1 An align variant . . . . . . . . 215
5.5.2 eqnarray, the ancestor of align . 215
5.5.3 The subformula mle revisited 216
5.5.4 The alignat environment .. . 217
5.5.5 Inserting text . . . . . . . . . . 219
5.6 Aligned subsidiary math environments. 220
5.6.1 Subsidiary variants 221
5.6.2 Split . . . 223
5.7 Adjusted columns 225
5.7.1 Matrices 226
5.7.2 Arrays .. 229
5.7.3 Cases 231
5.8 Commutative diagrams 232
5.9 Page breaks . . . . . . 234

III Document structure 237

6 I5\1EX documents 239

6.1 The stmcture of a document 240
6.2 The preambIe . 241
6.3 Front matter .. 242
6.3.1 Abstract 243
6.4 Main matter .. 243
6.4.1 Sectioning. 243
6.4.2 Cross-referencing 246
6.4.3 TabIes and figures . 250
Xll Contents

6.5 Back matter ........... 252

6.5.1 Bibliographies in articles 252
6.5.2 Simple indexes 258
6.6 Visual design ......... 259

7 Standard U\1EX document classes 263

7.1 Articles and reports 263
7.1.1 Options · ... 264
7.2 Letters . . . . . . . . . 266
7.3 The Jb.TEX distribution 268
7.3.1 Tools ..... 269

8 AMS documents 273

8.1 Two AMS document classes for articles 274
8.1.1 Font-size commands 274
8.2 The top matter · ...... 275
8.2.1 Article information 275
8.2.2 Author information . 277
8.2.3 AMS information 279
8.2.4 Multiple authors 281
8.2.5 Examples ... 281
8.2.6 Abstract · . . . 285
8.3 The AMS sample article 285
8.4 AMS article templates 298
8.5 Options ....... 301
8.5.1 Math options 304
8.6 The AMS packages . . 305

IV Customization 309
9 Customizing U\1EX 311
9.1 User-defined commands 312
9.1.1 Examples and rules 312
9.1.2 Arguments .... 318
9.1.3 Short arguments 320
9.1.4 Optional arguments . 321
9.1.5 Redefining commands 322
9.1.6 Redefining names . . . 323
9.1.7 Showing the definitions of commands 323
9.1.8 Delirnited commands . . . . . . . 325
9.2 User-defined environments . . . . . . . . 328
9.2.1 Modifying existing environments 328
9.2.2 Arguments ............ 331
Contents xm

9.2.3 Optional arguments with default values 331

9.2.4 Short arguments . . . . 332
9.2.5 Brand-newenvironments . . . . . . . . 332
9.3 A custom command file . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
9.4 The sampie article with user-defined commands . 338
9.5 Numbering and measuring 344
9.5.1 Counters . . . . . 345
9.5.2 Length commands 349
9.6 Custom lists . . . . . . . . 352
9.6.1 Length commands for the list environment 352
9.6.2 The list environment . . . 354
9.6.3 Two complete examples .. 357
9.6.4 The trivlist environment 360
9.7 Custom formats . . . . . . . . . . . 360

V Long documents 365

10 BIB1EX 367
10.1 The database 370
10.1.1 Entry types . 370
10.1.2 Typing fields 372
10.1.3 Articles .. . 374
10.1.4 Books . . . . 375
10.1. 5 Conference proceedings and collections 376
10.1.6 Theses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
10.1.7 Technical reports . . . . . . . . . 380
10.1.8 Manuscripts and other entry types 381
10.1. 9 Abbreviations 382
10.2 Using BIBTEX . . . 383
10.2.1 Sampie files . 383
10.2.2 Setup . . . . 385
10.2.3 Four steps ofBIBTEXing 386
10.2.4 BIBTEX files . . . . . . . 386
10.2.5 BIBTEX mies and messages. 389
10.2.6 Concluding comments 392

11 Mnkelndex 393
11.1 Preparing the document 393
11.2 Index commands . . . . 397
11.3 Processing the index entries 402
11.4 Rules .. 405
11.5 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . 407
xiv Contents

12 Books in I5\TEX 409

12.1 Book document dasses 410
12.1.1 Sectioning . . . 410
12.1.2 Division ofthe body 411
12.1.3 Document dass options 412
12.1.4 Title pages . . . . . . . . 413
12.2 Tables of contents, lists of tables and figures . 413
12.2.1 Tables of contents . . . . . 413
12.2.2 Lists oftables and figures. 415
12.3 Splitting and combining files . 416
12.3.1 \input and \include 416
12.3.2 Organizing your files 418
12.3.3 Combining files . . . . 421
12.4 Logical design . . . . . . . . . 422
12.5 Final preparations for the publisher 424
12.6 Final preparations for printing . . . 426

VI Math and the Web 431

13 TEX, 15\1EX, and the Internet 433
13.1 Obtaining files from the Internet. 434
13.2 Commercial TEX implementations 435
13.3 Free and shareware implementations . 436
13.4 TEX user groups and the AMS . . . . 436
13.5 Some useful sources ofIbTEX information. 437

14 Putting 15\1EX on the Weh 439

14.1 File formats . . . 440
14.1.1 HTML . . 440
14.1.2 PostScript 444
14.1.3 PDP . . . 444
14.1.4 Graphics file formats 446
14.2 Choosing a file format .. 447
14.2.1 Downloading only . 447
14.2.2 Viewing only . . . . 449
14.2.3 Viewing and downloading 450
14.3 Hyperlinks and PDP files .. 450
14.3.1 Using hyperref . . . . 450
14.3.2 backref and colorlinks 451
14.3.3 Bookmarks . . . . . 452
14.3.4 Additional commands . 452
Contents xv

A Math symbol tables 455

Al Hebrew and Greek letters . 455
Al.l Hebrew !etters 455
Al.2 Greek letters. . . . 456
A2 Binary relations · ..... 457
A.2.1 Jb.TE,X binary relations . 457
A2.2 AMS binary relations 458
A2.3 Negated binary relations 459
A3 Binary operations .. 460
A4 Arrows . . . . . . . . 461
A4.1 IbTEX arrows 461
A.4.2 AMS arrows 462
A5 Miscellaneous symbols 463
A.6 Delimiters . . . . . . . 464
A.7 Operators ....... 465
A.7.1 "Pure" operators, with no limits 465
A7.2 Operators with limits 465
A7.3 Large operators 466
A.8 Math accents and fonts 467
A.8.1 Math accents 467
A.8.2 Math fonts .. 468
A9 Math spacing commands 468

B Text symbol tables 469

B.l Some European characters 469
B.2 Text accents . . . . . . . . 470
B.3 Text font commands ... 470
B.3.1 Text font family commands 470
B.3.2 Text font size changes (IbTEX and AMS) . 471
B.4 Additional text symbols . . . . . . . . . . . 472
B.5 Additional text symbols with Tl encoding . 473
B.5.1 Accents · . . . . . . 473
B.5.2 European characters 473
B.5.3 Quotation marks 473
B.6 Text spacing commands 474

C Background 475
C.l A short history . · . . . . . . 475
C.l.l IbTEX3. · ...... 476
C.l.2 Recent developments 478
C.2 How does IbTpX work? 479
C.2.1 The layers 479
C.2.2 Typesetting .. 480
xvi Contents

C.2.3 Viewing and printing 481

C.2.4 ~TEX's files . . . . . 481

D PostScript fonts 485

D.l CM, AMS, and EM PostScript Fonts 486
D.2 The Times font and MathTIme 487
D.3 Lucida Bright fonts .. 489
D.4 More PostScript fonts . 489

E U'IEX localized 491

F A book document dass 493

G Conversions 507
G.l Converting to ~TEX . . . . . . . . . . . 508
G.1.1 Converting Plain TEX to E\TEX . 508
G.1.2 Converting E\TEX 2.09 to ~TEX . 509
G.2 Converting to ~TEX with the AMS packages 510
G.2.1 Using the AMS packages in a E\TEX document 510
G.2.2 Converting from AMS-TEX . . . . . . . . . . 510
G.2.3 Converting trom version 1.2 ofthe AMS packages 511
G.3 Converting to an AMS document dass . . . . . . . 512
G.3.1 Converting from ~TEX . . . . . . . . . . . 512
G.3.2 Converting from AMS-~TEX, version 1.1 . 514

H Final word 517

H.l What was left out? . 517
H.1.1 E\TEX omissions . 517
H.1.2 TEX omissions . 518
H.2 Further reading . . . . . 518

Bibliography 521

Index 525
List of tables

2.1 Nine special characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

2.2 Font table for the Computer Modern typewriter-style font 83
2.3 European accents .. 84
2.4 European characters . . . . . . . . 84
2.5 Extra text symbols . . . . . . . . . 85
2.6 Font family switching commands . 95

3.1 Tabular table . . . . . . . . . . . 147

3.2 Table with \multicolumn . . . . 150
3.3 Table with \multicolumn and \cline . 151
3.4 Smokers and Nonsmokers, by Sex 152

4.1 Standard delimiters . . . 169

4.2 Operators without limits 174
4.3 Operators with limits 174
4.4 Congruences 176
4.5 Large operators .. . 177
4.6 Math accents . . . . 180
4.7 Math spacing commands 185

8.1 IbTEX and AMS font size commands 275

9.1 Redefinable name commands in IbTEX . 324

9.2 Standard IbTEX counters 345
9.3 Counter styles . . . . . . . 347

14.1 hyperref \autoref names . 453

D.l So me type foundries on the World Wide Web. 490

XVlll List of tables

G.l TEX commands to avoid using in IbTEX documents. . . . . 509

G.2 AMS package equivalents of AMS-TEX style commands. . . 512
G.3 AMS-TEX commands to avoid using with the AMS packages 513
List offigures

1.1 Simple alignment: souree and typeset .. 35

1.2 Annotated alignment: souree and typeset 37
1.3 A sehematie view of an artide . 38
1.4 The strueture of J!.TEX 57
1.5 Using J!.TEX . . . . . . . . . 59

5.1 The AMS multiline formulas 205

5.2 Two aligned eolumns: souree and typeset 214

6.1 The strueture of a J!.TEX doeument . . . 240

6.2 Seetioning commands in the article document dass 246
6.3 Seetioning commands in the amsart doeument dass 246
6.4 The most important bibliographie entry types 254
6.5 Page layout for the article doeument dass. 260

7.1 The openbib option .... 267

9.1 The measurements ofa box. 351

9.2 The layout of a eustom list 353

10.1 Using BIBTEX, step 2 387

10.2 Using BIBTEX, step 3 387

11.1 Simple index entries . 394

11.2 Using Makelndex, step 1 403
11.3 Using Makelndex, step 2 403

12.1 A page break . . . . . . . 427

xx List of.figures

14.1 A simple Web page and its tide . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

14.2 The hyperref package with the \autoref command . 451
14.3 The hyperref package with the backref option 451

E.1 German test for Babel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492

Quick Finder

Abbreviations, 71 dedications, 276

accented characters, 10, 83; Sec. B.2 delimiters, 18; Sees. 4.6, A.6
addresses, 277 displayed math, 12, 156; Sec. 1.6; eh. 5
aligned formulas, Sees. 1.6.2,5.5,5.6 document classes, 7, 241; ehs. 7-12
AMS (American Mathematical Society), 437 options, 9; Sees. 7.1.1, 8.5, 12.1.3
articles, Sees. 8.1-8.5 double spaeing, 104
packages, xxxii; Sees. 1.13.1,8.6
subject classifications, 280 Ellipses, 19; Sees. 2.4.5,4.4.3
arithmetic, 162 em dash es, 10, 80
arrows, Sec. A.4 e-mail,278
articles, Sees. 1.7-1.9,7.1,8.1-8.5 emphasize text, 10
authors, 39,48,277 en dashes, 10, 80
environments, 4; Sees. 2.3.1,9.2
Bibliographies, 10,49; eh. 10 equations, Sees. 1.6.1,4.3
binary operations, 182; Sec. A.3 error messages, Sees. 1.1.3, 1.2.2, 1.10
binary relations, 457; Sec. A.2 European eharaeters, 10,84; Sees. B.l, B.5.2
binomials, 17, 164
blank spaces, 7, 70 Font size, Sees. 2.6.7, B.3.2
body of an article, 39 fonts; Sees. 2.6, B.3
bold math, 30, Fraktur, 26, 193
bold text, 10,9360,191
Graphies, 250, 449
Calligraphic font, 31,192 Greek letters, 27, 182; Sec. A.1.2
cases, 37, 231
centering text, 10, 153 Hebrew letters, Sec. A.l.l
characters, special, 5, 69 hyphenation, 9; Sec. 2.4.9
citations, 49; eh. 10
commands, 10; Sees. 2.3,9.1 Index, Sec. 6.5.2, eh. 11
with arguments, 10; Sec. 9.1.2 multiple,407
with option al arguments, 10; Sec. 9.1.4 inline math, 12, 156
commenting out, 6; Sec. 2.5 instructions to It>TEX, 3; Sees. 2.3, 9.1, 9.2
congruences, 18; Sec. 4.7.3 integrals, 19; Sec. 4.4.4
cross-referencing, 33, 160; Sees. 6.4.2, 8.5 intersentence spacing, 7, 71
CTAN,434 interword spacing, 7, 71
invalid characters, 5, 69
Dates, 39, 48, 268 italics, 10,95,153
xxii Quick Finder

Justifieation, 4, 7, 10, 153 Return key, 5, 69

right justifying text, 4, 7, 10, 153
K.eyboard, 4; See. 2.1
keywords, 280 SampIe articles, 44-45, 286-297; Sec. 1.7
sampIe files, 4, 435
IfTEX, xxxi; App. C sectioning, Secs. 1.9.2,6.4.1,12.1.1
articles, See. 1.7; Chs. 6,8 sentenees, 7, 70
commands, 10; Sees. 2.3, 9.1 si nc function, 21; Secs. 4.7.1, A.6
error messages, Sees. 1.1.3, 1.2.2, 1.10 spacing in text and math, 12; Secs. 2.2.1, A.9
left justifying text, 4,7, 10, 153 special keys, 5, 69
line breaks, 10, 102 spelling cheekers, 62
lines too wide, 7, 10 1 square roots, 21; Sec. 4.4.5
log files, 8, 58, 482 subseripts, 17, 163
sums, 21; Sec. 4.8
Maeros, 312 superseripts, 17, 163
math, 3; Sees. 1.2-1.6; Chs 4, 5
aeeents, 19; Sees. 4.9, A.8.1 Tab key, 5, 69
fonts, See. 4.13 tables, See. 3.7
symbols, See. 4.13; App. A templates, 46; Sec. 8.4
matriees, 19; See. 5.7.1 TEX, xxxi; Sec. C.l
implementation, Sees. 13.2, 13.3
Nonbreakable spaees (ties), Sec. 2.4.3 text, 3; Ch. 2
numbering aeeents, 10; Sees. 2.4.7, B.2
conseeutivdy, 138 in a formula, 22; See. 4.5
equations, 32, 160 symbols, Sec. B.4
renumbering, 33 text editors, xxvii
within a seetion, 138 theorems, 39,49; See. 3.4
theorems, 49 ties (unbreakable spaees), 7; See. 2.4.3
n-th roots, 21; Sec. 4.4.5 titles, 39,48,275
translators, 276
TUG (TEX Users Group), 437
Operators, 21; Sees. 4.7, A.7

Packages,57
U ser-defined eommands, Sec. 9.1
URl.S, 279
AMS, xxxii; Sees. 1.13.1,8.6
page breaks, 10; See. 2.7.3
Web-page addresses, 279
paragraphs, 7; Sec. 2.7.2
parentheses, 18; Sees. 4.6, A.6 white spaee, 12,69; Sec. A.9
pictures, 250, 449
points (pt), 8; Sec. 9.5.2
Portable Document Format (PDF), 444
PostScript, 444
preamble of an article, 38
printing, 58
products, 21; See. 4.8
prohibited keys, 5; See. 2.1.3
prompts,60
proofs, Sec. 3.5
punctuation marks, 5, 68

Quotation marks, 7,68

Referencing, see eross-referencing

renumbering,33
research support, 279
 Preface to the
third edition

Whya newedition?
Tbe Internet

Just a few years ago, the Internet consisted oflittle more than e-mail, USENET, and
FTP sites. The state-of-the-art in information technology was Gopher, a text-based
system using hierarchical menus to organize documents. Today the World Wide
Web dominates the headlines in major magazines and newspapers. Many journals
now have electronic editions, and new journals published solelyon the Internet are
beginning to appear. E-books and e-learning have started to establish themselves.
The popularity and ease of use of the World Wide Web make it one of the best
ways to share l>\TEX articles, reports, and books with a wider audience.
Part VI discusses the interaction between l>\TEX and the Internet:
• Chapter 13 examines the role of the Internet as the main source for information
about using and customizing Jb.TEX.
• Chapter 14 explains how to publish your own l>\TEX articles, reports, and books
on the World Wide Web.

Newfocus

This edition focuses on the "standard Jb.TEX." The first edition ofthis book (pub-
lished in 1993) described AMS-Jb.TEX, version 1.1, and the amsart document
style. AW-Jb.TEX, version 1.1, was a stand-alone product that was incompatible
with the standard Jb.TEX ofthe time, Jb.TEX 2.09. The second edition (in 1996)
reported on the new Jb.TEX (then called Jb.TEX 2 E ) and the new E\TEX -compatible
XXIV Preface to the third edition

AMS packages that replaced AMS-Ib-TEX, version 1.1, but the book still had an
AMS-Ib-TEX-centric view.
This third edition is about Ib-TEX. Where necessary, I recommend that you use
packages to extend Ib-TEX's capabilities. For typesetting mathematics, I strongly
recommend that you use the AMS packages.

AMS packages, version 2.0

The American Mathematical Society released version 2.0 ofthe AMS packages in
1999. This third edition covers the changes made in this release.

Books

The first and second editions of this book dealt primarily with the tasks involved
in writing artides. In Part V, the third edition addresses the issues that arise when
creating longer documents. In addition to chapters on BIBTEX and Makelndex,
I have added a new chapter on writing books. Appendix F illustrates the impor-
tance of choosing a well-designed book document dass.

Other changes

B\1EX Ib-TEX2 c has been remarkably stable since its release in 1996, becorning
the standard Ib-TEX (see Section C.1.2). Changes have been rninor except for ad-
vances in using Ib-TEX with non-English languages (see the new Appendix E) and
the widespread use of the PostScript CM and AMS fonts (see the new Section D.l).

Reorganization and additions Due to the new emphasis on writing books, a

number of sections and subsections have moved from Chapter 2 and Chapters 6-8
to the new Chapter 12.
I have carefully revised the conte nt to cover the changes made in Ib-TEX and
the AMS packages. I have added new material based on my own experiences (since
1996, I have typeset roughly 1500 pages-induding two books-using Ib-TEX)
and in response to e-mail queries from readers of previous editions (as an example,
see the revised Section 5.6.2 on the spli t subsidiary math environment). Most of
the text has been rewritten and there are many minor corrections.
In 1999, my introductory book, First Steps in lJITEX, [30] was published; it is
based on Part I of the second edition of this book. Part I of this third edition takes
into account the rewriting and editing that was done for First Steps.

Illustrations I believe that a visual illustration of a complicated construct sub-

stantially cuts the learning curve. So I have almost doubled the number of illus-
trations. See, for example, the illustrations of aligned formulas in Section 1.6.2;
Preface to the third edition XXy

the new Seetion 5.1, a visual guide to multiline math formulas; and the two-page
spread of bibliographie styles in Chapter 10.

Web enhanced In the introduetion, I explain how I plan to keep you, the reader,
up-to-date on changes to come via the Web.

Two recurring questions

When I hear from readers, there are two questions that come up again and again:

1. I do not have much time to spend learning the technical aspects ofwriting arti-
eIes. Do I really need a book as large as this one?
2. Can you help me to get started from serateh, eovering everything from installing
a working IbTEX system to the rudiments of text editing?

My answer to the first question is no. You do not need to read the entire book
to get started. If you only read Part I (the short coUfse), the few pages discussing
the top matter ofan AMS document (Section 8.1), and those parts ofthe book
that cover the types of mathematical expressions yoUf work uses, you will be able
to write a basic artieIe. Math into IßTEX is as large as it is because it addresses the
use of IbTEX for a wide range of users. You can be very selective about what you
ehoose to read at first, and come back later for more detail as needed.
The second question is addressed in a very small way by a section in the in-
troduetion, Setting the stage. There are dozens ofdifferent IbTEX implementations
and hundreds of text editors. YOUf environment will be based on the kind of com-
puter you have (or have access to), what you need yoUf IbTEX system to do, how
much work you are willing to do to maintain the system, and how much money
you are willing to spend. Sections 13.2 and 13.3 will help you select a IbTEX system
that meets yauf needs.
Because of the complex choices involved, no one book can possibly cover all
of the possible combinations. I assurne that you have a working and up-to-date
IbTEX system, that you know how to use some text-editing application (even Word
will do), and that you know the basies of working with YOUf computer's operating
system.

George Grätzer
 Introduction

Is this bookfor you?

This book is for the mathematician, physicist, engineer, scientist, or technical typist
who has to learn how to typeset articles containing mathematical formulas.
Part I provides a quick introduction to Jb.TEX, so that you will be ready to type
your first article (such as the sample article on pages 44-45) in a very short time.
That is followed, in Parts II-IV, by a detailed exposition that provides you with
asolid foundation in Jb.TEX, so that typing mathematical documents will become
second nature.
You can find specific topics in the short table of contents, in the detailed ta-
ble of contents, in the Quick Finder, or in the index. While the index is Jb.TEX-
oriented, the Quick Finder lists the main topics mainly using the terminology uti-
lized by word processing applications. For example, to find out how to italicize
text, look under "italics" in the Quick Finder, and under \emph in the index.

Setting the stage

Watch someone type a mathematical article in Jb.TEX. You will see that

• A text editor is used to create a Jb.TEX souree file. A source file (we will call it
first. tex) might look like the following:

\documentclass{article}
\begin{document}
The hypotenuse: $\sqrt{a-{2} + b-{2}}$. I can type math!
\end{document}

Note that the source file first. tex is different from a typical word-processor
file: All characters are displayed at the same size and in the same font.
XXVlll Introduetion

• Typeset the souree file «nd view the result on their monitor (the two corners indicate
material that is shown as typeset by l5\TEX):

The hypotenuse: va 2 + b2 • I can type math!

L
• Continue the editing eycle. You will go back and forth between the SOUfce fiIe and
the typeset version, making changes and observing the results of those changes.
• Print the file. Once you are satisfied with the typeset version, you can print the
document, creating a paper version ofthe typeset article.

Unfortunately, I cannot tell you exaccly how YOUf particular text editor works,
or how type setting and printing is done on yoUf system. Just as there are many
text editors (ranging from the ancient vi to modern editors with graphical user
interfaces), there are many l5\TEX setups, each with its own unique installation and
a different way oftypesetting and printing. However, the following two exampIes
should give you some idea of the process.

Exampte1: UNIX

UNIX commands are typed at a shell prompt (such as unix$). The following com-
mand starts a text editor:

unix$ vi first.tex

Once the editor starts, you type the text of yoUf article. When you are ready to
typeset the article, save the file and quit the editor. Back at the shell prompt, typing

unix$ latex first

results in aseries of messages scrolling up the screen as the fiIe is typeset.

When this process is compIete, you will have a DVI fiIe, first. dvi, that may
be viewed (in an X Window environment) by typing

unix$ xdvi first

If changes must be made, you can return to the editor and make them, save
and quit, then typeset and preview the fiIe again. To print the DVI file, type a com-
mand such as the following at the shell prompt:

unix$ dvips first I lpr

Introduction XXIX

Example 2: TEXTURES on a Macintosh

When you start the TEXTURES application on a Macintosh computer, a blank text-
editing window appears. Type the text ofyour document in the window and save
it as first. tex. When you are ready to typeset the document, make sure that the
LaTeX format is selected in the Typeset menu, and then choose Typeset from the
same menu.
A second window (titled first. tex typeset ) appears, displaying the typeset
version of your document:

\documentclass{article}
\begin{document}
hypotenuse: $\sqrt{a-{2} + b-{2}}$. I can type math!
\end{document}
o

Th hypot nuse: Ja2+b2. I can typ math!

4 •

To print your document, choose Print ... trom the File menu. To con-
tinue editing your document, simply dick the mouse in the text-editing window
to bring it to the front, and type. Depending on how you have set the options, the
changes in the Ib-TEX source file may automatically appear in the window displaying
the typeset version.

Choosing a Y1EX setup

In Sections 13.2 and 13.3, I briefly review a tew ofthe most popular Ib-TEX setups.
My best advice is to get the same Ib-TEX setup as that of a friend or colleague so
they can help you get started. Many Ib-TEX implementations come on a CD- ROM or
are downloadable trom the Internet, and installation is often no more complicated
xxx Introduction

than double-clicking on an icon. Learning the fundamentals ofusing a text editor

(typing text and simple editing) is easy-ifyou know how to use a word processor,
you already know how to use a text editor. And it is just as easy to become familiar
with a few basic commands for tasks such as typesetting and printing.
Now that you have some idea of the basic requirements for typing a mathe-
matical article in Ib-TEX, you are ready for the rest of the introduction.

What is document markup?

When you work with a word processor, you see your document on the computer
monitor more or less as it will look when printed, with different fonts, font sizes,
font shapes (e.g., roman, italic) and weights (e.g., normal, boldface), interline spac-
ing (leading), indentation, and so on.
Working with a markup language 1 is different. Since all characters appear in
the same font in your text editor, to indicate changes in the typeset text, you must
mark up the source file, that is, add commands to format the text. For instance,
to emphasize the phrase detailed description in a Ib-TEX source file, type

\emph{detailed description}

The \emph command is a markup command; the marked-up text will yield the type-
set output

detailed description
L
In this book, I will introduce you to Ib-Tp)C, a markup language designed and
implemented by Leslie Lamport, based on Donald E. Knuth's typesetting language
TEX (see Donald E. Knuth's Tbe TEXbook [34] and Leslie Lamport's IßTEX: A
Document Preparation System [39]). I believe that you will find that it is actually
quite easy to learn how to mark up text.
On pages 290-297, I juxtapose the source file for an AMS sample article with
the typeset version. The markup in the source file may appear somewhat challeng-
ing at first, but I think you will agree that the typeset article is a pleasing rendering
ofthe marked-up material.

I Markup languages have always dominated typographie work of high quality. Communieations
on the World Wide Web are also eustomarily written in a markup language ealled HTML (HyperText
Markup Language). More about markup languages in Seetion 14.1.1.
Introduction XXXI

TEX
The TEX composition language was designed for typesetting mathematical and sci-
entific artides and books, and can handle complex mathematical formulas as well
as text: To get the formula Jo7r va
2 + x 2 dx, type

You do not have to worry about determining the size ofthe integral symbol or how
to construct the square root symbol that covers a 2 + x 2 because TEX does this for
you!
A tremendous part of the appeal of the TEX language is that a source file is
plain text (ASCII text), which is easy to transmit electronically to colleagues, coau-
thors, journals, editors, and publishers.
TEX is also platform independent. You may type the first version of a source
file on a Macintosh computer; your coauthor may make improvements to the same
file on a PC (a computer running Microsoft Windows); and the journal publishing
the artide may use a UNIX machine (a computer running a UNIX variant such as
Solaris or Linux) to prepare the manuscript for printing. 2

IbTEX was built on TEX's foundation, and has commands that are easier to use, a
set of structural elements, and a larger set of diagnostic messages.
IbTEX provides the following additional features:

• A document is divided into logical units, in du ding an abstract, various sections

and subsections, theorems, and a bibliography. The logical units are typed in-
dependently of one another. Once all the units have been typed, IbTEX controls
the placement and formatting of these elements.
• Line 4 of the sample artide intrart . tex (on page 39) reads
\documentclass{article}

This line teIls IbTEX to load the document dass article, which causes IbTEX to
format the document as a generic artide. When submitting your artide to a jour-
nal that is equipped to handle IbTEX manuscripts (the number of such journals
is increasing rapidly), the editor can simply substitute the name of the journal's
document dass to make the body ofyour artide conform to the journal's design.
(Depending on the journal, you may need to use the AMS artide document dass,
amsart, in order to ensure that the front matter ofyour artide also adapts.) Many
journals make their own document dasses available to prospective authors to use
while preparing their artides.
2you may take this senrence as adefinition of the three major computing platforms. Wc will only
discuss tools that are available in some form on all three plattorms.
XXXll Introduction

• Ib-TEX's automatie numbering relieves you of tedious bookkeeping chores. Imag-

ine that you have finished writing an article, with all OfyOUf theorems and equa-
tions numbered and properly cross-referenced. After a final reading, you must
make some changes: Seetion 4 needs to be moved after Seetion 7, and some
new theorems have to be inserted somewhere in the middle. Such minor changes
used to be a major headache! But with Ib-TEX, it almost becomes a pIeasure to
make such changes: Ib-TEX automatically renumbers the seetions, theorems, and
equations in yoUf article, and rebuilds the cross-references.
• With Ib-TEX you may use BIBTEX, an application that helps you create and main-
tain bibliographie databases, so references do not have to be retyped for each
article. BIBTEX will select and format the needed references from YOUf database.
• Compiling a large index is a big job. Ib-TEX users are assisted by Makelndex, an
application which makes this job easier.

Tbe AMS packages

The AMS packages distill the American Mathematical Society's (AMS) years of ex-
perience in publishing mathematical journals and books; they add a host of features
related to mathematical typesetting, especially the typesetting of multiline formu-
las and the production of finely tuned printed output. The AMS packages enhance
Ib-TEX's capabilities in three different areas:

1. Math. The amsmath package adds a wide variety oftools for typesetting math,
including

• Powerful tools to deal with multiline math formulas. For instance, in the
following formula, the equal signs (=) and the explanatory comments are
vertically aligned:

x = (x + y)(x + z) (by distributivity)

= x+yz (by Condition (M))
= yz.
• Numerous constructs for type setting mathematical formulas, exemplified
by the following:

if x< 0;
if 0:::; x :::; 1;
otherwise.

• Special spacing ruIes for dozens of formula types; for exampIe,

a == b (mod 8)
Introduction XXX1l1

typed inline becomes a == b (mod (-:)).

• Multiline subscripts, as in

LL X(I:~jl
J.
,..2+].2-
-5
0 Z
i. j90

• User-defined symbols far typesetting math, such as

Trune f(x), ,
A, * """'
L..- *

• Formulas mImbered in a variety of ways:

- Automatically (with numbers)
- Manually (with tags)
- By groups, with a group number such as (2) and individual formulas
numbered as (2a), (2b), and so on

2. Document classes. The AMS packages provide a number of document dasses;

the most important of which is the AMS artide document dass, amsart; it
allows the input of title page information (e.g., author, address, e-mail ad-
dress) as separate entities. As a result, a journal can typeset even the tide page
of an artide according to its own specifications without having to retype any
information.
The AMS document dasses provide the proof environment and three theo-
rem styles: plain, definition, and remark. (See the sampart . tex sampie arti-
de on pages 286-288: Theorem 1 uses the plain style, Definition 1 uses the
definition style, and the Notation uses the remark style.)
Many users also prefer the visual design ofthe amsart document dass to the
simpler design ofthe dassic IFfEX article document dass.
3. Fonts. The AMS packages provide hundreds of symbols for binary operations,
binary relations, negated binary relations, arrows, extensible arrows, and so
on (see the tables in Appendix A); there are also additional math alphabets
such as blackboard bold, Euler Fraktur, Euler Script, and math bold and
math bold italic. Here are just a few examples:
t=, A, ~, ~, A, p, E

The AMS calls these enhancements AMS-0TEX (consisting ofthe math pack-
ages and the document dasses) and AMSFonts (consisting ofthe font-related pack-
ages and the fonts themselves). In this book, to simplifY the terminology, I reier
to all these enhancements collectively as AMS packages; 1 use AMS distribution and
AMS enhancements as synonyms.
I will point out in the text which commands are Ib-TEX commands and which
are defined by AMS packages. References to AMS commands will also be indicated
by the use of a symbol in the margin (such as the one shown here). A smaller ver-
sion, @, is used in the tables of Appendixes A and Band in the index.
XXXIV Introduction

What)s in the book?

Just before this introduction is the Quick Finder, a brief index using mainly non-
Jb.TEX terms.
Part I (Chapter 1) will help you get started quickly with Jb.TEX; if you read
it carefully, you will be ready to type your own first article and to tackle Jb.TEX in
more depth.
Part I guides you through

• Text markup, which is quite easy

• Math markup, which is not so straightforward; several sections ease you into
mathematical typesetting, including
- The basic building blocks of math formulas
- How to build up a complex formula in simple steps
- A formula gallery
- Equations and multiline formulas
• The anatomy of an article
• How to set up an article template
• Typing your first article

Part II introduces the two most basic skills for writing with Jb.TEX in depth:
typing text and typing math.
Chapters 2 and 3 introduce text and displayed text. Chapter 2 is especially im-
portant because when you type a Jb.TEX document, most of your time is spent typ-
ing text. The topics covered include special characters and accents, hyphenation,
fonts, and spacing. Chapter 3 covers displayed text, including lists and tables, and
for the mathematician, prodamations (theorem-like structures) and proofs.
Chapters 4 and 5 discuss inline and displayed math. Typing math is the heart
of any mathematical typesetting system. Chapter 4 discusses this topic in detail,
induding basic constructs, operators, delimiters, building new symbols, fonts, and
grouping equations. Chapter 5 presents one ofthe major contributions ofthe AMS
packages: aligned multiline formulas. This chapter also discusses other forms of
multiline formulas.
Part III discusses the parts of a Jb.TEX document. In Chapter 6, you learn
ab out the structure of a Jb.TEX document. The most important topics are section-
ing and cross-referencing. In Chapter 7, the most commonly used standard Jb.TEX
document classes are presented: article, report, and letter (the book class is
discussed in Chapter 12), along with a description of the standard Jb.TEX distribu-
tion.
In Chapter 8, we discuss the AMS document classes. In particular, I present
the title page information for the AMS artide document dass and provide a descrip-
tion of the standard AMS distribution.
Introduction xxxv

Chapter 8 also features the AMS samplc article, sampart . tex, first in typeset
form (pages 286-288), then in mixed form, juxtaposing the source file and the
typeset article (pages 290-297). You can learn a lot about IbTEX and the AMS
packages just by reading the source file one paragraph at a time and seeing how
that paragraph is typeset by IbTEX.
Part IV (Chapter 9) introduces techniques to customize IbTEX to speed up
the typing of source files and the typesetting of documents: user-defined com-
mands, user-defined environments, and custom formats. You willlearn how pa-
rameters that affect IbTEX's behavior are stored in counters and length commands,
how to change them, and how to design your own custom lists.
Chapter 9 also contains aversion of the AMS sampie article utilizing the user-
defined commands collected in lattice. sty.
In Part V (Chapters 10 and 11), we will discuss Ion ger documents, which
have special needs. Two applications, contained in the standard IbTEX distribution,
BIBTEX and Makelndex make compiling large bibliographies and indexes much
easier.
I present thc IbTEX and thc AMS book document classes in Chapter 12 along
with the dos and don)ts ofbook writing in IbTEX.
Part VI deals with IbTEX and the Internet. Chapter 13 discusses where to
find useful IbTEX-related intormation on the Internet. The main topics are:

• Obtaining files from the Internet

• CTAN, the Comprehensive TEX Archive Network
• Obtaining the IbTEX distribution and the AMS packages
• Getting the sample files for this book
• Some commercial TEX implementations
• Freeware and shareware TEX implementations
• TEX user groups and thc AMS
• Important IbTEX-related FTP and Web sites

You can share your LATEX articles, reports, and books by putting them on the
Web so that others can view, read, download, and print them. Chapter 14 tells
you how.
You will probably find yourself referring to Appendices A and B time and
again: They contain the math and text symbol tables.
Appendix C relates some historical background material on IbTEX: how it
developed and how it works. Appendix D is abrief introduction to the use of
PostScript fonts in a IbTEX document.
Appendix E briefty describes the llse ofIb.TEX for languages other than Amer-
ican English. Appendix F shows a few pages from a book typeset with a Springer-
Verlag book document class along with excerpts from the source docllment.
Appendix G will help orient those people who have previollsly workcd with
xxxvi Introduction

(Plain) TEX, LATEX, version 2.09, AMS-TEX, or AMS-IbTEX, version l.x. Some
tips are given to smooth your transition to using the current standard IbTEX and
the AMS packages. Finally, Appendix H points you towards some areas for further
study.

Mission statement
This book is a guide for typesetting mathematical documents within the constraints
imposed by IbTEX, an elaborate system with hundreds of mles. IbTEX allows you
to perform almost any mathematical typesetting task through the appropriate ap-
plication ofits mIes. You can customize IbTEX (as it was designed to be modified)
by introducing user-defined commands and environments and by changing IbTEX
parameters.
You can also extend IbTEX by invoking packages that accomplish special tasks:
One such set of packages from the AMS plays an important role in this book-as it
should in any book dealing with mathematical typesetting.
It is not my goal to teach you
• How to modifY IbTEX code to change IbTEX's behavior
• How to write TEX code to create your own packages (IbTEX extensions)
• How to design beautiful documents (writing document dasses)
The definitive book on the first topic is Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach,
and Alexander Samarin's Tbe IßTEX Companion [17]. The second and third topics
still await authoritative books.

A recommendation
I strongly recommend that you use the amsart document dass for all your artides.
Begin each artide with the lines
\documentclass{amsart}
\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym}
\begin{document}
and you can ignore all of the discussions in this book about IbTEX commands versus
AMS commands, and IbTEX fonts and the latexsym package versus AMS fonts and
the amssymb package.
Some of you may not be able to follow this recommendation, induding those
who work with older installations whose system managers cannot or will not instali
a newer version of IbTEX or the AMS packages, and those who are forced to use
a publisher's document dass file that is not compatible with the AMS packages.
But most users ofIbTEX who typeset documents with significant amounts of math
will find that using the amsart document dass and loading amssymb and latexsym
make their work easier.
Introduction xxxvii

Keeping up-to-date
Like most computer-related subjects, the material in this book is subject to change
over time. While IbTEX itself may not change much until the advent of Jb.TEX3,
there is a new version of the a msmath package on the horizon, introducing a vari-
ant ofthe equation environment that will automatically break long formulas into
shorter lines. Chapter 13 deals with the Internet, which is in astate of constant
flux. To keep you up-to-date, I am maintaining a Web page to track these changes
for you. To find this page, go to my horne page,
http://www.maths.umanitoba.ca/homepages/gratzer/
and follow the links LaTeX books and MiL Update. Or go directly to
http://www.maths.umanitoba.ca/homepages/gratzer/LaTeXBooks/milupdate.html

Conventions
To make this book easy to read, I use some simple conventions:

• Explanatory text is set in this typeface: Galliard.

• Computer Modern typewriter is used to show what you should type
(as well as messages from LaTeX). All the characters in this
typeface have the same width, making it easy to recognize.
• I also use Computer Modern typewriter to indicate
- Commands (\parbox)
- Environments (align)
- Documents (intrart. tex)
- Document dasses (article)
- Document dass options (draft)
- Directories or folders (work)
• The names of packages, which are extensions ofJb.TEX, are set in a sans-seriftype-
face (amsmath).
• When I show you how something looks when typeset, I use Computer Modern,
TEX'S standard typeface:

I think you will find this typeface sufficiently different fram the other typefaces
I have used (the strokes are much lighter) so that you should not have much
difficulty recognizing typeset TbTEX material. When the typeset material is a
separate paragraph (or paragraphs ), corner brackets in the margin set it off
from the rest of the text--unless it is a single displayed formula.
L
• For explanations in the text, such as

Compare iff with iff, typed as iff and if{f}, respectively.

xxxviii Introduction

the same typefaces are used. Because they are not set off spatially, it may be a little
more difficult to see that iff is set in Computer Modern roman, whereas iff is
set in the Computer Modern typewriter typeface.
• I usually introduce commands with examples, such as

\\[22pt]

However, it is sometimes necessary to define the syntax of a command more for-

mally. For instance,

\\[length]

where length is a placeholder representing the value you have to supply. I use
the Computer Modern typewriter italic font for placeholders.
• I use the term directory to mean both directory and folder.

Acknowledgments
This book is based, of course, on its previous editions. I would like to thank the
many people, too numerous to list here again, who read and reread those earlier
manuscripts.
I received professional reports on the manuscript from Barbara Beeton, Nan-
dor Sieben, and Ferenc Wettl. Arthur Ogawa commented on Part 1. The chapter
on BIBTEX has been carefully reviewed-again-by Oren Patashnik (the author of
BIBTEX); the chapter on the Web was read by Sebastian Rahtz (the author ofthe
hyperref package and coauthor ofthe The IJlTEX Web Companion [19]); the chapter
on books was read by Fred Bartlett (Electronic Publishing, Springer-Verlag New
York).
Claire M. Connelly did an outstanding job editing the manuscript, far and be-
yond the call of duty; in addition to editing the text and making suggestions for
improvements, she redesigned the tables and updated the index. Melissa O'Neili
provided two ingenious Perl scripts for cleaning up the index. Ann Kostant demon-
strated that publishers care; this complex project greatly benefited from her guid-
anee and editorial advice. Elizabeth Loew carefully guided the manuscript to pub-
lication.

George Grätzer
E-mail: [email protected]
Homepage: http://www.maths.umanitoba.ca/homepages/gratzer/
PART I

A short course
CHAPTER

Typing
your first article

In this chapter, you will write your first article. All you have to do is to type the
(electronic) source file; Jb.TEX does the rest. I will intro du ce you to the most im-
portant commands for typesetting text and math by working through examples.
More details are provided in the rest of the book.
A source file is made up of text) math (e.g., V5), and instructions to L:lTEX.
You would type the last sentence as follows:
A source file is made up of \emph{text,} \emph{math} (e.g.,
$\sqrt{5}$), and \emph{instructions to \LaTeX.}

In that sentence,
The source file is made up of \emph{text,} \emph{math} (e.g.,

is text,

$\sqrt{5}$

is math, and
\emph{instructions to \LaTeX.}
4 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

is an instruction (a command with an argument). Commands, as a rule, start with

a backslash (\) and tell LATEX to do something special. In this case, the command
\emph emphasizes its argument (the text between the braces). Another kind of
instruction is called an environment.
For instance, the commands

\begin{flushright}

and

\end{flushright}

enclose a flushright environment-text that is typed between these two com-

mands is right justified (lined up against the right margin) when typeset. (The
flushleft environment creates left-justified text; the center environment creates
text that is centered on the page.)
In practice, text, math, and instructions are usually mixed. For example,

\emph{My first integral:} $\int \zeta-{2}(x) \, dx$.

pro duces

My first integral: J (2(X) dx.

L
which is a mixture of all three. Nevertheless, I will intro du ce the three topics (typ-
ing text, typing math, and giving instructions to IbTEX) as if they were independent
in order to make the discussion clearer.
We will be working with a number of sampie documents; you can type the
documents from the examples in the text; alternatively, you can download them
from the Internet (see Seetion 13.1). I suggest you create a directory on your com-
puter named samples to store the sample files, and another directory called work
where you can keep your working files. Whenever you want to use one of these
documents, copy it from your samples directory into your work directory, so that
the original remains unchanged. In this book, the samples and work directories will
refer to the directories you have created.

1.1 Typing text

We start with the keyboard, proceed to type a short text-only note, and learn some
simple rules for typing text in IbTEX.

1.1.1 Tbe keyboard

The following keys are used to type text in a IbTEX source file:
1.1 Typing text 5

a-zA-Z 0-9
+=*!C) []

You may also use the following punctuation marks:

, , ? . , , -

and the spacebar, the Tab key (which-unlike in a word processor-has the same
effect as the spacebar), and the Return (or Enter) key.
Since TEX source files are "pure text" (ASCII] files), they are very portable.
There is one possible problem 2 limiting this portability: The line endings used.
When you press the Return (or Enter) key, your text editor writes an invisible code
into your source file that indicates where the line ends. Because this code is differ-
ent on each ofthe major platforms (Macintosh, PC,3 and UNIX 4 ), you may have
problems reading a source file created on a different platform. Luckily, many text
editors include the ability to switch end-of-line codes; some even do so automati-
cally.
Finally, there are twelve special keys that are mostly used in IbTEX instructions:

# $ % & \ {} " I

There are commands available so that you can typeset most of these special
characters (as weil as composite characters, such as accented characters) if you need
to use them in your document. For instance, $ is typed as \$; the underscore, _,
is typed as \_; and % is typed as \%; whereas ä is typed as \"{a}. See Section 2.4
for a complete discussion of symbols not available directly from the keyboard and
Appendix B for the text symbol tables.
IbTEX prohibits the use of other keys on your keyboard (unless you are us-
ing aversion ofIbTEX that is set up to work with non-English languages-see Ap-
pendix E). When trying to typeset a source file that contains a prohibited character,
IbTEX will display an error message similar to the tollowing:

! Text line contains an invalid character.

1.222 completely irreducible--?
--?

In this message, 1.222 me ans li ne 222 of your source file. You must edit that
line to remove the character that TEX cannot understand. The log file (see Sec-
tion C.2.4) will also contain this message.

I ASCIIstands tor American Standard Code tor Information Interchange.

2 Actually,
there is anorher problem, directory structure, that we will discuss in Section 9.1.1.
3A computer running Microsoft Windows.
4 A computer running a UNIX variant such as Solaris or Linux.
6 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

1.1.2 Your first note

We start our discussion on how to type a note in IbTEX wirh a simple example.
Suppose you want to use l5\TEX to produce the following:
I
It is of some concern to me that the terminology used in multi-section math
courses is not uniform.
In several sections of the course on matrix theory, the term "hamiltonian-
reduced" is used. I, personally, would rather call these "hyper-simple." I invite
others to comment on this problem.
Of special concern to me is the terminology in the course by Prof. Rudi
Hochschwabauer. Since his field is new, there is no accepted terminology. It is
imperative that we arrive at a satisfactory solution.
L
Create a new file in your work directory with the name notei. tex and type
the following, including the spacing and linebreaks shown, but not the line num-
bers (or copy the note 1 . tex file from the samples directory; see page 4):
1 %Sample file: note1.tex
2 % Typeset with LaTeX format
3 \documentclass{article}
4
5 \begin{document}
6 It is of some concern to me that
7 the terminology used in multi-section
8 math courses is not uniform.
9
10 In several sections of the course on
11 matrix theory, the term
12 "hamiltonian-reduced" is used.
13 I, personally, would rather call these "hyper-simple." I
14 invite others to comment on this problem.
15
16 Of special concern to me is the terminology in the course
17 by Prof.-Rudi Hochschwabauer.
18 Since his field is new, there is
19 no accepted
20 terminology. It is imperative
21 that we arrive at a satisfactory solution.
22 \end{document}
The first two lines start with %. These lines are called comments and are ignored
by l5\TEX, The %character is very useful. For example, if YOll want to add so me
1.1 Typing text 7

notes to your source files, and you do not want those notes to appear in the typeset
version of your article, you can begin those lines with a %, and TEX will ignore
everything on them when typesetting your source file. You can also comment out
part of a line:
simply put, we believe % Actually it is not so simple.
Everything on the line after the %character will be ignored.
Line 3 specifies the document dass (in our case, article), which controIs how
the document will be formatted.
The text of the note is typed within the document environment; that is, be-
tween the lines
\begin{document}
and
\end{document}
Nowtypesetnote1. tex; youshould getthe same documentshown on page 6.
As you can see from this example, IbTEX is different from a word processor. It dis-
regards the way you input and position the text, and follows only the formatting
instructions given by the markup commands. IbTEX notices when you put aspace
in the text, but it ignores how many spaces have been inserted. Similarly, one or
more blank lines mark the end of a paragraph.
IbTEX, by default, fully justifies the text by placing space between words-the
interword space-and a somewhat larger space between sentences-the intersen-
tence space. Ifyou have to force an interword space, you can use the \u command
(the symbol umeans a blank space).
The - (tilde) command also forces an interword space, but with a difference:
It keeps the words together on the same line. This command is called a tie or non-
breakable space-see Section 2.4.3.
Note that on lines 12 and 13, the left double quotes are typed as C C (two
left single quotes) and the right double quotes are typed as " (two right single
quotes). The left single quote key is not always easy to find; it is usually hidden
in the upper-left or upper-right corner ofthe keyboard, and shares a key with the
tilde (-).

1.1.3 Lines too wide

IbTEX reads the text in the source file one line at a time; when the end of a para-
graph is reached, IbTEX typesets the entire paragraph. Most ofthe time, there is no
need for corrective action. Occasionally, however, IbTEX gets into trouble when
trying to split the paragraph into typeset lines. To illustrate this situation, modifY
note1. tex: In the second sentence, replace term by strange term; in the fourth
8 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

sentence, delete Rudi u (including the blank space following Rudi). Now save this
modified file in your work directory using the name note1b. tex. (Ifyou down-
loaded the sampie files, you can find note 1b. tex in the samples directory-see
page 4.)
When you typeset note 1b. tex, you should obtain the following:

It is of so me concern to me that the terminology used in multi-section math

courses is not uniform.
In several sections of the course on matrix theory, the strange term "hamiltoni
reduced" is used. I, personally, would rat her call these "hyper-simple." I invite
others to comment on this problem.
Of special concern to me is the terminology in the course by Prof. Hochschwac
Since his field is new, there is no accepted terminology. It is imperative that we
arrive at a satisfactory solution.
L
The first line of paragraph two is about 1/4 inch too wide. The first line of
paragraph three is even wider. On your monitor, Jb.TEX displays the following mes-
sages:

Overfull \hbox (15.38948pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 10--15

[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 In sev-eral sec-tions of the course on ma-trix
the-ory, the strange term "hamiltonian-
[]
Overfull \hbox (23.27834pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 16--22
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Of spe-cial con-cern to me is the ter-mi-nol-ogy
in the course by Prof. Hochschwabauer.
[]

You will find the same messages in the log file, note1b.log (see Section 1.13).

The first message,

Overfull \hbox (15.38948pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 10--15

refers to paragraph two (lines 10-15 in the source file-its location in the typeset
document is not specified). The typeset version of this paragraph has a line that is
15.38948 points too wide. Jb.TEX uses points (pt) to measure distances; there are
about 72 points in 1 inch (or about 28 points in 1 cm); thus 15.38948 points is
about this long: L-J.
The next two lines,

[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 In sev-eral sec-tions of the course on ma-trix

the-ory, the strange term "hamiltonian-
1.1 Typing text 9

identifY the source of the problem: IbTEX did not hyphenate the word

hamiltonian-reduced

because it (automatically) hyphenates a hyphenated word only at the hyphen.

The second reference,

Overfull \hbox C23.27834pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 16--22

is to paragraph three (lines 16-22 of the source file). There is a problem with
the word Hochschwabauer, which LATEX'S standard hyphe nation routine cannot
handle. (A German hyphenation routine would have no difficulty hyphenating
Hochschwabauer; see Appendix E.) Ifyou encounter such a problem, you can
either try to reword the sentence or insert one or more optional hyphen com-
mands (\-), which tell IbTEX where it may hyphenate the word. In this casc, you
can rewrite Hochschwabauer as Hoch\-schwabauer and the second hyphenation
problem will disappear.
Sometimes a small horizontal overflow can be difficult to spot. The draft
document dass option may help (see Sections 7.1.1, 8.5, and 12.1 for more about
document dass options): IbTEX will put a black box ( or slug) in the margin to mark
an overfulliine. You can invoke this option by changing the \documentclass !ine
to

\documentclass[draft]{article}

Aversion of note 1b. tex with this option can be faund in the samples directory
under the name noteslug . tex.

1.1.4 More textJeatures

Next, you will produce the fallowing note:

March 12. 2000

From the desk of George Grätzer

February 7-21 please use my temporary e-mail address:

[email protected]

L
Type in the following source file and save it as note2. tex in your work di-
rectory, without the line numbers (note2. tex can also be faund in the samples
directory-sec page 4):
10 Chapter 1 Typing your firrt article

1 % Sample file: note2.tex

2 %Typeset with LaTeX format
3 \doeumentelass{artiele}
4
5 \begin{doeument}
6 \begin{flushright}
7 \today
8 \end{flushright}
9 \textbf{From the desk of George Gr\"{a}tzer}\\[22pt]
10 February-7--21 \emph{please} use my temporary e-mail address:
11 \begin{eenter}
12 \texttt{George\_Gratzer~umanitoba.ea}
13 \end{eenter}
14 \end{doeument}
This note introduces several additional features of Jb.TE)C:
• The \today command (in line 7) displays the date on which the document is
being typeset.
• The use of environments to right jurtilY (lines 6-8) or center (lines 11-13) text.
• The use oftext style commands, including the \emph command (line 10) to em-
phasize text, the \textbf command (line 9) to embolden text, and the \texttt
command (line 12) to produce typewriter-style text.
These are commands with arguments. In each case, the argument of the
command follows the name of the command and is typed between braces; that
is, between { and }.
• Almost all Jb.TE)C commands start with a backslash (\) followed by the command
name; for instance, \ textbf. The command name is terminated by the first non-
alphabetic character (i.e., by any character other than a-z or A-Z). Note that
command names are case sensitive: Typing \Textbf or \TEXTBF will generate an
error message.
• The use of double hyphens for number ranges (en dash): 7--21 (in line 10) type-
sets as 7-21. Use triple hyphens for the em dash punctuation mark-such as the
one in this sentence.
• Forcing a line break with the \ \ command. To create additional space between
lines (as in the last note, under the line From the desk... ), you can use the \ \
command and specity an appropriate amount of vertical space: \ \ [22pt] (see
also Formula 20 in Section 1.5). Note that this command uses square brackets
rather than braces because the argument is optional. The distance may be given
in points (pt), centimeters (em), or inches (in).
To force a page break, use \newpage.
• Special rules for special characters (see Section 1.1.1), for accented characters, and
for some European characters. For instance, the special character underscore (_) is
1.2 Typing math 11

typed as \_, and the accented character ä is typed as \ "{a}. Accents are explained
in Seetion 2.4.7 (see also the tabIes in Appendix B).

You will seldom need to know more than we have discussed here about typing
text. When you do, however, see Chapters 2 and 3. See also Appendix B, where
all text symbols are organized into tables.

1.2 Typing math

Now we will start mixing text with math formulas.

1.2.1 A note with math

In addition to the regular text keys and the twelve special keys discussed in Sec-
tion 1.1.1, three more keys are needed to type mathematical formulas:

< >
(I is the shifted \
keyon many keyboards.) The formula 2< lxi> y uses all three.
You will begin typesetting math with the following note:

In first-year calculus, we definc intervals such as (u, v) and (u, 00). Such an
interval is a neighborhood of a if a is in the interval. Students should realize that
00 is only a symbol, not a number. This is important since we so on introduce
concepts such as limx--->CXJ f (x).
When we introduce the derivative
. f(x) - f(a)
1Im ,
x-----+a X - a

we assume that the function is defined and continuous in a neighborhood of a.

L
To create the source fiIe für this mixed text and math note, create a new doc-
ument with your text editor. Name it math. tex, place it in the work directory,
and type in the following source file-without the line numbers (or simply copy
math. tex from the sampIes directory; see page 4):

1 % SampIe file: math.tex

2 %Typeset with LaTeX format
3 \documentclass{article}
4
5 \begin{document}
6 In first-year calculus, we define intervals such as
7 $(u, v)$ and $(u, \infty)$. Such an interval is a
8 \emph{neighborhood} of $a$
12 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

9 if $a$ is in the interval. Students should

10 realize that $\infty$ is only a
11 symbol, not a number. This is important since
12 we soon introduce concepts
13 such as $\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x)$.
14
15 When we introduce the derivative
16 \ [
17 \lim_{x \to a} \frac{f(x) - f(a)}{x - a},
18 \]
19 we assume that the function is defined and continuous
20 in a neighborhood of $a$.
21 \end{document}

This note introduces several basic concepts of math in l5\TEX:

• There are two kinds of math formulas and environments:

- Inline math environments can open and dose with $ (as seen throughout this
book) or open with \ ( and dose with \).
- Displayed math environments open with \ [ and dose with \] .
• Within math environments, l5\TEX uses its own spacing ruIes and compIetely ig-
nores the white space you type with two exceptions:
1. Spaces that delimit commands (so in $\infty a$ the space is not ignored; in
fact, $\inftya$ is an error)
2. Spaces in the arguments of commands that temporarily revert to text mode
(\mbox is such a command; see Sections 1.3 and 4.5)
The white space that you add when typing math is important only for the read-
ability ofthe source fiIe. To summarize:

Rule _ Spacing in text and math

In text mode, many spaces equal one space, whereas in math mode, your spacing
is ignored (unless the space terminates a command).

• The same formula may be typeset differently depending on whether it is inline or

displayed. The expression x -+ a is set as a subscript to lim in the inline formula
limx->af(x), typed as $\lim_{x \to a} f(x)$, but it is set below lim in the
displayed version,
lim f(x)
x->a
typed as
1.2 Typing math 13

\[
\lim_{x \to a} fex)
\J
• A math symbol is invoked by a command. For example, the command for 00 is
\infty and the command for ----'> is \to. The math symbols are organized into
tables in Appendix A.
To access all Jb.TEX symbols, use the latexsym package; in other words, begin
YOUf article with
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{latexsym}
@ Many ofthe symbols listed in Appendix A require the amssymb package. To
use all of the Jb.TEX and AMS symbols, load both packages: 5
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{latexsym,amssymb}
@ The amssymb package loads the amsfonts package, which contains the commands
for using the AMSFonts (see Section 4.13.2).
• Some commands, such as \sqrt, need arguments enclosed in { and }. To type-
set y5, type $\sqrt{5}$, where \sqrt is the command and 5 is the argument.
Some commands need more than one argument. To ger
3+x
5
type
\[
\frac{3+x}{5}
\]
\frac is the command, 3+x and 5 are the arguments.

1.2.2 Errors in math

Even in such a simple note there are many opportunities for errors. To help famil-
iarize YOUfself with some ofthe most commonly seen Jb.TEX errors and their causes,
we will deliberately introduce mi stakes into math. tex. The version of math. tex
with mistakes is mathb. tex. By inserting and deleting %signs, you will make the
mistakes visible to Jb.TEX one at a time. (Recall that lines starting with %are ignored
by Jb.TEX.) Type the following SOUfce file, and save it under the name mathb . tex
in the work directory (or copy the file mathb. tex from the samples directory-see
page 4). As usual, do not type the line numbers! They are shown here to help you
with the exercises.
5Recall my recommendarion from page xxxvi.
14 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

1 % Sample file: mathb.tex

2 % Typeset with LaTeX format
3 \documentclass{article}
4
5 \begin{document}
6 In first-year calculus, we define intervals such as
7 %$(u, v)$ and $(u, \infty)$. Such an interval is a
8 $(u, v)$ and (u, \infty)$. Such an interval is a
9 \emph{neighborhood} of $a$
10 if $a$ is in the interval. Students should
11 realize that $\infty$ is only a
12 symbol, not a number. This is important since
13 we soon introduce concepts
14 such as $\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x)$.
15 %such as $\lim_{x \to \infty f(x)$.
16
17 When we introduce the derivative
18 \[
19 \lim_{x \to a} \frac{f(x) - f(a)}{x - a}
20 % \lim_{x \to a} \frac{f(x) - f(a) x - a}
21 \]
22 we assume that the function is defined and continuous
23 in a neighborhood of $a$.
24 \end{document}
Exercise 1 Note that on line 8, the third $ is missing. When you typeset the
mathb. tex file, Jb.TEX generates the following error message:
! Missing $ inserted.
<inserted text>
$
1. 8 '" , v) $ and (u, \infty
)$. Such an interval is a
?

Since the $ was omitted, Jb.TEX reads (u, \infty) as text; but the \infty com-
mand instructs Jb.TEX to typeset a math symbol, which can only be done in math
mode. So Jb.TEX offers to put a $ in front of \infty. Jb.TEX attempts a eure, but
in this example it comes too late, because math mode should start just before (u.
Whenever you see the ? prompt, you may press Return to ignore the error
and continue typesetting the document (see Section 1.13.2 for other options and
other prompts).
Exercise 2 Delete the %at the beginning ofHne 7 and insert a %at the beginning
of line 8 (this eliminates the previous error); then delete the %at the beginning
1.3 Building blocks of a formula 15

ofline 15 and insert a %at the beginning ofline 14, introducing a new error (the
closing brace ofthe subscript is missing). Now typeset the note. You will get the
error message

! Missing } inserted.
<inserted text>
}
1.15 ... im_{x \to \infty fCx)$

IbTEX is telling you that a closing brace (}) is missing, but it is not sure where
the brace should be. IbTEX noticed that the subscript started with {, but reached
the end of the math formula before finding the matching }. You must look in the
formula for a { that is not balanced, and insert the missing }.
Exercise 3 Now delete the %at the beginning of line 14, and insert a %at the
beginning ofline 15, removing the previous error. Delete the %at the beginning
of li ne 20 and insert a %at the beginning of line 19, introducing our final error
(omitting the closing brace of the first argument and the opening brace of the sec-
ond argument of \frac). Save and typeset the file. You will get the error message

! LaTeX Error: Bad math environment delimiter.

1. 21 \]

This error message says that IbTEX believes that there is a bad math environment
delimiter on li ne 21 ofyour source file, specifically, the \]. When we look at the
source file, we can see that this delimiter is correct, which means that the problem
must lie within the displayed formula preceding the delimiter, which is the case:
IbTEX was trying to typeset

\lim_{x \to a} \frac{f(x) - f(a) x - a}

but \frac requires two arguments: IbTEX found f (x) - f Ca) x - a as the first
argument, then found the \], closing the displayed math environment before a
second argument was found.
See Section 1.10 for more information about finding and fixing problems in
your IbTEX source files.

1.3 Building blocks of a formula

A formula is built from a large collection of components. We group them as fol-
lows:
16 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

• Arithmetic
- Subscripts and superscripts
• Binomial coefficients
• Congruences
• Delimiters
• Ellipses
• Integrals
• Math accents
• Matrices
• Operators
- Large operators
• Roots
• Text

In this section, I will describe each ofthese groups, and provide examples illustrat-
ing their use.
Some ofthe commands in the following examples are defined by the amsmath @
package; in other words, to typeset these examples with the gTEX article doc-
ument dass, your file must begin with
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{amssymb ,latexsym, amsmath}

But recall my recommendation from page xxxvi: You may begin your artides with
\documentclass{amsart}
\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym}
and ignore all ofthe discussions about packages and fonts. (The amsmath package
is automatically loaded by the amsart document dass.)

Arithmetic The arithmetic operations a + b, a - b, -a, alb, and ab are typed as

you might expect:

$a + b$, $a - b$, $-a$, $a / b$, $a b$

Ifyou wish to use . or x for multiplication, as in a· bor a x b, use \cdot or

\times, respectively. The expressions a· band a x bare typed as follows:

$a \cdot b$ $a \times b$

Displayed fractions, such as

1 +2x
x+y+xy
are typed with \frac:
1.3 Building blocks of a formula 17

\[
\frac{l + 2x}{x + y + xy}
\]

The \frac command is seldom used inline because it can disrupt the interline
spacing of the paragraph; see the comment on page 318 for another example
of this problem.

Subscripts and superseripts Subscripts are typed with _ (underscore) and

superseripts with - (caret). Subscripts and superscripts should be en-
closed in braces; that is, typed between { and }. To get al, type the
füllowing characters:
Begin inline math mode: $
Type the letter a: a
Subscript command:
Put the subscripted 1 in braces: {1}
Exit inline math mode: $
that is, type $a_ {1}$. Omitting the braces in this example causes no
harm, but to get alO, you must type $a_ {lO}$; indeed, $a_l0$ is type-
set as alO. Further examples: ai 1 , a 2 , a i1 , a~ are typed as

Binomial coefficients For binomial coefficients, :E\TEX offers the \choose com-
mand. For example, (b~J is typed inlinc as

$a \choose {b + c}$

whereas a displayed version,

n22-l )
(
n+l
is typed as

\[
\frac{n-{2} - 1}{2} \choose {n + 1}
\]

@ The amsmath package provides the \binom command for typesetting bino-
mial coefficients. The examples shown above are typed as

$\binom{a}{b + c}$

and
18 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

\[
\binom{ \frac{n A{2} - 1}{2} }{n + 1}
\]

The amsmath package considers \choose to be an obsolete command. If @

you use \choose when you have amsmath loaded, you will see the following
warning:

Package amsmath Warning: Foreign command \atopwithdelims;

\frac or \genfrac should be used instead.

Congruences The two most important forms are

a == v (mod e) typed as $a \equiv v \pmod{\theta}$

a == v (e) typed as $a \equiv v \pod{\theta}$

The second form requires the amsmath package. The command \pmod be- @
haves differently when the amsmath package is used: Its inline and displayed
forms use different spacing (see Section 4.7.3).

De1imiters Parentheses and square brackets are examples of delimiters; they are
used to delimit some subformulas, as in $ [(a*b) +(c*d)] A2$, which typesets
as [( a * b) + (c * d)j2. They can expand vertically to enclose a formula:

(
1+ x )2
2+y2

is typed as

\[
\lefte \frac{1 + x}{2 + yA{2}} \right)A{2}
\J
The \left ( and \right) commands tell IbTE)C to size the parentheses cor-
rectly (relative to the size ofthe symbols inside the parentheses). Two further
examples,

would be typed as

\[
\leftl \frac{a + b}{2} \rightl,
\quad \left\1 AA{2} \right\1
\J
1.3 Building blocks of a formula 19

where \quad is a spacing command (see Sections 4.11 and A.9).

Additional delimiters are listed in Sections 4.6 and A.6.

Ellipses The ellipsis ( ... ) in text is provided by the \ldots command:

A ... Z is typed as A \ldots Z

In tormulas, the ellipsis can be printed either as low (or on-the-line) dots with
the \ldots command:

or as centered dots with the \cdots command:

Xl + X2 + ... + X n is typed as $x_ {1} + x_ {2} + \cdots + x_ {n}$

@ Ifyou use the amsmath package, the command \dots will typeset the cor-
rect ellipsis (with the correct spacing) in most cases; if it does not, see Sec-
tion 4.4.3 on how to specity the appropriate ellipsis from the tour types avail-
able.

Integrals The command for an integral is \int; the lower limit is specified as a
subscript and the upper limit is specified as a superscript. For example' the
integral Jo7r sin X dx = 2 is typed as

\, is a spacing command (see Sections 4.11 and A.9).

Math accents The four most frequently used math accents are:
ii typed as $\bar{a}$
CL typed as $\hat{a}$
a typed as $\ tilde{a}$
ä typed as $\vec{a}$
See Section 4.9 for a complete list.

Matrices Jb.TEX provides the array environment to typeset matrices.

array is a subsidiary math environment: It must be used inside a displayed
math environment or within an equat ion environment (see Section 1.6).
For example,
a + b+ C 1W X - Y 27
a+b u +v z 134
is typed as
20 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

\[
\begin{array}{cccc}
a + b + c & uv & x - Y & 27\\
a + b &u + v &z & 134
\end{array}
\]

The required argument consists of a character 1, r, or c (meaning left, right,

or center alignment) for each column. All the columns in this example are
centered, so the argument is cccc.
The amsmath package provides the matrix subsidiary math environment; us- @
ing this environment, you would type the previous example as follows:

\[
\begin{matrix}
a + b + c & uv & x - Y & 27\\
a + b &u + v &z & 134
\end{matrix}
\]

Both environments separate adjacent matrix elements within a row with am-
persands (&); rows are separated by linebreak commands (\ \). No linebreak
command is needed on the last row.
The basic form ofthe AMS matrix environment does not inc1ude delimiters.
Several additional subsidiary math environments do, inc1uding pmatrix and
vmatrix. For example, @
A = (a + b + c uv) 130 71
a+b u+v 3 17
is typed as follows:

\[
\mathbf{A} =
\begin{pmatrix}
a + b + c & uv\\
a + b &u + v
\end{pmatrix}
\begin{vmatrix}
30 & 7\\
3 & 17
\end{vmatrix}
\]
1.3 Building blocks of a formula 21

As you can see, pmatrix typesets as a matrix between a pair of \left ( and
\right) commands, while vmatrix typesets as a matrix between a pair of
\left land \right I commands. See Section 5.7.1 for a listing of all the
matrix variants.

Operators To typeset the sine function, sin x, type: $\sin x$.

Note that $sin x$ would be typeset as sinx because Ib.TEX interprets this
expression as the product of fOUf variables.
Ib.TEX calls \sin an operator; there are a number of operators listed in Sec-
tions 4.7.1 and A.7 (see Seetion 4.7.2 for user-defined operators). Some are
just like \sin; others produce a more complex display:

lim f(x)
x-->o
=0
which is typed as

\[
\lim_{x \to O} fex) 0
\]

Large operators The command for sum is \sum and for product is \prod.
The following examples,
n n

are typed as
\[
\sum_{i=l}~{n} x_{i}~{2} \qquad
\prod_{i=l}~{n} x_{i}~{2}

\]
\qquad is a spacing command (see Seetions 4.11 and A.9) used to sep-
arate the two formulas.
Sums and products are examples of large operators; these are listed in
Seetion A.7.3. They appear in a different style and size when used in an
inline formula: I:~l xt TI7=1 x;.
Roots \sqrt pro duces the square root; for instance, ,ja + 2b is typed as

$\sqrt{a + 2b}$

The n-th root, \Y5, requires the use of an optional argument, which is spec-
ified using brackets ([ ], see Seetion 2.3.1): $\sqrt [n] {5}$.
22 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

Text You can include text in a formula with an \mbox command. For instance,
a = b, by assumption

is typed as

\[
a = b, \mbox{\qquad by assumption}
\J
Note the spacing command \qquad (equivalent to \quad\quad) in the ar-
gument of \mbox. You could also have typed

\[
a = b, \qquad \mbox{by assumption}
\J
because \qquad works in math mode as weIl as in text mode (see Sections
4.11 and A.9).
1fyou USe the amsmath package, the \text commandis available as a replace- @
ment for the \mbox command. It works just Iike \mbox except that \ text
automatically changes the size of its argument when necessary, as in aPower ,
typed as

$a-{\text{power}}$

1.4 Building a formula step-by-step

It is easy to build up complex formulas from the components described in Sec-
tion 1.3. Try the following formula:

['i] (X fi+l) JI1(i)~(i2 -1)

8 [it 3 ] {I p(i) - 2+ V' p(i) - 1
(I have used the AMS \binom command; ifyou want to stick with Jb.TEX, you could @
use the \choose command instead.)
You should build this formula up in several steps. Create a new file in your
work directory. Name it formula. tex, type in the following lines, and save it:
%File: formula.tex
%Typeset with LaTeX format
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym,amsmath}
\begin{document}
\end{document}
1.4 Building a formula step-by-step 23

(Using standard IHE,X, the fourth line should be \usepackage{latexsym}.)

At present, the file has an empty document environment. Type each part of
the formula as an inline or displayed formula within this environment so that you
can type set the document and check for errors. (You can find these formulas in the
file gallery. tex in the samples directory.)

Step 1 We will start with [~l:

$\left[ \frac{n}{2} \right]$

Type the previous line into formula. tex and test it by type setting the document.
Step 2 Now you can do the sum:

i=l

For the superscript, you can copy and paste the formula created in Step 1 (without
the dollar signs), so that you have the following:

\[
1}-{ \left[ \frac{n}{2} \right] }
\]

Step 3 Next, do the two formulas in the binomial:

Type them as separate formulas in f ormula. tex:

\[
x_{i, i + 1}-{i-{2}} \qquad \left[ \frac{i + 3}{3} \rightJ
\]

Step 4 Now it is easy to do the binomial. Piece together the following formula
by copying and pasting the previous formulas (dropping the \qquad command):

\[
\binom{ x_{i,i + 1}-{i-{2}} }{ \left[ \frac{i + 3}{3} \right] }
\]

which typesets as
24 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

Step 5 Next, type the formula under the square root, J-L(i) ~ (i 2 - 1):

and then the square root, VJ-L(i)~ (i 2 - 1):

$\sqrt{ \mu(i)~{ \frac{3}{2} } (i~{2} - 1) }$

Step 6 The two cube roots, {/ p(i) - 2 and \I p(i) - 1, are easy to type:

$\sqrt[3]{ \rho(i) - 2}$ $\sqrt[3]{ \rho(i) - 1 }$

Step 7 Now the fraction

{/ p(i) - 2 + {/p(i) - 1

which is typed, copied, and pasted together as

\[
\frac{ \sqrt{ \mu(i)~{ \frac{3}{2}} (i~{2} -1) } }
{ \sqrt[3]{\rho(i) - 2} + \sqrt[3]{\rho(i) - 1} }
\]

Step 8 Finally, the whole formula,

[~l
~ (X'i +1)
2 VJ-L (')~('2
2 2- 1)
i=l [:1 3J {/p(i)-2+{/p(i)-1

is formed by copying and pasting the pieces together, leaving only one pair of dis-
played math delimiters:

\[
\sUID_{i = 1}~{ \left[ \frac{n}{2} \right] }
\binom{ x_{i, i + 1}~{i~{2}} }
{ \left[ \frac{i + 3}{3} \right] }
\frac{ \sqrt{ \mu(i)~{ \frac{3}{2}} (i~{2} - 1) } }
{ \sqrt[3]{\rho(i) - 2} + \sqrt[3]{\rho(i) - 1} }
\]

Note the use of

• Hierarchical indentation, to keep track of the structure of the formula

• Spacing to help distinguish the braces (some text editors will help you balance
braces)
• Separate lines for the various pieces of the formula
1.5 Formula gallery 25

It is to your advantage to keep your source file readable. Jb.TEX does not care
how its input is formatted, and would happily accept the following:

\[\sum_{i=1}~{\left[\frac{n}{2}\right]}\binom{x_{i,i+l}~{i~{2}}}
{\left[\frac{i+3}{3}\right]}\frac{\sqrt{\mu(i)~{\frac{3}
{2}}(i~{2}-1)}}{\sqrt[3]{\rho(i)-2}+\sqrt[3]{\rho(i)-1}}\]

But this haphazard style will not only make it more difficult for your coauthors or
editor to work with your source file, it will make finding mistakes difficult. Try to
find the error in the next version:
\[\sum_{i=1}~{\left[\frac{n}{2}\right]}\binom{x_{i,i+l}~{i~{2}}}

{\left[\frac{i+3}{3}\right]}\frac{\sqrt{\mu(i)~{\frac{3}
{2}}}(i~{2}-1)}}{\sqrt[3]{\rho(i)-2}+\sqrt[3]{\rho(i)-1}}\]

(Answer: \frac{3}{2 should be followed by }} and not by }}}.)

1.5 Formula gaUery

In this section, I present the formula gallery, a collection offormulas-some sim-
ple, some complex-that illustrate the power ofJb.TEX and the AMS packages. (You
can find these examples in the file gallery . tex in the sampIes directory.) Some
of the commands in these examples have not been discussed previously, but you
should be able to answer most of your questions about how they work by com-
paring the source with the typeset result or by looking up these commands in the
later parts of this book. Occasionally, I will give you a helping hand with some
comments.
Many of these formulas are taken from textbooks and research articles. The
last six are reproduced from the document testart . tex, which was distributed
by the AMS some years ago.
@ Some ofthese examples require the amssymb and amsmath packages; be sure
to include the line
\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym,amsmath}
following the documentclass line of any article using such constructs; or follow
my recommendation on page xxxvi and ignore this warning. I will point out what
additional packages (if any) are required for each formula.
Formula 1 A set-valued function:

\[
x \mapsto \{\, c \in C \mid c \leq x \,\}
\]
26 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

Note that both land \mid are typeset as I. Use I for absolute value signs. In this
formula, \mid is used because it provides extra spacing (see Section 4.6.4). To
equalize the spacing around c E C and c :::; x, a thin space (\,) was added inside
each brace (see Seetion 4.11). The same technique is used in several other formulas
in this seetion.
Formula 2

is typed as

\[
\leftl \bigcup C\, I_{j} \mid j \in J \,) \rightl
< \mathfrak{m}
\J
The \left land \right I commands are delimiters; they create vertical bars
whose size adjusts to the size of the formula. The \mathfrak command provides
access to the Fraktur math alphabet (which requires either the amsfonts or the
eufrak package). ®
Formula 3 Note that you have to add spacing both before and after the text frag-
ment for some in the foUowing example. The argument of \mbox is typeset in text
mode, so the space is recognized.

A = {x E X Ix E Xi, for some i EI}

\[
A = \{\, x \in X \mid x \in X_{i},
\mbox{ for some $i \in I$} \,\}
\]

Formula 4 Space to show logical structure:

iff

\[
\langle a_{1},a_{2} \rangle \leq \langle a'_{1},a'_{2}\rangle
\qquad \mbox{if{f}} \qquad a_{l} < a'_{l} \quad \mbox{or}
\quad a_{l} = a'_{l} \mbox{ and } a_{2} \leq a'_{2}
\]

Note that in iHf} (in the argument ofthe first \mbox) the second fis enclosed in
braces to avoid the use of the ligature-the merging of the two f s. For the proper
way of typesetting iff without a ligature, see Seetion 2.4.6.
1.5 Formula gattery 27

Formula 5 Here are some examples of Greek ietters:

\[
\Gamma_{u'} = \{\, \gamma \mid \gamma < 2\chi,
\ B_{\a1pha} \nsubseteq u', \ B_{\gamma} \subseteq u' \,\}
\]

@ See Section A.1.2 for a compiete iisting of Greek letters. The \nsubseteq com-
mand requires the amssymb package.
@ Formula 6 \mathbb allows you to use the blackboard bold math alphabet (which
only provides capitalletters):

\[
A = B-{2} \times \mathbb{Z}
\]

@ Blackboard bold requires the amssymb package.

Formula 7 The \left [ and \right] delimiters set square brackets whose size
is proportional to the height of the symbols delimited by them:

yC == z V V [sf] (mod cI»

iEC

\[
y-C \equiv z \vee \bigvee_{ i \in C } \left[ s_{i}-{C} \right]
\pmod{ \Phi }
\]

Notice how the superscript is set directly above the subscript in sf.
Formula 8

\[
y \vee \bigvee C\, [B_{\gamma}] \mid \gamma \in \Gamma \,)
\equiv z \vee \bigvee (\, [B_{\gamma}]
\mid \gamma \in \Gamma \,) \pmod{ \Phi-{x} }
\]

@ The spacing shown was created by the amsmath package.

28 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

Fonnula 9 Use \nolimi ts to force the "limit" of the large operator to display
as a subscript:

\[
f(\mathbf{x}) = \bigvee\nolimits_{\!\mathfrak{m}}
\left(\,
\bigwedge\nolimits_{\mathfrak{m}}
(\, x_{j} \mid j \in I_{i} \,) \mid i < \aleph_{\alpha}
\,\right)
\J
Notice that a negative space (\!) was inserted to bring the m a little dos er to the
big join symbol V.
The \mathfrak command requires either the amsfonts or eufrak package. @
Fonnula 10 The \left. command gives a blank left delimiter, which is needed
to balance the \right I command (if the \left and \right commands are not
balanced, you will get an errar message):

\[
\left. \widehat{F}(x) \rightl_{a}~{b}
= \widehat{F}(b) - \widehat{F}(a)
\J
Fonnula 11

\[
u \underset{\alpha}{+} v \overset{l}{\thicksim} w
\overset{2}{\thicksim} z
\]
The \underset and \overset commands require the amsmath package. A @
special case, placing a symbol above a binary relation, can be done in IbTEX with
the \stackrel command.
Formula 12 In this formula, \mbox would not work praperly because the overset
text would be too large, so we use \text, which requires the amsmath package: @
f(x) ~f x 2 - 1
\[
fex) \overset{ \text{def} }{ =} x~{2} - 1
\]
1.5 Formula gatlery 29

Formula 13
n
~
a+b+···+z
\[
\overbrace{a + b + \cdots + z}-{n}
\]
The symbol typed as the exponent is attached to the horizontal curly brace. Note
@ that ifyou use the amsmath package, \dots will do.
Formula 14
a+b+c uv 1 =7
l
a+b c+d
\[
\begin{vmatrix}
a + b + c & uv\\
a + b &c + d
\end{vmatrix}
=7
\]

I a +a+b
l
b+ c uv 11
c+d
=7
\[
\begin{Vmatrix}
a + b + c & uv\\
a + b Hz c + d
\end{Vmatrix}
=7
\]
@ The vmatrix and Vmatrix environments require the amsmath package. In IbTE,X,
the second matrix would be typed as
\[
\left\I \begin{array}{cc}
a + b + c Hz uv\\
a + b Hz c + d
\end{array}\right\1
=7
\]
which produces the typeset formula
a+ b+c uv
11
a+b c+d 11 =7
Note, again, that the g\TE,X spacing is different.
30 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

Formula 15
L bijf)j = L bglf)j + (bii - Ai)f)if)
JEN JEN

is typed as
\[
\sum_{j \in \mathbf{N}} b_{ij} \hat{y}_{j}
\sum_{j \in \mathbf{N}} b~{(\lambda)}_{ij} \hat{y}_{j}
+ (b_{ii} - \lambda_{i}) \hat{y}_{i} \hat{y}
\]
The \mathbf{N} command makes a bold N. Since the \mathbf command cannot
be used to produce a bold math symbol (in math mode), the amsmath package
offers the \boldsymbol command: \boldsymbol {\alpha} produces o. @
Formula 16 To produce the formula

try typing
\[
\left( \prod~n_{\, j = 1} \hat x_{j} \right) H_{c}
= \frac{1}{2} \hat k_{ij} \det \hat{ \mathbf{K} }(ili)
\]
which typesets as

This is not quite right. You can correct the overly large parentheses by using the
\biggl and \biggr commands in place of \left ( and \right), respectively (see
Seetion 4.6.2). Adjust the small hat over K by using \widehat:
\[
\biggl( \prod~n_{\, j = 1} \hat x_{j} \biggr) H_{c}
= \frac{1}{2} \hat{k}_{ij} \det \widehat{ \mathbf{K} }(ili)
\]

which will give you the original formula.

Formula 17 In this formula, I have used \overline{I} to get I (you could also
use \bar{I}, which is typeset as I):

det K(t = 1, h, ... , t n ) = L( _1)1 11rr ti rr (D j + Ajtj) det A (Al( III) = 0

IEn iEI JEI
1.5 Formula gallery 31

\[
\det \mathbf{K} (t = 1, t_{1}, \ldots, t_{n})
= \sum_{I \in \mathbf{n} }(-1)-{III} \prod_{i \in I} t_{i}
\prod_{j \in I} (D_{j} + \lambda_{j} t_{j})
\det \mathbf{A}-{(\lambda)}(\,\overline{I} I \overline{I}\,)
=0
\J
@ Note that ifyou use the amsmath package, \dots will do.
Formula 18 The command \ I provides the II math symbol in this formula:
.
1~ H(z + v) - H(z + v') - BH(z)(v - v')
=0
(v,v')->(O,O) Ilv - v'II
\[
\lim_{(v, v') \to (0, O)}
\frac{H(z + v) - H(z + v') - BH(z)(v - v')}
{\I v - v' \I} = 0
\]

Formula 19 This formula uses the calligraphic math alphabet:

kIßuI2<1>o(z)e'>lz12 2: C4 Q klul2<1>oec>lzl2 + c5 b- 2 i lul 2<1>oe'ldzl 2

\[
\int_{\mathcal{D}} I \overline{\partial u} 1-{2}
\Phi_{O}(z) e-{\alpha Izl-2}
\geq c_{4} \alpha \int_{\mathcal{D}} lul-{2} \Phi_{O}
e-{\alpha Izl-{2}}
+ c_{5} \delta-{-2} \int_{A} lul-{2}
\Phi_{O} e-{\alpha Izl-{2}}
\J
@ Formula 20 The \hdotsfor command sets dots that span multiple columns in
a matrix. The \dfrac command is the displayed variant of the \frac command
(see Seetion 4.4.1).
'P' Xn,l
(x + C2)2 (x + Cn_l)n-l (x + Cn)n
'PI X cl
'P' Xn,l 'P' X n ,2
A= (x + Cn_d n - l (x + Cn)n
'P2 X cl 'P2 X C2 +I n
....................................................
'P' X n ,l 'P' X n ,2 'P' Xn,n-l 'P' Xn,n
'Pn x cl 'Pn x c2 'Pn x Cn-l 'Pn x cn
32 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

\[
\mathbf{A} =
\begin{pmatrix}
\dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, 1}} {\varphi_{l} \times
\varepsilon_{l}} & (x + \varepsilon_{2})-{2} & \cdots
& (x + \varepsilon_{n - l})-{n - 1}
& (x + \varepsilon_{n})-{n}\\[10ptJ
\dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, 1}} {\varphi_{2} \times
\varepsilon_{l}} & \dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, 2}}
{\varphi_{2} \times \varepsilon_{2}} & \cdots &
(x + \varepsilon_{n - l})-{n - 1}
& (x + \varepsilon_{n})-{n}\\
\hdotsfor{5}\\
\dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, 1}} {\varphi_{n} \times
\varepsilon_{l}} & \dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, 2}}
{\varphi_{n} \times \varepsilon_{2}} & \cdots
& \dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, n - 1}} {\varphi_{n}
\times \varepsilon_{n - 1}} &
\dfrac{\varphi\cdot X_{n, n}}
{\varphi_{n} \times \varepsilon_{n}}
\end{pmatrix}
+ \mathbf{I}_{n}
\J
Note the use ofthe command \ \ [10pt]; ifyou only use \ \, the first and sec-
ond lines of the matrix will be set too dose.
This formula requires the amsmath and amssymb packages. I will show you @
how to rewrite the formula to make it shorter and more readable in Seetion 9.1.2.

1. 6 Displayed formulas
1. 6.1 Equations
The equation environment creates a displayed math formula and automatically
generates an equation nu mb er. The equation

(1) 1 7r
sin x dx = 2

is typed as
\begin{equation}\label{E:firstlnt}
\int_{O}-{\pi} \sin x \, dx = 2
\end{equation}
1.6 Displayed formulas 33

The equation number (which is automatically generated) depends on how many

other equations occur before the given equation. The placement and style of the
equation number is dependent on the document dass and packages loaded by your
document. (In this book, you will find eqllation nllmbers on the left-which is the
AMS default-except far the sample IbTEX artide on pages 44-45.)
T 0 refer to this formula without having to remember a ntlmber (which may
change ifyou edit your document), you can assign a name to the equation in the
argument of a \label command. In this example, I have called the first equation
firstlnt (first integral), and used the convention that the label of an equation
starts with E:, so that the complere \label command is
\label{E:firstlnt}
The number of this formula is referenced with the \ref command. Its page
is referenced using the \pageref command. For example, to get the reference
see (1), type
see-C\ref{E:firstlnt})
@ The amsmath package indudes the \eqref command, which provides the ref-
erence number in parentheses. This command is smart; Even if the equation num-
ber appears in boldface or italic text, the reference will be typeset llpright (in roman
type).
Note the use of the tie (-) to ensure that the equation number is on the same
line as the word see. You should always use ties to connect a \ref command to
the name of its part (equation, page, section, chapter, etc.).
The main advantage of this cross-referencing system is that when you add,
delete, or rearrange equations, IbTEX automatically renumbers the equations and
adjusts the references that appear in yoUf typeset document.

Rule _ Typeset twice

For renumbering to work, you have to typeset the source file twice.

See Sections 12.2 and C.2.4. IbTEX will issue a warning ifyou target.
IbTEX stores the labels in an auxiliary file while it typesets your SOUfce file (see
Section 1.13). For each label, it stores the number of the equation and the page
on which the equation appears. (A third round oftypesetting may be necessary to
get the correct page numbers in the table of contents.)
An equation will be numbered whether or not there is a \label command
attached to it. Of course, if there is no \label command, the number genera ted
for the equation by IbTEX cannot be referenced alltomatically.
The system described here is called symbolic referencing. The symbol for the
number is the argument of the \label command, and that symbol can be refer-
enced with \ref or \pageref commands. IbTEX uses the same mechanism far
34 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

all of the numberings it automatieally generates: seetions, subseetions, subsubsee-

tions, equations, theorems, lemmas, and bibliographie referenees-exeept that for
bibliographie referenees, IbTE,X uses the \bibi tern command to define a biblio-
graphie item and the \cite command to eite a bibliographie item (see Seetion 1.9.4
and Chapter 10).
With the amsmath paekage, equations ean also be tagged by attaehing a name @
to the formula with the \tag command. The tag replaees the equation number.
For example,

(Int) l 1T
sinx dx =2

is typed as

\begin{equation}
\int_{O}~{\pi} \sin x \, dx 2 \tag{Int}
\end{equation}

Tags (ofthe type discussed here) are absolute: This equation should always be
referred to as (Int). Equation numbers, on the other hand, are relative: They may
change when equations are added, deleted, or rearranged.

1.6.2 Aligned formulas

IbTE,X, with the help of the amsmath paekage, has many ways to typeset multiline @
formulas. We will diseuss three eonstruets in this seetion: simple alignment, anno-
tated alignment, and cases; see Chapter 5 for many others.
For simple and annotated alignment we use the align math environment.
Eaeh line in the align environment is aseparate equation, which IbTE,X will auto-
matieally number.

Simple alignment

Simple alignment is used to align two or more formulas. To obtain the formulas @
(2) = 82 + t 2 ,
r2
(3) 2u + 1 = v + w(",
x- y+z .
( 4)
- V8 + 2u'
type the following, using \ \ as the line separator and & as the alignment point (note
that you do not need a \ \ on the last line):
1.6 Displayed formulas 35

r~{2}
,,&= s~{2} + t~{2}, \label{E:Pyth}\\
2u + 1:&= v + w~{\alpha}, \label{E:alpha}\\
x:&= \frac{y + z}{\sqrt{s + 2u}}; \label{E:frac}

alignment points
offormulas

(2) r2, ,= 8 2 + t 2
1:,= v + w
)

(3) 2u + Ü
,

, y+z
(4 ) x'= .
:, V8 + 2u'
,
alignment points
offormulas

Figure 1.1: Simple alignment: source and typeset.

\begin{align}
r~{2} &= s~{2} + t~{2}, \label{E:Pyth}\\
2u + 1 &= v + w~{\alpha}, \label{E:alpha}\\
x &= \frac{y + z}{\sqrt{s + 2u}}; \label{E:frac}
\end{align}

(These formulas are numbered (2), (3), and (4) because they are preceded by one
numbered equation earlier in this section.)
The intercolumn space is set by amsmath; if you want to set it yourselt~ use
the alignat math environment (see Seetion 5.5.4).
The align environment can also be used to break a long formula into two (or
more) parts. Since numbering both lines in such a case would be undesirable, you
can prevent the numbering of the second line by using the \notag command in
the second part of the fürmula.
Für example,

(5) h(x) = J (!(x) + g(x) + 1 + !(X)g(X)) dx

!t;
1 + J2(x) VI - sinx

= [I + dx - 2tan- 1 (x - 2)
. 1+9 x
is typed as follows:

\begin{align}\label{E:longlnt}
hex) &= \int \left( \frac{ fex) + g(x) } { 1+ f~{2}(x) }
+ \frac{ 1+ f(x)g(x) } { \sqrt{l - \sin x} } \right) \, dx\\
36 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

&= \int \frac{ 1 + fex) } { 1 + g(x) } \, dx

- 2 \tan~{-1}(x-2)\notag
\end{align}

The multline math environment (See Section 5.3) and the split subsidiary math @
environment (see Section 5.6.2) provide better ways to split a long formula into
two or more aligned parts. spli t also centers the formula number vertically.
The rules for simple alignment are easy to remember:

Rule _ Simple alignments @

• Use the align environment.
• Separate the lines with \ \.
• In each line, indicate the alignment point with &.
• Place a \notag command in each line that you do not wish numbered.
• Place a \label command in each numbered line you may want to reference with
\ref, \eqref,or\pageref.

Annotated alignment

Annotated alignment allows you to align formulas and their annotations (explana- @
tory text) separately (see Figure 1.2):

(6) x =x /\ (y V z) (by distributivity)

= (x/\y)V(x/\z) (by condition (M))
= yV z.

This example is typed as

\begin{align}\label{E:DoAlign}
x &= x \wedge (y \vee z)
&&\text{(by distributivity)}\\
&= (x \wedge y) \vee (x \wedge z)
&&\text{(by condition (M))} \notag\\
&= y \vee z. \notag
\end{align}

The rules for annotated alignment are similar to the rules of simple alignment.
In each line, in addition to the alignment point marked by &, there is also a mark
for the start of the annotation: &&.
The align environment can be used for much more than simple and anno-
tated alignments-see Section 5.5.
1.6 Displayed formulas 37

aligned formulas annotation

11
x:&= x \wedge (y \vee z) I&&\text{(by distributivity)}\\
1&= (x \wedge y) \vee (x \wedge z) :&&\text{(by condition (M))}\\
1&= y \vee z. I
I
i I
I I

alignment points alignment points

offormulas of annotations

aligned formulas annotation

XI= X A (y V z) 1 I: (by distributivity)

:= (xAy)V(xAz)
I

: (by condition (M))

:= yV z.
I I

alignment points alignment points

offormulas of annotations
....oII(f-----~~~
intercolumn space

Figure 1.2: Annotated alignment: source and type set.

1.6.3 Cases
@ The cases construct is another subsidiary math environment. It must be used in
a displayed math environment (e.g., align) or within an equation environment
(see Seetion 1.6.1). Here is a typical example:

-x2 , if x < 0;
.f (x) = a + x,
{ if 0 :s: x :s: 1;
x2, otherwise.

typed as follows:

\[
f(x)=
\begin{cases}
-x-{2}, &\text{if $x < O$;}\\
\alpha + x, &\text{if $0 \leq x \leq 1$;}\\
x-{2}, &\text{otherwise.}
\end{cases}
\]
38 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

The rules for using the cases environment are simple:

Rule _ cases environments

• Separate the lines with \ \. @

• In each line, indicate the alignment point for the annotation with &.

l. 7 Tbe anatomy of an article

In this introductory chapter, I will use the popular Jb.TEX articledocument dass
and the sampIe artide intrart. tex (in the sampIes directory) to examine the
anatomy of an artide. Type it in as we discuss the parts of an artide.
The preamble of an article is everything from the first line of the source file up
to the line

\begin{document}

\documentclass{ ... }
\usepackage{ ... } preamble

\begin{document}

\ti tle{ ... }

\author{ ... } top matter
\date{ ... }
\maketitle

\begin{abstract}
... abstract
\end{abstract} body
\section{ ... }

\section{ ... }

\begin{thebibliography}{9}
... bibliography
\end{thebibliography}

\end{document}
Figure 1.3: A schematic view of an article.
1.7 The anatomy of an article 39

See Figure 1.3. The preamble contains instructions affecting the entire document.
The \documentclass command is the only required command in the preamble.
There are other commands (such as the \usepackage command) that must be
placed in the preamble if they are used, but these commands do not have to be
present in every document.
Here is the preamble ofthe introductory sample artide:
% Introductory sample article: intrart.tex
% Typeset with LaTeX format

\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{latexsym}
\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}
\newtheorem{notation}{Notation}

The preamble specifies the document dass and then the U\TEX enhancements,
or packages, used by the artide. It can also specity additional commands that will
be used throughout the document (such as prodamation definitions, user-defined
commands, and so on). intrart. tex specifies the article document dass, and
then loads the latexsym package that provides access to some additional LATEX sym-
bols.
A proclamation is a theorem, definition, corollary, note, or other similar con-
struct. The intrart . tex artide defines three prodamations. The first of these,
\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}

defines the theorem environment, which then can be used in the body of the artide
(as explained in Section 1.9.3). The other two are similar. U\TEX will automatically
number and format proclamations.
The artide proper, called the body, is contained within the document environ-
ment-between the lines
\begin{document}
and
\end{document}

as illustrated in Figure 1.3. The body of an artide is also split into several parts,
starting with the top matter, which contains tide page information. The top matter
follows the line
\begin{document}
and condudes with the line
\maketitle
40 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

Here is the top matter of the introductory sampIe article:

\title{A construction of complete-simple\\

distributive lattices}
\author{George-A. Menuhin\thanks{Research supported
by the NSF under grant number 23466.}\\
Computer Science Department\\
Winnebago, MN 23714\\
[email protected]}
\date{March 15, 2000}
\maketitle

The body continues with an (optional) abstract, contained within an abstract en-
vironment:

\begin{abstract}
In this note, we prove that there exist \emph{complete-simple
distributive lattices,} that is, complete distributive
lattices in which there are only two complete congruences.
\end{abstract}

And here is the rest of the body of the introductory sampIe article, exclusive of the
bibliography (with one comment in the middle):

\section{Introduction}\label{S:intro}
In this note, we prove the following result:

\begin{theorem}
There exists an infinite complete distributive lattice-$K$
with only the two trivial complete congruence relations.
\end{theorem}

\section{The $\Pi-{*}$ construction}\label{S:P*}

The following construction is crucial in the proof of our Theorem:

\begin{definition}\label{D:P*}
Let $D_{i}$, for $i \in I$, be complete distributive
lattices satisfying condition-\textup{(J)}. Their
$\Pi-{*}$ product is defined as follows:
\[
\Pi-{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I ) =
\Pi ( D_HY{-} \mid i \in I ) + 1·,
\]
that is, $\Pi-{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$ is
1.7 The anatomy of an article 41

$\Pi ( D_{i}-{-} \mid i \in I )$ with a new unit element.

\end{definition}

Notice that we refer to condition (J) in the definition as \ textup{ (J)}. As a re-
sult, even if the text of the definition is emphasized (as it will be in the type set
article), (J) will still be typeset upright as (J) and not slanted as (J).

\begin{notation}
If $i \in 1$ and $d \in D_{i}-{-}$, then
\[
\langle \ldots, 0, \ldots, d, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle
\]
is the element of $\Pi-{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$ whose
$i$-th component is $d$ and all the other components
are $0$.
\end{notation}

See also Ernest-T. Moynahan-\cite{eM57a}.

Next we verify the following result:

\begin{theorem}\label{T:P*}
Let $D_{i}$, $i \in 1$, be complete distributive
lattices satisfying condition-\textup{(J)}. Let $\Theta$
be a complete congruence relation on
$\Pi-{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$.
If there exist $i \in 1$ and $d \in D_{i}$ with
$d < l_{i}$ such that, for all $d \leq c < l_{i}$,
\begin{equation}\label{E:congl}
\langle \ldots, d, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \equiv
\langle \ldots, c, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \pmod{\Theta},
\end{equation}
then $\Theta = \iota$.
\end{theorem}

\emph{Proof.} Since
\begin{equation}\label{E:cong2}
\langle \ldots, d, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \equiv
\langle \ldots, c, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \pmod{\Theta},
\end{equation}
and $\Theta$ is a complete congruence relation, it follows
from condition-(J) that
\begin{equation}\label{E:cong}
42 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

\langle \ldots, d, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \equiv

\bigvee ( \langle \ldots, c, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle
\mid d \leq c < 1 ) \pmod{\Theta}.
\end{equation}

Let $j \in 1$, $j \neq i$, and let $a \in D_{j}A{_}$.

Meeting both sides of the congruence (\ref{E:cong2}) with
$\langle \ldots, a, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle$, we obtain that
\begin{equation}\label{E:comp}
°
= \langle \ldots, a, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \pmod{\Theta},
\end{equation}
Using the completeness of $\Theta$ and (\ref{E:comp}),
we get:
\[
°
\equiv \bigvee ( \langle \ldots, a, \ldots, 0, \ldots
\rangle \mid a \in D_{j}A{_} ) = 1 \pmod{\Theta},
\J
hence $\Theta = \iota$.

At the end ofthe body, the bibliographie entries are typed between the lines

\begin{thebibliography}{9}

and
\end{thebibliography}

There are fewer than 10 references in this article, so we tell H\TlY( to make room
for single-digit numbering by providing the argument 9 to the thebibliography
environment; use 99 if the number of references is between 10 and 99. The typeset
bibliography will be titled References.
Here is the bibliography from intrart. tex:

\begin{thebibliography}{9}
\bibitem{sF90}
Soo-Key Foo,
\emph{Lattice Constructions},
Ph.D. thesis,
University of Winnebago, Winnebago, MN, December, 1990.
\bibitem{gM68}
George-A. Menuhin,
\emph{Universal Algebra},
D.-van Nostrand, Princeton, 1968.
\bibitem{eM57}
1.7 The anatomy of an article 43

Ernest-T. Moynahan,
\emph{On a problem of M. Stone},
Aeta Math. Aead. Sei. Hungar. \textbf{8} (1957), 455--460.
\bibitem{eM57a}
Ernest-T. Moynahan,
\emph{Ideals and eongruenee relations in lattiees.} 11,
Magyar Tud. Akad. Mat. Fiz. Oszt. K\"{O}zl. \textbf{9}
(1957),417--434.
\end{thebibliography}

The body (and the artide) ends when the doeument environment is dosed with

\end{doeument}

1.7.1 Tbe typeset sample article

On pages 44 and 45, you will find the typeset intrart . tex, the introductory sam-
pie article. Notice that the equation numbers are on the right, which is the default
in Jb.TEX's article document dass. Elsewhere in this book you will find equation
numbers on the Ieft, which is the AMS default-see Sections 7.1.1, 8.5, and 12.1.3
to karn how to change the defilUlt.
44 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

A construction of complete-simple
distributive lattices
George A. Menuhin*
Computer Science Department
Winnebago, MN 23714
menuhin@cc. uwinnebago.edu

March 15, 2000

Abstract
In this note, we prove that there exist complete-simple distributive
lattices, that is, complete distributive lattices in which there are only two
complete congruences.

1 Introd uction
In this note, we prove the following result:

Theorem 1 There exists an infinite complete distributive lattice K with only

the two trivial complete congruence relations.

2 The II* construction

The following construction is crucial in the proof of our Theorem:
Definition 1 Let D i , for i E I, be complete distributive lattices satisfying con-
dition (J). Their II* product is defined as follows:

II*(Dili E I) = II(Di li E I) + 1;
that is, II*(Di I i E I) is II(Di I i E I) with a new unit element.
Notation 1 If i E land d E Di, then
( ... ,0, ... ,d, ... ,0, ... )

is the element of II*(Di Ii E I) whose i-th component is d and all the other
components are O.
"Research supported by the NSF under grant number 23466.

1
1.7 The anatomy of an article 45

See also Ernest T. Moynahan [4].

Next we verify the following result:

Theorem 2 Let D i , i E I, be complete distributive lattices satisfying condi-

tion (J). Let 8 be a complete congruence relation on IT* (D i I i E 1). If there
exist i E I and d E D i with d < 1i such that, for all d :s; c < 1i ,

( ... , d, ... ,0, ... ) == (... , c, ... ,0, ... ) (mod 8), (1)

then 8 = L.
Proof. Sinee

( ... , d, ... ,0, ... ) == (... , c, ... ,0, ... ) (mod 8), (2)

and 8 is a eomplete eongruenee relation, it follows from eondition (J) that

(... ,d, ... ,o, .. ·)==V((· .. ,c, ... ,o, ... )ld:S;c<l) (mod8). (3)

Let j E I, j 1:- i, and let 0 E Dj. Meeting both sides of the eongruenee (2)
with (... , a, ... , 0, ... ), we obtain that

o=( ... ,a, ... ,O, ... ) (mod8), (4)

Using the eompleteness of 8 and (4), we get:

o==V((···,a, ... ,O, ... ) laEDj)=l (mod8),

henee 8 = L.

References
[1] Soo-Key Foo, Lattice Constructions, Ph.D. thesis, University of Winnebago,
Winnebago, MN, Deeember, 1990.
[2] George A. Menuhin, Universal Algebra, D. van Nostrand, Princeton, 1968.
[3] Ernest T. Moynahan, On a problem of M. Stone, Aeta Math. Aead. Sei.
Hungar. 8 (1957), 455-460.
[4] Ernest T. Moynahan, Ideals and congruence relations in lattices. II, Magyar
Tud. Akad. Mat. Fiz. Oszt. Közl. 9 (1957), 417-434.

2
46 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

1.8 YTEX article templates

Before you start writing your first artide, you should create two artide templates
using Jb.TEX's artiele document dass:
• artiele. tpl for artides with one author
• artiele2. tpl for artides with two authors
You will find copies ofthese templates in the sampIes directory (see page 4). Start
by copying them to YOUf work directory, or type them in from the foUowing list-
ings:
% SampIe file: artiele.tpl
% Typeset with LaTeX format
\doeumentelass{artiele}
\usepaekage{amssymb,latexsym,amsmath}
\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma}
\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition}
\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}
\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary}
\newtheorem{notation}{Notation}

\begin{document}
\title{titlelinel\\
titleline2}
\author{name\thanks{support}\\
addresslinel\\
addressline2\\
addressline3}
\date{date}
\maketitle

\begin{abstract}
abstract text
\end{abstraet}

\begin{thebibliography}{99}
bibliographie entries
\end{thebibliography}
\end{document}
The document artiele2. tpl is identical to artiele. tpl except for the ar-
gument of the \author command which is expanded to accommodate two au-
thors:
1. 9 Your first article 47

\author{namel\thanks{supportl}\\
addressllinel\\
addresslline2\\
addresslline3
\and
name2\thanks{support2}\\
address2linel\\
address2line2\\
address2line3}

Note the use of the \and command, which separates the two authors.
Once you have copies of the template files in your work directory, you can
customize them by putting YOUf own information into the arguments of the top-
matter commands. You may also want to save YOUf modified templates in another
directory, with more meaningful names. My templates are named ggart . tpl and
ggart2. tpl.
The top matter of my personalized template file looks like this:

\title{titlelinel\\
titleline2}
\author{G. Gr\"{a}tzer\thanks{Research supported by the
NSERC of Canada.}\\
University of Manitoba\\
Department of Mathematics\\
Winnipeg. MB R3T 2N2\\
Canada}
\date{date}

Notice that I did not edit the \title lines (or the \date command) because
they change from artide to artide. I also left the second author's information un-
changed in ggart2 . tpl.

1. 9 Tour first article

Your first artide will use the article document dass. To start, open the person-
alized artide template that you created in Section 1.8, and save a copy with an ap-
propriate name. The name should be one word (no spaces, no special characters)
and end with . tex.

1.9.1 Editing tbe top matter

Edit the top matter to contain the relevant information (e.g., title and date) for
your artide.
48 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

Here are some simple mIes to follow:

Rule _ Top matter for the article document dass

1. If necessary, break the title into separate lines with \ \. Do not put a \ \ at the
end of the last line.
2. \thanks places a footnote at the bottom ofthe first page. Ifit is not needed,
delete it.
3. Separate the lines ofyour address with \ \. Do not put a \ \ at the end ofthe
last line.
4. Multiple authors are separated by \and. There is only one \author command,
and it contains all the information (name, address, support) about the authors.
There is no \ \ command before the \and command.
5. Ifthere is no \date command, Ib-TEX will insert the date on which you are type-
setting the file (\date{\today} will produce the same result). Ifyou do not
want any date to appear, type \daten. For a specific date, such as February
21,2000, type \date{February 21, 2000}.
6. The \ti tle command is the only required command. The others are optional.

1. 9.2 Sectioning
An artide, as a mle, is divided into sections. To start the section entitled Introduc-
tion, type

\section{Introduction}\label{S:intro}

Introduction is the title of the section; S: intro is its label. (I use the conven-
tion that S: starts the label for a section.) The section's number is automatically
assigned by .fb.Tr;X; you can refer to this section number with \ref{S: intro}:

In Section-\ref{S:intro}, we introduce

\section* produces an unnumbered seetion.

Sections have subseetions, and subsections have subsubsections, followed by
paragraphs and subparagraphs. The corresponding commands are

\subsection \subsubsection \paragraph \subparagraph

Their unnumbered variants are

\subsection* \subsubsection* \paragraph* \subparagraph*

1.9 Tour first article 49

1.9.3 Invoking proclamations

In the preamble of article. tpl, you defined the theorem, lemma, proposition,
definition, corollary, and notation prodamations. These prodamations define en-
vironments.
For example, you type a theorem within a theorem environment. The body
of the theorem (that is, the part of the souree file that produces the theorem) is
typed between the lines

\begin{theorem}\label{T:xxx}

and

\end{theorem}

where T: xxx is the label for the theorem. (You should replaee xxx with a label that
is somewhat deseriptive of the contents of your theorem.) IbTEX will automatieally
assign a number to the theorem, and the theorem ean be refereneed by using a
command of the form \ref {T : xxx}.

1.9.4 Inserting references

Finally, we diseuss the bibliography. Below are typieal entries for the most fre-
quently used types ofreferenees: an artide in a journal, a book, an artide in a vol-
urne of eonferenee proeeedings, an artide (or a ehapter) in a book, a Ph.D. the-
sis, and a teehnieal report. For more examples, see the bibliographie template file,
bibI. tpl, in the sampIes direetory.

\begin{thebibliography}{9}
\bibitem{sF90}
Soo-Key Foo,
\emph{Lattiee Construetions},
Ph.D. thesis,
University of Winnebago, Winnebago, MN, Deeember, 1990.
\bibitem{gM68}
George-A. Menuhin,
\emph{Universal Algebra},
D.-van Nostrand, Prineeton, 1968.
\bibitem{eM57}
Ernest-T. Moynahan,
\emph{On a problem of M. Stone},
Aeta Math. Aead. Sei. Hungar. \textbf{8} (1957), 455--460.
\bibitem{eM57a}
Ernest-T. Moynahan,
\emph{Ideals and eongruenee relations in lattiees.} 11,
50 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

Magyar Tud. Akad. Mat. Fiz. Oszt. K\"{O}zl. \textbf{9}

(1957), 417--434.
\end{thebibliography}

I use the convention that the label for a \bibitem consists ofthe initials ofthe au-
thor and the year of publication: A publication by Andrew B. Reich in 1987 would
have the label aR87 (a second publication by that author from that year would be
aR87a). For joint publications, the label consists ofthe initials ofthe authors and
the year of publication: A publication by John Bradford and Andrew B. Reich in
1987 would have the label BR87. Of course, you can use any label you choose
(subject to the rule in Section 6.4.2).
A reference to Bradford and Reich's 1987 article is made with \cite{BR87}.
For instance,

this result was first published in [5]

L
typed as

this result was first published in-\cite{BR87}

You have to arrange the references in your document's thebibliography en-

vironment in the order you wish to see them. IbTE)C only takes care of the num-
bering and the citations in the text.
Ifyou use an AMS document dass, then you ean use the \MR eommand to add @
a Mathematical Reviews number referenee and the \URL command to add a Web
page reference to a bibliographie item.

1.10 lilTp)( error messages

You will probably make a number of mistakes in your first artide. These mistakes
will fall into one of the following categories:

1. Typographical errors, which IbTEX will blindly typeset.

2. Errors in mathematieal formulas or in the formatting ofthe text.
3. Errors in your instructions to IbTEX (commands and environments).

can be corrected by viewing the typeset article, finding the errors, and then
editing the source file.
Using a spelling checker before typesetting will help you catch many ofthese
errors: See Seetion 1.13.4 far more information.
Mistakes in the second and third categories will probably trigger errors during
the typesetting process (we looked at a few math errors in Section 1.2.2), some of
which will require correction before your article can be completely typeset.
1.10 YTEX error messages 51

We will now look at some examples of the third dass of errors by deliberately
introducing a number of mistakes into the source file of the introductory I!>TEX
sample article, intrart. tex (in your work directory, source file on pages 39-43,
and shown typeset on pages 44-45), and examining the error messages that occur.
When I!>TEX displays a ? prompt, you can either try to continue typesetting
the document by pressing Return, or type x to stop typesetting immediately. See
Section 1.13.2 for other options.
Example 1 In intrart. tex, go to line 21 (avoid counting lines by using your
editor's Go to Line function or searching for some text) and remove the dosing
brace so that it reads

\begin{abstract

When you typeset intrart . tex, I!>TEX reports a problem:

Runaway argument?
{abstract In this note, we prove that there exist \emph \ETC.
! Paragraph ended before \begin was complete.
<to be read again>
\par
1.26

Line 26 of the file is the line after \end{abstract}. From the error message,
you can tell that something is wrong with the command that starts the abstract
environment.
Example 2 Now correct line 21, then go to line 25 and change it from

\end{abstract}

to

\end{abstrac}

and typeset the artide again. I!>TEX will inform you of another error:
LaTeX Error: \begin{abstract} on input line 21
ended by \end{abstrac}.

See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.

Type H <Return> for immediate help.

1.25 \end{abstrac}

You may continue typesetting the artide by pressing Return: I!>TEX will re cover
from this error.
52 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

Example 3 Instead of correcting the error in line 25, comment it out:

% \end{abstrac}
Introduce an additional error in line 66. This line reads

lattices satisfying condition-\textup{(J)}. Let $\Theta$

Change \Theta to \Teta:

lattices satisfying condition-\textup{(J)}. Let $\Teta$

Now, when you typeset the article, Jb.TEX reports

! Undefined control sequence.

<recently read> \Teta

1.66 ... textup{(J)}. Let $\Teta

$

Pressing Return results in the message

LaTeX Error: \begin{abstract} on input line 21 ended

by \end{document}.

See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.

Type H <Return> for immediate help.

1.126 \end{document}

These two mistakes are easy to identif)r: \Teta is a misspelling of \Theta, and
(since \end{abstract} is missing) Jb.TEX is trying to match

\begin{abstract}

with

\end{document}

Now undo the changes you made to lines 25 and 66.

Example 4 In line 38, drop the closing brace of the \label command:

\begin{definition}\label{D:P*
1.10 lJ1TEX error messages 53

This results in the message

Runaway argument?
{D:P* Let $D_{i}$, for $i \in 1$, be complete distribu\ETC.
! Paragraph ended before \label was complete.
<to be read again>
\par
1.49

Line 49 is the blank line following \end{definition}. The error message is easy
to understand: You cannot begin a new paragraph (\par) within the argument of
a \label command.
Dndo the change to line 38.

Example 5 Add a blank line following line 53:

\langle \dots, 0, \dots, d, \dots, 0, \dots \rangle

This change results in the message

! Missing $ inserted.
<inserted text>
$
1.54

There can be no blank lines within a displayed math environment. J!>.TE,X catches
the mistake, but the line number reported in the error message is incorrect and the
message itself is misleading.

Example 6 Add a $ somewhere in line 53 (such errors often occur when copying
and pasting formulas):

\langle $\dots, 0, \dots, d, \dots, 0, \dots \rangle

This results in the message:

! Display math should end with $$.

<to be read again>
\protect
1.53 \langle $\dots
, 0, \dots, d, \dots, 0, \dots \rangle

You cannot have a $ (an inline math delimiter) in a displayed math formula. J!>.TEX
catches the mistake, but the line number in the error message is wrong.
54 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

Example 7 Error messages from l5\TEX are not always as helpful as they could be,
but there is always some information that can be gleaned from them. In Theorem 1
ofintrart. tex, delete the second $ symbol, changing $K$ to $K. You will get the
error message

! LaTeX Error: Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item.

See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.

Type H <return> for immediate help.

1.33 \end{theorem}

Since there is no list, there can be no missing \item. The last line of the error
message teIls you to look at the theorem environment.
As a rule, the error message should at least tell you the line number (or para-
graph or formula) where l5\TEX realizes that there is a problem. Try to identifY the
structure (the command or environment) that caused the error-read the section
of this book that describes that command or environment. Doing so should help
you correct the error. Keep in mind that the error could be quite far from the line
l5\TEX indicates, but will always be on or before that line in the source file.
Ifyou have difficulty isolating a problem, create a current. tex file that has
the same preamble as your current source file and an empty document environ-
ment. Then copy the paragraphs you suspect might have problems into this doc-
ument one by one and track down the errors. Once your new document typesets
correctly, copy the paragraph back into your real document, and work on another
paragraph. If necessary, split a large paragraph into smaller pieces. See also Sec-
tion 2.5 on how to use the comment environment to help you find errors.
To a large extent you can prevent having to isolate problems by typesetting
often. For instance, ifI were to typeset First Steps into IßTEX [30], with the cIosing
brace ofthe first \caption command on line 480 ofthe source file missing, I would
get the error message

! Text line contains an invalid character.

1.1227 ... pletely irreducible--?

where the reference is to line 1227 (about 700 lines removed from the actual error).
However, ifthe only thing I had done before typesetting was to insert that figure
(with its incorrect caption command), at least I would know where to look for
errors. If you make a dozen corrections and then type set, you may not know where
to start.
1.11 Logical and visual design 55

1.11 Logical and visual design

The type set version of intrart. tex (pp. 44-45) looks impressive. I believe that
the typeset version of sampart . tex (on pp. 286-288) is even more impressive. To
produce such articles, you need to understand that there are two aspects to article
design: visual and logical.
As an example, let us look at a theorem from intrart . tex, the IbTEX sample
article (the type set form of the theorem is on page 45). You tell IbTEX that you
want to state a theorem by using a theorem environment:
\begin{theorem}\label{T:P*}
Let $D_{i}$, $i \in 1$, be complete distributive
lattices satisfying condition-\textup{(J)}. Let $\Theta$
be a complete congruence relation on
$\Pi~{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$.
If there exist $i \in 1$ and $d \in D_{i}$ with
$d < l_{i}$ such that, for all $d \leq c < l_{i}$,
\begin{equation}\label{E:congl}
\langle \ldots, d, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \equiv
\langle \ldots, c, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \pmod{\Theta},
\end{equation}
then $\Theta = \iota$.
\end{theorem}
The logical part of the design is choosing to define a theorem by placing mate-
rial inside a theorem environment. For the visual design, IbTEX must make hun-
dreds of decisions. Could you have specified all of the spacing, font size changes,
centering, numbering, and so on? Maybe, but would you want to? And would
you want to repeat that process for every theorem in your document?
Even if you did, you would have spent a great deal of time and energy on the
visual design of the theorem rather than on the logical design of your artide. The
idea behind IbTEX is that you should concentrate on what you have to say and let
IbTEX take care of the visual design.
This approach allows you to easily alter the visual design by chan ging the doc-
ument dass (or its options; see Sections 7.1.1, 8.5, and 12.1). Ifyou code the
visual design into the artide (hard coding it, as a programmer would say), such
changes are much harder to accomplish.
IbTEX uses four major toois to separate the logical and visual design of a doc-
ument:
1. Commands Information is given to IbTEX in the arguments of commands; it is
up to IbTEX to process that information. For instance, titlepage information
( especially in the amsart document dass) is given in this form; the final orga-
nization and appearance of the title page is completely up to the document
dass and its options.
56 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

A more subtle example is the use of a command for distinguishing a term or

notation. For instance, you may want to use an \env command for environ-
ment names. You may define \env as follows (\newcommand is explained in
Section 9.1.1):

\newcommand{\env} [1] {\texttt{#l}}

giving you a command that typesets all environment names in typewriter style
(see Section 2.6.2). Logically, you have decided that an environment name
should be marked up. Visually, you may change your decision any time. By
changing the definition to

\newcommand{\env} [1] {\textbf{#l}}

aIl environment names will be typeset in bold (see Section 2.6.6).

The following, more mathematical, example is taken from sampartu. tex
(see Section 8.3 and the sampIes directory). This artide defines the con-
struct D(2) with the command

\newcommand{\Ds}{D~{\langle 2 \rangle}}

If a referee or coauthor suggests a different notation, editing this one line will
change the notation throughout the entire artide.

2. Environments Important logical structures are placed within environments.

For example, list items (see Section 3.1) are typed within a list environment
and formatted accordingly. Ifyou later decide to change the type ofthe list,
you can do so by simply changing the name of the environment.
3. Proclamations You can change the style or numbering scheme of any proc-
lamation at any time by changing that prodamation's definition in the pre-
amble, especially ifyou use the amsart document dass. See the typeset AMS ®
sample artide (sampart . tex, on pages 286-288) for examples ofprodama-
tions typeset with different styles.

4. Numbering and cross-referencing Theorems, lemmas, definitions, sections,

and equations are logical units that can be freely moved around. fb.TEX auto-
matically recalculates the numbers and cross-references.
You write artides to communicate your ideas. The doser you get to a sepa-
ration of logical and visual design, the more you are able to concentrate on that
goal. Of course, you can never quite re ach this ideal. For instance, a line too
wide warning (see Sections 1.1.3 and 2.7.1) is a problem ofvisual design. When
a journal changes the document dass, unless the new document dass retains the
same fonts and line width of the document dass the author used, new line too
wide problems will arise. fb.TEX is successful in automatically solving visual design
problems weIl over 95% ofthe time. That is getting fairly dose to the ideal.
1.12 Abrief overview 57

\.\.",.
':'I::Jo': ••
.,'0
~-J.:..#t. .... ,
,

, TEX
.: Fonts Fonts

Figure 1.4: The structure ofIbTEX.

1.12 Abrief overview

Now that you have learned how to use IbTEX to typeset an article, I will give you
abrief overview of how IbTEX works (see Figure 1.4). As I mentioned in the in-
troduction, IbTEX's co re is a programming language created by Donald E. Knuth
called TEX, which provides low-level typesetting instructions. TEX comes with a
set of fonts called Computer Modern (CM). (See Appendix D for a discussion of
PostScript CM fonts.) The CM fonts and the TEX programming language form
the foundation of a typical TEX system.
TEX is extensible-new commands can be defined in terms of more basic ones.
IbTEX is one of the best known extensions ofTEX, introducing the concept of log-
ical units, which you read about in Section 1.11, and adding a large number of
higher-level commands.
The visuallayout of LATEX documents is primarily determined by the docu-
ment class (you now have so me familiarity with the document class, article; other
standard classes include book, letter, report, and slides). Many journals, pub-
lishers, and schools have their own document classes for formatting articles, books,
and theses.
Extensions ofIbTEX are called packages (we have already come ac ross a num-
@ ber of them, including the amsmath, amssymb, eufrak, and latexsym packages);
they add new fimctionality to IbTEX (by adding new commands and environments)
or change the way previously defined commands and environments work. It is es-
sential that you find the packages that make your work easier. (See Seetion 13.1.)
58 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

My view of the structure of TEX and IbTEX is illustrated in Figure 1.4. This
figure suggests that in order to work with a IbTEX document, you first have to in-
stall TEX and the CM fonts, then IbTEX, and finally specity the document dass and
the necessary packages. The AMSFonts font set is very useful, but not absolutely @
necessary.

1.13 Using lJ1TEX

Figure 1.5 illustrates the steps in the production of a typeset document.
You start by opening an existing IbTEX source file or creating a new one with
a text editor (for this discussion, the source file will be called myart. tex). Once
the source file is ready, you typeset it using the LaTeX format. Depending on the
document dass options you choose and the packages the document loads, you will
end up with at least three additional files:

1. myart. dvi The typeset artide in machine-readable format-DVI stands for

DeVice Independent.
2. myart. aux The auxiliary file, used by IbTEX for internal bookkeeping, indud-
ing cross-references and bibliographie citations.
3. myart .log The log file. IbTEX records the typesetting session in the log file,
including any warnings and error messages that appear on your monitor.

Your computer uses a video driver (DVI viewer) to display the typeset article,
myart. dvi, on your monitor; a (Dvr) printer driver to print the typeset artide on
a printer; and a (DVI) PostScript driver (DVI to PS converter) to convert the typeset
artide to PostScript format. (For Macintosh and pe implementations ofTEX, the
PostScript converters are often in the Save as option of the printer driver dialog
boxes; for most UNIX implementations, the printer driver and the PostScript driver
are separate applications.)
It should be emphasized that of the four applications used (TEX and the three
drivers), only one (TEX) is the same for all computers and all implementations. If
you use TEX in an integrated environment, the four applications may even appear
to be a single application.

1.13.1 AMS packages revisited

Now that you understand the structure of IbTEX, we can again discuss the AMS @
packages. As outlined in the introduction, the AMS enhancements to IbTEX fall
into three groups: the AMS math enhancements, the document classes, and the
AMSFonts. They consist of several packages.
An AMS document dass automatically loads a number of AMS packages (see @
Section 8.6 far a more detailed discussion) including:
1.13 Using J5lTEX 59

I
t
,,<at< lex I edllor print DVl prinrer dri"er
edit

myart.tex
TEX
Ihe ource file
typeset
with
LaTeX format

, , view I DVh,,",, dm"

rite !>"peset
,"crsi n on thc
monitor

:i i :$ ; i i ;Zi ; ;

Figure 1.5 : Using IHEX.

60 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

• amsmath, the main AMS math package

• amsfonts, commands for math alphabets
• amsbsy, bold symbol commands

The AMS document classes do not automatically load the amssymb package, which @
provides math symbol names. This package and other AMS or Jb.TEX packages can
beloaded~needed.
When we discuss a feature of Jb.TEX that requires a package, I mention it in the
text. I do not always point out, however, the interdependencies of the document
classes and of the packages. For instance, the \text command (Section 2.9) is
provided by the amstext package, which is loaded automatically by the amsmath @
package, which is, in turn, loaded automatically by all the AMS document classes.
These interdependencies are discussed in Section 8.6.

1.13.2 Interactive NTEX

If Jb.TEX cannot carry out your instructions, it displays a prompt (and possibly an
error message; see Section 1.10):

• The ** prompt means that Jb.TEX needs to know the name of a source file to
typeset. This usually means that you misspelled a file name, you are trying to
typeset a document that is not located in TEX's current directory, or that there
is aspace in the name ofyour source file.
• The ? prompt indicates that Jb.TEX has found an error in your source file, and
wants you to decide what to do next. You can try to continue type setting the
file by pressing
- Return
- q to typeset in quiet mode, not stopping far errors (depending on the nature
of the error, Jb.TEX may either recover or generate error messages)
- x to stop typesetting your file
- h to get advice on how to correct the error

• Ifyou have misspelled the name of a package (in a \usepackage command), or

if Jb.TEX cannot find a file, it will displayamessage similar to the following:

! LaTeX Error: File 'misspelled.sty' not found.

Type X to quit or <RETURN> to proceed,

or enter new name. (Default extension: sty)

Enter file name:

You can either type the correct name of the file at the prompt, or type x to quit
Jb.TEX.
1.13 Using YTEX 61

• The * prompt signifies that LATEX is in interactive mode and is waiting for instruc-
tions. To get such a prompt, comment out the line

\end{document}

in a source file by inserting a %symbol as the first character of the line; then
typeset the file. Interactive instructions (such as \show and \showthe-see Sec-
tion 9.1.7) may be given at the * prompt. To exit, type

\end{document}

at the * prompt, and press Return.

• Ifyou get the * prompt and no error message, type \stop and press Return.

1.13.3 Versions
A complete U\TEX distribution consists of hundreds of files, aB of which interaet.
Since most of these files have had many revisions, you should make sure that they
are aB up-to-date and compatible with each other. You can check the version num-
bers and dates by reading the first few lines of each file in a text editor or by check-
ing the dates and version numbers that are shown on the list created by the com-
mand \listfiles, which I discuss later in this section.
U\TEX has been updated every six months; while writing this book, I used the
version ofU\TEX that was issued on Tune 1, 1999. Starting with the year 2000,
updates will be issued onee a year.
When you typeset a U\TEX doeument, U\TEX prints its release date in the log
file with a line such as

LaTeX2e <1999/06/01>

Ifyou use a U\TEX feature that was introdueed recently, you ean put a command
such as the following into the preamble of your source file:

\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} [1999/06/01]

This eommand specifies the date of the oldest version of U\TEX that may be used
to typeset your file. If someone attempts to typeset your file with an older version,
U\TEX will generate a warning.
The AMS math packages (in particular, amsmath) and document classes are at
version 2.0; and the AMSFonts set is at version 2.2e. See Section 13.1 tür more
information on obtaining updated versions.
Ifyou include the \listfiles command in the preamble ofyour document,
the log file will contain a detailed listing of all the files used in the typesetting of
your document. Here are the first few (truncated) lines from such a listing:
62 Chapter 1 Typing your first article

*File LisU
book.cls 1999/01/07 vl.4a Standard LaTeX document class
leqno.clo 1998/08/17 vl.lc Standard LaTeX option
bkl0.clo 1999/01/07 vl.4a Standard LaTeX file
LaTeXB3.sty 1999/04/15 Commands for LaTeX book, third edition
amsmath.sty 2000/01/06 v2.04 AMS math features
amstext.sty 1999/11/15 v2.0
amsgen.sty 1999/11/30 v2.0
amsbsy.sty 1999/11/29 vl.2d
amsopn.sty 1999/12/14 v2.01 operator names
amsthm.sty 1999/12/16 v2.01
verbatim.sty 1997/04/30 vl.5k verbatim enhancements
amsxtra.sty 1999/11/15 vl.2c
eucal.sty 1995/01/06 v2.2 Euler Script fonts
amssymb. sty 1996/11/03 v2.2b
amsfonts.sty 1997/09/17 v2.2e
omxcmex.fd 1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions
latexsym.sty 1998/08/17 v2.2e Standard LaTeX package
amscd.sty 1999/11/29 v2.0
alltt.sty 1997/06/16 v2.0g defines alltt environment
xspace.sty 1997/10/13 vl.06 Space after command names
graphics.sty 1999/02/16 vl.01 Standard LaTeX Graphics
trig.sty 1999/03/16 vl.09 sin cos tan

This list looks quite up-to-date (in fact, it is completely up-to-date). To confirm
this, open the file alltt.sty in the latest gTEX distribution; you will find the lines

\ProvidesPackage{alltt}
[1997/06/16 v2.0g defines alltt environment]

that explain the date found in the listing.

1.13.4 Spelling checkers and text editors

It can be very frustrating to try to check the spelling of a gTEX document with
a regular spelling checker because it will try to check the spelling of your math!
Luckily, there are gTEX-aware spelling checker applications available for all three
major platforms:

• Macintosh
- Excalibur
http://www.eg.bucknell.edu/-excalibr/excalibur.html
1.13 Using lilTEX 63

• pe
- jspell
ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/pub/archive/support/jspell/
- Trigram Systems' Microspell
Available from Y&Y (http://www.yandy.com!). among other sourees.
- TEXSpell
Comes with PCTEX for Windows.
• UNIX
- ispell is the spelling checker of choice.

All three computer platforms also have a variety of freeware, shareware, and
commercial "TEX-aware" text editors with features that include syntax coloring,
automatie completion ofU\TEX commands and environments, and management of
\label and \ref entries. Using such a text editor can make working with U\TEX
much more pleasant and efficient.
If you look at the source files of the sample articles, your first impression may
be how very verbose U\TEX iso In actual practice, however, U\TEX is fairly easy to
type. You should be able to train your editor so that a single keystroke produces
the text:
\begin{theorem}\label{T:}

\end{theorem}

with the cursor immediately following the colon (where you type the label).
Customizing U\TEX will make repetitious structures such as
\begin{equation}
\langle 0, \dots, d, \dots, 0, \dots \rangle \equiv
\langle 0, \dots, c, \dots, 0, \dots \rangle \pmod{\Theta},
\end{equation}

which type sets as

(3.1) (O, ... ,d, ... ,O, ... ) == (O, ... ,c, ... ,O, ... ) (mod B),
(see page 294) become much shorter and (with practice) more readable. Utilizing
the user-defined commands \con (for congruence), \vct (tor vector), and \gO (for
Greek theta), this formula can be typed as
\begin{equation}
\con \vct{d}=\vct{c}(\gO),
\end{equation}

which is quite succinct and readable.

User-defined commands are covered in Part IV.
_ 2
PART 11

Text and math

APPENDIX

A
I
Math symbol tables

Referenees to AMS soure es are marked by 0).

A.l Hebrew and Greek letters

A.1.1 Hebrew letters
Source Type Typeset

g\1EX
\aleph

amssymb@
\beth .J
\daleth 1
\gimel J
456 AppendixA

A.1.2 Greek letters

Lowercase
Source Type Typeset Type Typeset Type Typeset

Jb.1EX
\alpha a \iota [ \sigma er
\beta ß \kappa K, \tau r
\gamma 'Y \lambda A \upsilon v
\delta 0 \mu J.t \phi cP
\epsilon E \nu 1/ \chi X
\zeta ( \xi ~ \psi 'ljJ
\eta TJ \pi 7r \omega w
\theta () \rho p

U\TEX variants
\varepsilon E: \varpi w \varsigma \"
\vartheta {) \varrho f2 \varphi 'P

amssymb@
\digamma F \varkappa

Uppercase

Source Type Typeset Type Typeset Type Typeset

Jb.1EX
\Gamma r \Xi ~ \Phi <I>
\Delta ~ \Pi II \Psi W
\Theta e \Sigma E \Omega n
\Lambda A \Upsilon Y

amsmath@
\varGamma r \varXi ~ \varPhi P
\varDelta L1 \varPi II \varPsi lJI
\varTheta 8 \varSigma E \varOmega [l

\varLambda A \varUpsilon Y
A.2 Binary relations 457

A.2 Binary relations

A.2.1 Y1EX binary relations
Source Type Typeset Type Typeset
M\1EX
< < > >

\in E \ni or \OWIlS :3

\leq or \le < \geq or \ge >
\11 « \gg »
\pree --< \suee >-
\preeeq --< \sueeeq >-
\sim \approx ::::::
\simeq \eong C::i

\equiv \doteq -=--

\subset C \supset ~

\subseteq C \supseteq ~

\sqsubseteq C \sqsupseteq =:J

\smile \frown
\perp ~ \models 1=
\mid 1 \parallel 11
\vdash f- \dashv -1
\propto cx: \asymp :::::
\bowtie tx:I

latexsym
\sqsubset C \sqsupset =:J
\Join I><l
458 AppendixA

A.2.2 AMS binary relations

Source Type Typeset Type Typeset
amssymb@
\leqq ::; \geqq ~
\leqs1ant :s::; \geqs1ant ~
\eqs1antless <:: \eqs1antgtr ::::
\lesssim < \gtrsim >
rv

\lessapprox <
:::::: \gtrapprox >
::::::
\approxeq ::::::
\lessdot <:: \gtrdot ;>
\111 «< \ggg »>
\lessgtr :S \gtr1ess ;e:
\lesseqgtr < \gtreq1ess >
\lesseqqgtr
~ \gtreqq1ess
5
> <
\doteqdot --'-
--;- \eqcirc
\circeq .2..
\triang1eq .!l.

\risingdotseq -.:
;- \fa11ingdotseq '--,
-

\backsim \thicksim
\backsimeq \thickapprox ::::::
\preccur1yeq ~ \succcur1yeq ~
\cur1yeqprec d< \cur1yeqsucc ~
\precsim ~
rv \succsim >-
rv

\precapprox -<
:::::: \succapprox >-
::::::
\subseteqq C \supseteqq J
\Subset <S \Supset 2>
\vartriang1e1eft <J \vartriang1eright I>
\triang1e1efteq <J \triang1erighteq I>
\vDash 1= \Vdash If-
\Vvdash 1If-
\sma11smile \sma11frown ,-,

\shortmid \shortpara11e1 11

\bumpeq ~ \Bumpeq ~

\between Ö \pitchfork m
\varpropto cx \backepsilon )

\b1acktriang1e1eft ~ \b1acktriang1eright ~

\therefore \because
A.2 Binary relations 459

A.2.3 Negated binary relations

Source Type Typeset Type Typeset

Jb.1EX
\neq or \ne \notin

amssymb@
\nless 1- \ngtr 'f
\nleq i \ngeq t
\nleqslant i \ngeqslant 'j
\nleqq t \ngeqq ~
\lneq :;; \gneq 2:
\lneqq ~ \gneqq >
+=
\lvertneqq ~ \gvertneqq ~
\lnsim <
rf-'
\gnsim >
rf-'

\lnapprox ~ \gnapprox >

~

\nprec -I< \nsucc >f

\npreceq -}. \nsucceq 'i
\precneqq ~ \succneqq »-
+=
\precnsim -<
rf-'
\succnsim »-
rf-'

\precnapprox -<
:;t; \succnapprox »-
:;t;

\nsim \ncong
*'
rf-'

\nshortmid \nshortparallel !i

\nmid f \nparallel {t
\nvdash J.L \nvDash ~

\nVdash 1JL \nVDash W

\ntriangleleft 1'1 \ntriangleright ~
\ntrianglelefteq 1J \ntrianglerighteq r:J:.
\nsubseteq 1 \nsupseteq 12-
\nsubseteqq ~ \nsupseteqq i
\subsetneq <;; \supsetneq ;?
\varsubsetneq c; \varsupsetneq 2
\subsetneqq C \supsetneqq =:>
+= +=
\varsubsetneqq ~ \varsupsetneqq ~
460 AppendixA

A.3 Binary operations

Source Type Typeset Type Typeset
Jb.TEX
+ +
\pm ± \mp =f
\times x \cdot
\eirc 0 \bigeirc 0
\div \bmod mod
\cap n \cup U
\sqcap n \sqcup U
\wedge or \land 1\ \vee or \lor V
\triangleleft <l \triangleright C>

\bigtriangleup L, \bigtriangledown V
\oplus E8 \ominus 8
\otimes ® \oslash 0
\odot 8 \bullet •
\dagger t \ddagger :j:
\setminus \ \uplus l±J
\wr \amalg II
\ast \star
* *
\diamond 0

latexsym
\lhd <l \rhd [>

\unlhd <l \unrhd [>

amssymb@
\dotplus + \centerdot
\ltimes ~ \rtimes ><l

\leftthreetimes A \rightthreetimes A
\circleddash 8 \smallsetminus "-
\barwedge A. \doublebarwedge 1\
\curlywedge J.. \curlyvee y
\veebar ':!. \intercal T
\doublecap or \Cap rfil \doublecup or \Cup l!!J
\circledast ® \circledcirc @
\boxminus B \boxtimes l:i?J
\boxdot 0 \boxplus EB
\divideontimes \vartriangle
* I:':.

amsmath@
\And &
A.4 Arrows 461

A.4 Arrows
AA.l M-TjjX arrows
Source Type Typeset Type Typeset
Jb.TE;X
\leftarrow f--- \rightarrow or \ to ----'t

\longleftarrow +-- \longrightarrow -----+

\Leftarrow <= \Rightarrow :::}

\Longleftarrow ~ \Longrightarrow :=::}

\leftrightarrow +-> \longleftrightarrow f---+

\Leftrightarrow {::} \Longleftrightarrow {:::=}

\uparrow i \downarrow 1
\Uparrow 11- \Downarrow JJ.
\updownarrow 1 \Updownarrow ~
\nearrow / \searrow '\,
\swarrow / \nwarrow
\iff
\mapsto
{:::=}

f---+
\mapstochar
\longmapsto ~
""
\hookleftarrow +-' \hookrightarrow ~

\leftharpoonup L-
\rightharpoonup ~

\leftharpoondown ,- \rightharpoondown ~

latexsym
\leadsto
462 AppendixA

AA.2 AMSarrows
Source Type Typeset Type Typeset
amssymb@
\leftleftarrows t= \rightrightarrows ~
\leftrightarrows :::; \rightleftarrows <==
\Lleftarrow ~ \Rrightarrow ~
\twoheadleftarrow *- \twoheadrightarrow ---»
\leftarrowtail ........, \rightarrowtail >->
\looparrowleft <-f' \looparrowright q.....
\upuparrows rr \downdownarrows il
\upharpoonleft 1 \upharpoonright I
\downharpoonleft J \downharpoonright l
\leftrightsquigarrow +vv-+ \rightsquigarrow "'"
\multimap --0

\nleftarrow +r- \nrightarrow -A

\nLeftarrow {I::. \nRightarrow -=f;>

\nleftrightarrow "'* \nLeftrightarrow {I}

\dashleftarrow +-- \dashrightarrow ---t

\curvearrowleft n \curvearrowright r>.-

\circlearrowleft 0 \circlearrowright 0
\leftrightharpoons
., \rightleftharpoons ~
~

\Lsh \Rsh r
A.5 Miscellaneous symbols 463

A.5 Miscellaneous symbols

Source Type Typeset Type Typeset
l5\TEX
\hbar li \ell e
\imath \jmath J
\wp P \partial Ö
\Im 'S \Re ~
\infty 00 \prime
\emptyset 0 \neg or \lnot ---,

\forall \;j \exists 3

,
\smallint J \triangle [::,
\top T \bot 1-
\P \S §
\dag t \ddag +
\flat 0 \natural q
\sharp
.,.~ \angle L

•
\clubsuit \diamondsuit <>
\heartsuit c:; \spadesuit
\surd J \nabla V'
\pounds .f

latexsym
\Box 0 \Diamond 0
\roho U

amssymb@
\hslash fi \complement C
\backprime \nexists ~
\Bbbk Ik \varnothing 0

'"
\diagup / \diagdown
\blacktriangle .& \blacktriangledown T
\triangledown \l \Game ~

•
•
\square D \blacksquare
\lozenge 0 \blacklozenge
\measuredangle L \sphericalangle <[

\circledS
\Finv
@
.:l
\bigstar
\eth *
Ö
464 AppendixA

A.6 Delimiters
Source Name Type Typeset
Tb-TEX
left parenthesis ( (
right parenthesis ) )
left bracket [ or \lbraek [
right bracket ] or \rbraek 1
left brace \{ or \lbraee {
right brace \} or \rbraee }
backslash \baekslash \
forward slash / /
left angle bracket \langle (
right angle bracket \rangle )
verticalline I or \vert 1
double verticalline \I or Wert 11
left floor \lfloor l
right floor \rfloor J
left ceiling \leeil r
right ceiling \reeil l
upward \uparrow i
double upward \Uparrow 11'
downward \downarrow !
double downward \Downarrow ,J).
up-and-down \updownarrow 1
double up-and-down \Updownarrow ~
amsmath@
upper-Ieft corner \uleorner r
...,
upper-right corner \ureorner
lower-Ieft corner \lleorner L

lower-right corner \lreorner ...J

A.7 Operators 465

A.7 Operators
A.7.1 "Pure" operators, with no limits
Type Typeset Type Typeset Type Typeset Type Typeset
\arccos arccos \cot cot \hom horn \sin sm
\arcsin arcsin \coth coth \ker ker \sinh sinh
\arctan arctan \csc csc \lg 19 \tan tan
\arg arg \deg deg \ln in \tanh tanh
\cos cos \dim dirn \log log
\cosh cosh \exp exp \sec sec

A.7.2 Operators with limits

Source Type Typeset Type Typeset

Jb.1EX
\det det \limsup lirnsup
\gcd gcd \max rnax
\inf inf \min rnin
\lim lirn \Pr Pr
\liminf lirninf \sup sup

amsmath@
\injlim inj lirn \projlim proj lirn
\varliminf lirn \varlimsup lirn
\varinjlim lirn \varprojlim lirn
---> r-
466 AppendixA

A.7.3 Large operators

Type Inline Displayed

\int_{aY{b} f: l b

\oint_ {aY{b} f: i b

rr
n
\prod_{i=lY{n} I1~1
i=1
n
\coprod_{i=l}~{n}
1I~=1 Il
i=1

n
n
\bigcap_{i=l}~{n}
n~=1
i=1
n
\bigcup_{i=l}~{n}
U~=1 U
i=1
n
\bigwedge_{i=l}~{n}
1\~=1 1\
i=1
n
\bigvee_{i=l}~{n} V~1 V
i=1
n
\bigsqcup_{i=l}~{n}
U~=1 U
i=1
n
\biguplus_{i=l}~{n}
1:tJ~=1 l±J
i=1
n
\bigotimes_{i=l}~{n}
®~=1 ®
i=1
n
\bigoplus_{i=l}~{n} E9~=1 EB
i=1
n
\bigodQt_{i=l}~{n}
O~=1 0i=1
n
\sum_ {i=lY{n} 2:~=1 L
i=1
A.B Math accents and fonts 467

A.8 Math accents and Jonts

A.8.1 Math accents
Jb.'IEX amsmath@ amsxtra@
Type Typeset Type Typeset Type Typeset
\acute{a} ci
\bar{a} ii
\breve{a} a \spbreve
\check{a} ii \spcheck v

\dot{a} a \spdot
\ddot{a} ä \spddot
\dddot{a} a \spdddot
\ddddot{a} a
\grave{a} a
\hat{a} a
\widehat{a} a \sphat
\mathring{a} ä
\tilde{a} ii
\widetilde{a} a \sptilde
\vec{a} Ci
468 AppendixA

A.8.2 Mathfonts
Source Type Typeset
~1EX
\mathbf{A} A
\mathcal{A} A
\mathit{A} A
\mathnormal{A} A
\mathrm{A} A
\mathsf{A} A
\mathtt{A} A

amsmath@
\boldsymbol{\alpha} a

amssymb@
\mathbb{A} A
\mathfrak{A} 2l

eucal@ (with mathscr option)

\mathscr{a} A

A.9 Math spacing commands

~'IEX amsmath@

Name Width Short Long Short Long

Positive space
1 mu (math unit) \mspace{lmu}
thinspace \, \thinspace
medspace \: \medspace
thickspace u \; \thickspace
lern LJ \quad
2em ~ \qquad

Negative space
1 mu \mspace{-lmu}
thinspace \! \negthinspace
medspace \negmedspace
thickspace u \negthickspace
APPENDIX

B
I
Text symbol tables

B.l Some European characters

Name Type Typeset Type Typeset

a-ring \aa a \AA A

aesc \ae CB \AE JE
ethel \oe 02 \OE CE
eszett \ss ß \SS SS
inverted question mark 7' l.
inverted exclamation mark !'
slashed L \1 \L L
slashed 0 \0 (') \0 0
470 AppendixB

B.2 Text accents

Name Type Typeset Name Type Typeset

acute \'{o} 6 macron \={o} ö

breve \u{o} 0 overdot \.{g} g
caron/hacek \v{o} ö ring \r{u} U
cedilla \c{c} t; tie \t{oo} 60
circumflex \-{o} Ö tilde \-{n} ii
dieresis/umlaut \"{u} ü underdot \d{m} ql

double acute \H{o} Ö underbar \b{o} Q

grave \'{o} 0

dotless i \i dotless j \j
\ '{\i} \v{\j} j

B.3 Text font commands

B.3.1 Text font family commands

Command with Argument Command Declaration Switches to

\textnormal{ ... } {\normalfont ... } document font family

\emph{ ... } {\em ... } emphasis
\textrm{ ... } {\rmfamily ... } roman font family
\textsf{ ... } {\sffamily ... } sans-serif font family
\texttt{ ... } {\ttfamily ... } typewriter-style
font family
\textup{ ... } {\upshape ... } upright shape
\textit{ ... } {\itshape ... } italic shape
\textsl{ ... } {\slshape ... } slanted shape
\textsc{ ... } {\scshape ... } SMALL CAPITALS

\textbf{ ... } {\bfseries ... } hold

\textmd{ ... } {\mdseries ... } normal weight and width
B.3 Text font commands 471

B.3.2 Text font size changes (YTEX and AMS)

Command IbTEX sample text AMS sample text@

\Tiny [not available ] sampie text

\tiny sampie text sample text

\SMALL or \scriptsize sampIe text sampIe text

\Small or \footnotesize sampie text sampie text

\small sampIe text sampIe text

\normalsize sampie text sampie text

\large sampIe text sampIe text

\Large sampIe text sampIe text
\LARGE sampIe text sampIe text
\huge sampIe text sampIe text
\Huge sampIe text sampIe text
472 AppendixB

B.4 Additional text symbols

Name Type Typeset

ampersand \& &

asterisk bullet \textasteriskcentered
*
backslash \textbackslash \
bar (caesura) \textbar I
brace left \{ {
brace right \} }
bullet \textbullet •
circled a \textcircled{a} @
circumflex \textasciicircum
copyright \copyright ©
dagger \dag t
double dagger (diesis) \ddag :j:
dollar \$ $
double quotation left \ textquotedblleft or " "
double quotation right \textquotedblright or " "
em dash \textemdash or ---
en dash \textendash or --
exclamation down \ textexclamdown or ! '
greater than \textgreater >
less than \textless <
lowline \-
midpoint \textperiodcentered
octothorp \# #
percent
pilcrow (paragraph)
\%
\P ,
%

question down \textquestiondown or ?' i

registered trademark \textregistered ®
seetion \8 §
B.5 Additional text symbols with Tl encoding 473

Additional text symbols, continued

Name Type Typeset

single quote left \textquoteleft or '

single quote right \ textquoteright or '
sterling \pounds
a
superscript \textsuperscript{a}
tilde \ textascii tilde
trademark \texttrademark TM

visible space \textvisiblespace

B.5 Additional text symbols with Tl encoding

B.S.l Accents
Name Type Typeset
ogonek \k{e} ~

B.S.2 European characters

Name Type Typeset Type Typeset
eth \dh 0 \DH D
dyet \dj d \DJ D
eng \ng IJ \NG D
thor n \th II \TH I>

B.S.3 Quotation marks

Name Type Typeset Type Typeset
single guillemet \guilsinglleft \guilsinglright
double guillemet \guillemotleft \guillemotright »
single quotation \quotesinglbase \textquoteright
double quotation \quotedblbase \textquotedbl
"
474 AppendixB

B.6 Text spacing commands

~1EX amsmath@

Name Width Short Long Short Long

Positive Space
Normal varies u
Intersentence varies \~.u

Interword varies \u
Italic eorr. varies \/u
Tie vanes
Thinspace \, \thinspace
Medspace \: \medspace
Thickspace u \; \thickspace
lern LJ \quad
2em L-.....J \qquad

Negative Space
Thinspace \! \negthinspace
Medspace \negmedspace
Thickspace u \negthickspace
 c
APPENDIX

I
Background

While you do not need to know anything ab out IbTEX's structure and history to
use it, such knowledge may help you understand how and why IbTEX works the
way it does.

C.l A short history

Donald E. Knuth's multivolume work, Tbe Art ofComputer Programming [33],
caused its author a great deal of frustration because it was very difficult to keep the
volumes typographically uniform. To solve this problem, Knuth decided to create
his own typesetting language; the result is described in Tbe TEXbook [34V
A mathematical typesetting language takes care of the multitude of details that
are so important in mathematical typesetting, including
• Spacing formulas properly
• Breaking text into pleasingly typeset lines and paragraphs
• Hyphenating words where necessary
• Providing hundreds of symbols for typesetting mathematics
1 In Sottware Practice and Experience 19 (1989), 607-685, Knuth writes that "[I] realized that a
central aspect of printing has been reduced to bit manipulation. As a computer scientist, I could not
resist the challenge ofimproving print quaJity by manipulating bits better."
476 Appendix C Background

TEX does all this and more on almost any computer: PC, Macintosh, Atari, Amiga,
UNIX, workstation, minicomputer, or mainframe. You ean write your doeument
on a PC and e-mail it to a eoworker who makes eorreetions on a Macintosh. The
final manuseript might be sent to a publisher who uses a mini computer to prepare
the doeument for printing.
Knuth realized that typesetting is only half the solution to the manuseript pro-
duction problem. You also need a style designer-a specialist who determines what
fonts will be used, how large a vertieal spaee to put before and after a theorem, and
numerous other design issues.
Knuth also realized that typesetting a eomplex doeument in TEX requires a
very knowledgeable user. So TEX was designed as a platform on whieh convenient
work environments-maero paekages-eould be built, whieh would be more suit-
able for the average user to work with. It is somewhat unfortunate that two such
maero paekages were made available to the mathematieal eommunity in the early
1980s: A\,1S-TEX and H\TEX.
A.N{S- TEX was written by Michael D. Spivak for the American Mathematieal
Society, whereas H\TEX was developed by Leslie Lamport. The strengths of the
two systems were somewhat complementary. AMS-TEX provided many features
needed by mathematieal articles, including

• Extensive options for formatting aligned and other multiline formulas

• Flexible bibliographie referenees

H\TEX also provided many features, including

• The use oflogieal units to separate the logical and the visual design of an article
• Automatie numbering and eross-referencing
• Bibliographie databases

Both A.N{S-TEX and H\TEX beeame very popular, eausing a split in the mathemat-
ieal eommunity as some chose one system over the other.

C.1.1 YTp;X3
When Lamport decided not to develop H\TEX any further, the YTEX3 team2 took
over with the aim of aetively supporting, maintaining, and updating H\TEX.
The goals for H\TEX3 are very ambitious; H\TEX3 will

• Provide high-quality typesetting for a wide variety of doeument types and typo-
graphie requirements
2 A talented group of mathematicians and programmers, Frank Mittelbach, Chris Rowley, and Rainer
Schöpf. The group has since expanded with the addition of}ohannes Braams, David Carlisle, Michael
Downes, Denys Duchier, Robin Fairbairns, Alan Jeffrey, and Martin Schröder; many volunteers have
also contributed to the project.
Gi A short history 477

• Support direct formatting commands for editors and designers, which are essen-
tial to the fine-tuning of document layout and page design
• Process complex structured documents and support a document syntax that al-
lows automatic translation of documents conforming to the international docu-
ment-type definition standard SGML (Standard Generalized Markup Language,
ISO 8879)
• Provide a common foundation for a number ofincompatible IbTEX variants that
have been developed, including IbTEX with the New Font Selection Scheme and
the AMS packages
See two articles by Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley, JJ1TEX 2. 09 ----> JJ1TEX3 [44]
and The JJ1TEX3 Projeet [46], for a complete statement of goals and a progress re-
port.
A number of projects have already been completed that will be part ofIbTEX3,
including the following:
The New Font Selection Scheme. IbTEX uses Knuth's Computer Modern fonts.
In 1989, Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Schöpf wrote the New Font Selection
Scheme, NFSS, which allows the independent ehanging of font attributes and
the integration of new font families into IbTEX. With the proliferation of
PostScript fonts and printers, more and more users want to use PostScript
fonts in their IbTEX documents.
AMS- TEX as a li\TEX package. Frank Mittelbach, Rainer Schöpf, and Michael
Downes recoded AMS- TEX so that it would work as a IbTEX package.
Proclamations with style. All proclamations in IbTEX were typeset in the same
style, whether they were a Main Theorem or a lowly Comment. Mittelbach
and Schöpf ereated a sophisticated sehe me that allowed proclamation styles
to be specified.
New and improved environments. Rainer Schöpfimproved the verbatim and
comment environments and Frank Mittelbach wrote a new multicolumn en-
vironment. There have also been several improvements made to the tabular
and array environments.

The first interim solution

In 1990, the AMS released AMS-IbTEX, version 1.0. This release contained
• AMS- TEX recoded to work with IbTEX
• The NFSS styles for proclamations
• The new verbat im environment
AMS-IbTEX, version 1.0, was a IbTEX dialeet, incompatible with the then current
IbTEX (version 2.09).
478 Appendix C Background

While the IbTEX3 team wanted to unity the mathematical community, their
first attempt split it even further apart. Many AMS-TEX users simply refused to
switch. Even the IbTEX community was split into users of the old IbTEX, those
whose IbTEX incorporated the NFSS, and AMS-IbTEX users.

Tbe second interim solution

When it became obvious that the IbTEX3's goals could not be fulfilled any time
soon, the IbTEX3 team decided to issue a new version of IbTEX, version 2e (also
called IbTEX2,d in June of 1994. This version replaced IbTEX 2.09; see the two
Mittelbach and Rowley articles cited above. This interim release accomplished so me
of IbTEX3's goals, induding the projects listed previously. Since then, IbTEX2 E
(called IbTEX in this book) has become accepted as the standard IbTEX.
In February of 1995, the AMS released version 1.2 of AMS-IbTEX (which I
call the AMS packages in this book) built on top of IbTEX. Michael Downes was
the project leader.
The changes in A.MS- IbTEX were substantial. The align environment, for
example, was completely rewritten by David M. Jones. The recoded AMS-TEX
had now become a IbTEX package, amsmath.
It is extremely important to note that while AMS-IbTEX 1.1, was a monolithic
structure, versions 1.2 and 2.0 (see Section C.1.2) are just collections ofpackages
that fit nicely into the IbTEX model. You can use one AMS package or all, by them-
selves or mixed with other IbTEX packages. This book uses a IbTEX document dass
(book) and the AMS packages, version 2.0, along with a number of other IbTEX
(non-AMS) packages.

G.1.2 Recent developments

Since 1996, changes to IbTEX have been minor. A few new symbols have been
added. Much work has been done to extend IbTEX to languages other than Amer-
ican English (character encoding and the EM fonts; see Appendixes D and E); all
file names used by IbTEX were made lowercase.
In 1999, the American Mathematical Society has released version 2.0 ofthe
AMS packages. This third edition covers the changes made in that release.
The big news was that a consortium (made up ofthe AMS, Blue Sky Research,
and Y&Y) released free PostScript versions of the CM and AMS fonts, discussed in
Section D.1.
Interestingly, there are still those who argue that the AMS packages are not
part and parcel ofIbTEX and type setting math. In life, almost everything is a com-
promise; in software design, even more so. Using the AMS packages to typeset
math is an exception. It costs you nothing-ifyou do not need their features for
a document, then you don't have to use them. You need not sacrifice anything in
order to have the power of the AMS packages available when you need them.
C.2 How does J!lTEX work? 479

I trust that this attitude will also change in time, just as Jb.TEX 2.09 won out
over Plain TEX, and Jb.TEX has taken the place of Jb.TEX 2.09. Maybe this third
edition will help this process along.

C.2 How does YTEX work?

In this seetion, I present a very simplified overview of the inner workings ofJb.TEX.

G.2.1 Tbe layers

TEX and Jb.TEX consist of many layers. These indude

virtex TEX's core, containing about 350 primitive commands such as \input,
\accent, and \hsize. virtex can also read format files, which are precom-
piled sets of macros. Jb.TEX is nothing more than virtex reading in a large
set of macros, built layer upon layer.

plain. tex The most basic layer built on virtex, written by Donald E. Knuth.
It adds ab out 600 commands to virtex. When you type the tex command,
virtex loads the plain format, which is the default; the core TEX com-
mands combined with the commands defined by the plain format are called
Plain TEX.

plain. tex is described in detail in Appendix B ofKnuth's Tbc TEXbook [34].

You can also read plain. tex, a text file in the TEX distribution. Plain TEX is pow-
erful enough that you could do all your work in it. This approach is advocated by
many, induding Michael Doob in his book, TEX Startingfrom [I] [14].
virtex cannot build (compile) format files. For that you need another version
ofTEX called ini tex, which loads the most basic information a tormat needs, such
as the hyphenation tables and plain. tex, and creates a format file.

Jb.TEX is a format file containing a compiled set of macros written by Leslie Lamport
and others. It provides tools for logical document design, automatie numbering
and cross-referencing, tab1es of contents, and many other features.

Document classes

The document dass forms the next layer. You may choose to use a standard Jb.TEX
document dass, such as article, book, letter, proc, report, or slides; one
provided by the AMS, such as amsart, amsbook, or amsproc; or any one of a large
(and growing) nu mb er of other document dasses provided by publishers of books
and journals, universities, and other interested parties.
480 Appendix C Background

Packages

The next layer is made up of the packages loaded by the document. You can use
standard J.b.TEX packages, AMS packages, or any of hundreds of other packages in
the J.b.TEX universe, mixed together as necessary. Any package may require other
packages, or may automatically load other packages.

Documents

At the top of this hierarchy sit your documents, with their user-defined commands
and environments, utilizing all the power derived from the layers below.

C.2.2 Typesetting
When typesetting, TEX uses two basic types of files: the source files and the font
metric files.
A font metric file is designed to hold the information for a font of a given size
and style. Each TEX font metric file, called a tim file, contains the size of each char-
acter, the kerning (the space placed between two adjacent characters), the length
of the italic correction, the size of the interword space, and so on. A typical tim
file is cmr10. tim, which is the TEX font metric file for the font cmr (CM roman)
at 10-point size.
TEX reads the source file one line at a time. It converts the characters of each
line into a token sequence; a token is either a character (together with an indication
of what role the character plays) or a macro. The argument of a macro is the token
following the macro unless a group enclosed in braces follows the macro, in which
case the contents ofthe group becomes the argument. 3 (An example ofthis behav-
ior can be seen when you specity an exponent; TEX looks for the next token as the
exponent unless a group enclosed in braces follows the - symbol. Now you should
understand why $2-3$ and $2-\alpha$ work, but $2-\mathirak{m}$ does not:
3 and \alpha each become a single token but \mathirak{m} becomes more than
one (four, in fact). Of course, ifyou always use braces, as in

then you will never have to think about tokens in order to type such expressions. )
After tokenizing the text, TEX hyphenates it and attempts to split the para-
graph into lines of the required width. The measurements of the characters (also
called glyphs) are absolute, as are the distances between characters (kerning). The
spaces (interword space, intersentence space, and so on) are made of glue (rub-
ber length in Section 9.5.2). Glue has three parameters: the length of the space,
stretchability (the amount by which it can be made longer), and shrinkability (the

3Delimited commands work somewhat differently; see Section 9.1.8.

C.2 How does JslTEX work? 481

amount by which it can be made shorter). TEX will stretch and shrink glue to do
its best to form lines of equallength.
TEX employs a formula to measure how much stretching and shrinking is nec-
essary in a line. The result is called badness. A badness ofO is perfeet; a badness of
10,000 is very bad. Lines that are too wide are reported with messages such as

Overfull \hbox C5.61168pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 49--57

The badness of a line that is stretched too much is reported as follows:

Underfull \hbox Cbadness 1189) in paragraph at lines 93--93

Once enough paragraphs are put together, TEX composes a page from the
type set paragraphs using vertical glue. A short page will generate a warning mes-
sage such as

Underfull \vbox Cbadness 10000) has

occurred while \output is active

The typeset file is stored as a dvi (Device Independent) file.

C.2.3 Viewing and printing

Viewing and printing TEx'S typeset output are not really part ofTEX proper, but
they are obviously an important part ofyour work environment. The DVI printer
driver prints the dvi files, and the DVI video driver lets you view them on your
monitor.

C.2A YTEX's files

Ib-TEX is a one-pass compiler, that is, it reads the source file only once tor typesetting.
As a result, Ib-TEX must use auxiliary files to store information it generates during
a run. For each typesetting run, Ib-TEX uses the auxiliary files compiled during the
last type setting run. This mechanism explains why you have to typeset twice (or
more-see Seetion 12.2) to make sure that changes you have made to the source
files are reflected in the type set document. These auxiliary files have the same base
name as the source file; their extensions indicate their types.
The most important auxiliary file, the aux file' contains a great deal of infor-
mation ab out the document, most importantly, the data needed for symbolic ref-
erencing. Here are two typical entries:

\newlabel{struct}{{5}{2}}
\bibcite{eM57a}{4}

The first entry indicates that a new symbolic reference was introduced on page 2
of the typeset document in Section 5 using the command
482 Appendix C Background

\label{struct}

The command \ref{struct} pro duces 5, while \pageref{struct} yields 2.

The second entry indicates that the bibliographie entry with label eM57a has
been assigned the number 4, so \cite{eM57a} produces [4].
There is an aux file for the source file being processed, and another one for
each file included in the main file byan \include command.
No auxiliary file will be written ifthe \nofiles command is given. The mes-
sage

No auxiliary output files.

in the log file reminds you that \nofiles is in effect.

The log file contains all the information shown on your monitor during the
typesetting. The dvi file contains the typeset version of the source file.
There are five auxiliary files that store information for special tasks. They are
written only ifthat special task is invoked by a command and there is no \nofiles
command. The additional auxiliary files are

glo Contains the glossary entries produced by \glossary commands. A new file
is written only if there is a

\makeglossary

command in the source file (see Section 11.5).

idx Contains the index entries produced by \index commands. A new file is writ-
ten only if there is a

\makeindex

command in the source file (see Section 11.3).

lof Contains the entries used to compile a list of figures. A new file is written only
ifthere is a

\listoffigures

command in the source file (see Section 6.4.3).

lot Contains the entries used to compile a list of tables. A new file is written only
ifthere is a

\listoftables

command in the source file (see Section 6.4.3).

toc Contains the entries used to compile a table of contents. A new file is written
only if there is a
C.2 How does JjlTEX work? 483

\tableofcontents

command in the source file (see Seetion 12.2).

For information about the auxiliary files created by BIBTE)( and Makelndex,
see Seetions 10.2.4 and 11.3, respectively. Some classes and packages create addi-
tional auxiliary files (see Seetion 14.3.3 for an example).
Bibliography

[1] Paul W. Abrahams, Karl Berry, and Kathryn A. Hargreaves, TEXfor the Impatient.
Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1990.

[2] Adobe Systems, PostScript Language Reference Manual. Third edition. Addison-
Wesley, Reading, MA, 1999.

[3] Adobe Systems, Portable Document Format Reference Manual. Addison-Wesley,

Reading, MA, 1993.

[4] Adobe Systems, Adobe Acrobat 4.0 Classroom in a Book. Adobe Press, 1999.

[5] American Mathematical Society, AMS-YTEX, Version 1.1-User Js Guide. Provi-

dence, RI, 1991.

[6] ___ , AMSFonts, Version 2.2 User's Guide. Providence, RI, 1997.

[7] ___ , User'sguidefor the amsmathpackage (version 2.0). Providence, RI, 1999.

[8] Alison Black, Typefacesfor Desktop Publishing: A User Guide. Architecture Design and
Technology Press, London, 1990.

[9] Robert Bringhurst, The Elements ofTypographic Style. Second edition. Point Roberts,
WA: Hartley & Marks, 1996.

[10] Judith Butcher, Copy Editing: Thc Cambridge Handboo'k. Second edition. Cambridge
U niversity Press, London, 1981.

[11] Pehong Chen and Michael A. Harrison, Index preparation and processing. Software
Practice and Experience 19 (9) (1988), 897-915

[12J Thc Chicago Manual of Style. 14th edition. University of Chicago Press, Chicago,
1993.

[13] Kiersten Conner and Ed Krol, Whole Internet: Tbe Next Generation. Third edition.
O'Reilly & Associates, Sebastopol, CA, 1999.

[14] Michael Doob, TEX Startingfrom ITJ. Springer-Verlag New York, 1993.
522 Bibliography

[15] Lyn Dupre, BUGS in Writing. A Guide to Debugging Your Prose. Revised edition.
Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1998.

[16] Victor Eijkhout, TEX by Topic: A TEXnician)s Reference. Addison-Wesley, Reading,

MA,1991.

[17] Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and A1exander Samarin, Tbe YTEX Companion.
Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1994.

[18] Michel Goossens, Sebastian Rahtz, and Frank Mittelbach, Tbe YTEX Graphics Com-
panion. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1997.

[19] Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz (with Eitan Gurari, Ross Moore, and Robert
Sutor), Tbe YTEX Web Companion: Integrating TEX) HTML and XML. Addison-
Wesley, Reading, MA, 1999.

[20] George Grätzer, Math into TEX: A Simple Introduction to A.N(S-YTEX. Birkhäuser
Boston, 1993.

[21] _ _ , A.MS-YTEX. Notices Amer. Math. Soc. 40 (1993),148-150.

[22] ___ , Advances in TEX implementations. I. PostScript fonts. Notices Amer. Math.
Soc. 40 (1993), 834-838.

[23] ___ , Advances in TEX implementations. II. Integrated environments. Notices

Amer. Math. Soc. 41 (1994), 106-111.

[24] ___ , Advances in TEX implementations. III. A new version ofYTEX)finally. No-
tices Amer. Math. Soc. 41 (1994),611-615.

[25] ___ , Advances in TEX. IV. Header and footer control in YTEX. Notices Amer.
Math. Soc. 41 (1994),772-777.

[26] ___ , Advances in TEX. V. Using text fonts in the new standard YTEX. Notices
Amer. Math. Soc. 41 (1994),927-929.

[27] ___ , Advances in TEX. VI. Using math fonts in the new standard YTEX. Notices
Amer. Math. Soc. 41 (1994), 1164-1165.

[28] _ _ , Math into YTEX: An Introduction to YTEX and A.N(S-YTEX. Birkhäuser

Boston, 1996. Second printing 1998.

[29] ___ , General Lattice Tbeory. Second Edition. Birkhäuser Verlag, Basel, 1998.
xix+663 pp.

[30] ___ , First Steps in YTEX. Birkhäuser Boston, Springer-Verlag New York, 1999.

[31] Harley Hahn, Harley Hahn)s Student)s Guide to Unix. Second edition. McGraw-Hili,
New York, 1993.

[32] Horace Hart, Hart)s Rules For Compositors and Readers at the University Press) Ox-
ford. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1991.

[33] Donald E. Knuth, Tbe Art of Computer Programming. Volumes 1-3. Addison-
Wesley, Reading, MA, 1968-1998.
Bibliography 523

[34] Danald E. Knuth, The TEXbook. Computers and Typesetting. Val. A. Addison-
Weslcy, Reading, MA, 1984, 1990.

[35] _ _ , TEX: The Pro~qram. Computers and Typesetting. Vol. B. Addison-Wesley,

Reading, MA, 1986.

[36] _ _ , The Metafontbook. Computers and Typesetting. Vol. C. Addison-Wesley,

Reading, MA, 1986.

[37] _ _~, METAFONT: The Program. Computers and Typesetting. Vol. D. Addison-
Wesley, Reading, MA, 1986.

[38] _ _~, Computer Modern Typefaces. Computers and Typesetting. Vol. E. Addison-
Wesley, Reading, MA, 1987.

[39] Leslie Lamport, YTEX: A Document Preparation System. Second edition. Addison-
Wesley, Reading, MA, 1994.

[40] Ruari McLean, Thc Thames and Hudson Manual ofTypography. Thames and Hudson,
London, 1980.

[41] Thomas Merz, Web Publishing with Acrobat PDF. Springer-Verlag New York, 1998.

[42] Robert Miner and JetfSchaefer, Gentle !ntroduction to MathML 1.0.

http://www.webeq.com/mathml/gitmml/

[43) Frank Mittclbach, An extension of the YTEX theorem enl'ironment. TUGboat 10

(1989),416-426.

[44] Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley, YTEX 2.09----; YTEX3. TUGboat, 13 (1) (1992),
96-101.

[45] _ _ , !tlTEX2E -A new l'ersion ofYTEX. TEX and TUG NEWS, 2 (4) (1993),10-11.

[46] _ _ , The YTEX3 project. Euromath Bulletin, 1 (1994), 117-125.

[47] _ _ , YTEX3 in )93. TEX and TUG NEWS, 3 (1) (1994), 7-11.

[48] Frank Mittclbach and Rainer Schöpt~ The new font family selcction-user interface to
standard YTEX. TUGboat 11 (1990),297-305.

[49] ChllCk Mllsciano, Bill Kennedy, Mike LOllkides (Editor), HTML: The Definitil'e Guide.
Third edition. O'Reilly & Associates, Sebastopol, CA, 1998.

[50] Ted Padova, Acrobat PDF Bible. lDG Books, Foster City, CA, 1998.

[51) Oren Patashnik, BIBTEXing. Document in the BIBTEX distribution.

[52] ___ , BIBTEX 1.0. TUGboat 15 (1994),269-273.

[53] Rainer Schöpt~ A new implementation ofthe YTEX verbat im and verbatim* enl'i-
ronments. TUGboat 11 (1990),284-296.

[54] Raymond Se rolli and Silvio Levy, A Begirmer)s Book of TEX. Springer-Verlag New
York,1991.
524 Bibliography

[55] Wynter Snow, TEX Jor the Beginner. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1992.

[56] W3C's Math Horne Page, Mathematical Markup Language (MathML).

http://www.w3.org/Math/

[57] Michael Spivak, Tbe Joy oJ TEX. Second edition. American Mathernatical Society,
Providence, Rl, 1990.

[58] Ellen Swanson, Mathematics into Type. Updated edition. Updated by Arlene Ann
O'Sean and Antoinette Tingley Schleyer. American Mathernatical Society, Provi-
dence, Rl, 1999.

[59] Ed Tittel and Natanya Pitts, HTML4Jor Dummies. Second edition. IDG Books, Foster
City, CA, 1999.

[60] Gabriel Valiente Feruglio, Typesetting commutative diagrams. TUGboat 15 (1994),

466-484.
Index

The @ symbol indicates an AMS enhancement to Jb.TEX; italic numbers indicate figures or tables.

_ (space), 69, 70 \% (% percent), 5, 81,91, 85, 472

in arguments of commands, 90 in electronic mail addresses, 279
in \bibitem labels, 257 &
in \eHe commands, 256 as alignment point, 34, 36, 38,210,212,
in command names, 74 214
in tabular environments, 147 as column separator, 20, 147,214,229
text symbol, 473 key, 5, 69
and \verb* commands, 134 \& (& ampersand), 81, 85, 472
\_ (interword space), 7, 71, 72, 76,108,373, &&, alignment point far annotations, 36
474 (
(exclarnation mark), 5, 68 in BIBTEX database entries, 370
float control, 252, 427 in index entries, 399
in \index commands, 397, 398, 400 key, 5, 68
i (Spanish exclamation mark), 68,84,85,469, as math delimiter (0, 169, 464
472 \( (start inline math mode), 12,79
\! (negthinspace), 28,185,185,468,474 acts as special brace, 77, 156
# must be balanced, 157-158
key, 5, 69
in user-defined commands, 318, 326 in BIBTEX database entries, 370
\# (# octothorp), 81, 85, 472 in index entries, 399
$ key, 5, 68
as inline math delirn., 12,53,79,157 as math delimiter Ol, 169,464
act as braces, 77, 156 \) (end inline math mode), 12, 79
must be balanced, 157-158 acts as special brace, 77, 156
key, 5, 69 must be balanced, 157-158
\$ ($ dollar sign), 5, 81, 85, 472 * (* asterisk), 82
$$ interactive prompt, 61, 117,323-325
AW-TEX displayed math delimiter, 511 key, 5, 68
TEX displayed math delimiter, 508 ** prompt, 60
% *-farms
in BrBTEX databases, 91 ofcommands, 48,74, 103, 107, 109, 111,
as comment character, 6, 7, 14,52,61, 134,139,142,175,190,192,234,
89,90,91,127,298,402,417 245,320,329,330,412,452
in BIBTEX databases, 389 ofenvironments, 161, 197,206,207,209,
key, 5, 69 250,332,515
526 + key - \] Index

+ key, 5 tab set command, 127

\+ (obs. TEX com.), 509 " (double quote), 5, 69, 80
+ (plus), 16, 68, 162, 183, 186, 187, 211, in BIBTEX database fields, 371, 391, 392
212 in \index commands, 400-401
as binary operation, 460 key, 82
+ and - rule, 183, 186, 187,212 \" dieresis/umlaut text accent C), 5,492,84,
in gather environments @, 207 470
and subformulas, 210 "ck (European character), 492
• (comma), 5, 68 "s (eszett), 492
in \bibitem commands, 257 ?
in BIBTEX databases, 371, 372, 391
prompt, 14,51,60
and italic corrections, 97
question mark, 5, 68
use in formulas, 159
i (Spanish question mark), 68, 84, 85, 469, 472
- (dash, hyphen, minus), 5, 16,68,80,162,
<!l (@ at sign), 69, 82, 514
183,186,187,191,211,212
as binary operation, 460 in BIBTEX database (bib files), 370
in \hyphenation commands, 87 in \index commands, 399,400
\- (- opt. hyphen), 9, 86,102 \<!l (intersentence space), 474
-- (number ranges, en dash), 10,80,85,472 <!l- (obs. form of \nobreakdash), 514
in BIBTEX databases, 373 <!l-expression, 148
--- ( - em dash), 10, 80, 85, 472 <!l. (blank math symbol for comm. diagrams)
(period), 5, 68 @,232
in BIBTEX databases, 373 <!l<<< (stretchable left arrow math sym.) @,
and italic corrections, 97 232,514
(ellipsis), 19,29,31,83,165-166,227 <!l= (stretchable equals sign math sym.) @,232
centered (···),19,165 <!l>>> (stretchable right arrow math sym.) @,
diagonal, 228 232,514
vertical, 228 <!l<!l, in older versions of Aj\;fS- Jb.TEX, 82, 514
\. overdot text accent (.), 84, 470 <!lAAA (stretchable up arrow math sym.) @, 233
/ (slash) <!lVVV (stretchable down arrow math sym.) @,
as divisor, 16,68, 162 233
key, 5 <!l\vert (stretchable double verticalline) @,
as math delimiter (/), 169, 464 233
\I (italic correction), 97, 474 @ I (stretchable double verticalline) @, 233
and font commands, 95 [
: (colon), 5, 68 with \i tem commands, 126
as binary relation, 68, 186,457 key, 5, 68
\:
math delimiter, 169,464
medspace spacing command, 185, 185,468,
with \newcommand, 318
474
and option al arguments, 10,21,74,75,
obsolete Aj\;fS-TEX command, 513
139, 144, 148
; (semicolon), 5, 68
\ [(startdisplayed math mode), 12,156,159,
\; (thickspace), 185, 185, 468, 474
508,511
< (Iess than)
acts as special brace, 77, 156
as binary relation «),457
key, 11, 68
> (greater than) with \item commands, 126
as binary relation (»,457 key, 5, 68
key, 11, 68 math delimiter, 169, 464
\> (tabbing com.), 127, 128 with \newcommand, 318
= (equal sign) and option al arguments, 10,21,74,75,
in BIBTEX database fields, 370 139, 144, 148
key, 5, 68 \] (end displayed math mode), 12, 156, 159,
\= 508,511
macron text accent Cl, 84, 470 acts as special brace, 77, 156
Index { - abstracts 527

{ as absolute value sign (lxi), 26

in BIBTEX entries, 374 as binary relation, 172, 184
with \def, 325 in \index commands, 398, 400
key, 5, 69 as math delimiter, 18,21, 26, 28, 169,
must be balanced, 77, 82 184,186,169,464
in \index commands, 406 in tabular environments, 147
forrequired arguments, 4, 10, 13, 17,74, \ I (11 math delirn.), 31, 169, 169, 464
75,163,313,480 - (tilde)
for scoping, 76-78 key, 5, 7, 69, 81
\{ tie/unbreakable space, 7, 33, 69, 71, 72,
as math delimiter ({), 169, 464 80,81,104,474
text brace ({ ), 82, 81, 85, 472 in AMS documents, 81
} in BIBTEX databases, 374
in BIBTEX entries, 374 with cross-references, 33, 72, 248
with \def, 325 \ - tilde text accent Cl, 81, 84, 470, 473
key, 5, 69
must be balanced, 77, 82 8pt (doc. dass opt.) @, 98, 301
in \index commands, 406 9pt (doc. dass opt.) @, 98, 301
forrequired arguments, 4, 10, 13, 17,74, 10pt (doc. dass opt.), 98, 264
75,163,313,480 AMS variant, 301
for scoping, 76-78 11pt (doc. dass opt.), 98, 264
\} AMS variant, 301
math delimiter (}), 169, 464 12pt (doc. dass opt.), 98, 264
text brace ( }), 82, 81, 85, 472 AMS variant, 301
\ (backslash)
key, 5, 69 a4paper (doc. dass opt.), 265
starts commands, 4,10,74,81 AMS variant, 302
text symbol, 81-82 a5paper (doc. dass opt.), 265
\\ (new line), 10, 32, 102, 104, 146 \aa (a), 84, 469
in arguments of commands, 104, 234 \AA (Ä), 84, 469
breaking lines with, 20, 34, 36, 38, 48, abbreviations
103,127,128,179,206,207,209, in bibliographie entries, 382-383
220,224,275-277,301,427 defining, 383
in environments, 104, 131, 147, 153,268 periods in, 71-72
and \kill commands, 128 using small caps for, 96
optional argument of, 10, 32, 103, 146, llsing ties C) with, 72
513 abbrv (BIBTEX style), 369
in text, 104 abbrv. bst (BIBTEX style file), 369
\ \* (new line), 103,234 \above (obs. TEX com.), 509
~ (caret) \abovewithdelims (obs. TEX com.), 509
key, 5, 69, 81 Abrahams, Paul W., 519
for superscripts, 17, 19,27,163-164,166, absolute
179 names for equations, 197
\ ~ circumflex text accent Cl, 84, 85, 470, 472 units, 8,10,98,102,111,113,115,349
_ (underscore) values (lxlJ, 26
key, 5, 69 abstract (stmct. text env.), 40,51,73,243,
forsubscripts, 17, 19,27, 163-164, 166 264,274,285,38
\_ (_ underscore), 5, 81, 85, 472 placement of, 243, 274, 285
in electronic mail addresses, 279 in report document dass, 264
, (left single quote), 5, 7, 68, 80 \abstractname (redef. name), 324
\' grave text accent ('), 68, 84, 470 abstracts, 243, 274,38
, (right single quote), 5, 7, 68, 80 in artides, 40
for prime, ('), 163,189 in documents using AMS packages, 285
\' acute text accent ('), 84, 470 in re port document dass, 264
I (I verticalline), 5, 11,26,69,82,184 separate page tor, 266, 303
528 accents - alignment Index

accents Exchange,446
in bibliographies, 374 Reader, see Acrobat Reader
European, 11,83-84,470,473 Illustrator, 436, 447
hyphenation ofwords with, 87 PDF Writer (print driver), 445
math, 19, 30, 179-180, 305, 324, 467, Portable Document Format (PDF), see
512,515 under PDF
double, 179, 512 PostScript (Ps), see PostScript
text, 5, 75, 81, 83-84, 470 Adobe Acrobat4.0 Classroom in a Book (Adobe
accents (pack.), 180 Systems), 446
Acrobat Distiller, 445 Adobe Systems, 444--446
Acrobat PDF Bible (Padova), 446 \advancepageno (obs. TEX com.), 509
Acrobat Reader, 445, 449, 450, 452 \ae aesc (30), 84, 469
font encoding used by, 452 \AE Aesc (JE), 84, 469
plug-in for Web browsers, 446 \afterpage (delay com.), 269
acronyms, using small caps far, 96 afterpage (pack.), 269
acute (') afterwords, ofbooks, 411
math accent, 180, 467 \aleph (~ Hebrew char.), 455
text accent, 84, 470 algorithms, ~TEX font-substitution, 99
\acute (1: math accent), 180,467 align (math align. env.) @,34-37,204,213-
\Acute (1: obs. math accent), 512 217,220,223,478,514,205
\addcontentsline (table of contents com.) page breaks in, 234
arguments of, 413, 416 alignat (mathalign. env.) @,204,217-219,
and lists offigures and tables, 416 205
adding lines argument of, 219
to lists offigures and tables, 416 aligned
to table of contents, 413--414 formulas, 34, 36, 37,203-205,213-217,
addition, 16,68, 162 219-221,223,225,234,302,478,
address (BIBTEX database field), 371, 378 510,514
\address text in, 219-220
AMS top matter command, 281 math environments, 234
optional arguments of, 277, 279 align@, 34-37,204,213-217,220,
rules for using, 277-278 223,234,478,514,205
in letters, 268 alignat @, 204, 217-219, 205
top matter command @, 300 eqnarray,203,215-216,510
addresses flalign @, 204, 215, 514, 205
of authars in articles, 48, 277, 281,300 intercolumn space in, 35
in letters, 268 and \ verb commands, 134
\addtocontents (table of contents com.) subsidiary math environments, 220-225
arguments of, 414, 416 aligned @, 204, 221-223, 235
and lists offigures and tables, 416 alignedat @, 221-223, 235
\addtocounter (counter incr. com.), 348 split @,36,204,223-225,235, 302,
\addtolength (counter setting com.), 351 205
adjusted aligned (subsid. math align. env.) @, 204,
columns, 225-234 221-223
formulas, 204, 225-234 and \allowdisplaybreaks commands, 235
flush left and right, 208 alignedat (subsid. math align. env.) @,221-
\adjustfootnotemark (obs. AW- TEX com.), 223
513 and \allowdisplaybreaks commands, 235
adjusting alignment
interline spacing, 100, 118 of columns in tabular environments, 147
placement of root with \sqrt, 167 on decimals, 148,270
Adobe,487 of farmulas, see also under adjusted, 213-
Acrobat 225
Capture, 446 annotated, 36, 37
Distiller,445 commands for, 208, 209
Index alignment - AMS packages 529

flush left and right, 215 database files, 383

multiline, 34-38, 204, 211-212 fields, 371
simple, 34-36, 35 sam pie files, 383, 384-385
of large symbols, 222-223 styles, 257, 367, 373, 383-385, 368
point document classes, see also under document
for annotations (&&), 36 classes, xxxiii, xxxvi, 16, 50, 55, 56,
tor subformulas (&), 34, 36, 38, 210, 58,81,86,87,93,135,243,274-
212,214 306,409,410-413,454,479,508
oftext, 4, 73,112,146,153,220,352, and indexing, 394
360,508 and numbered lists, 122
centering,4, 10, 146, 149, 153, 154, options, see under document class op-
220,360 tions
command declarations for, 149, 154, environments, see under displayed math en-
220 vironments, subsidiary math environ-
flush left, 4, 10, 153 ments, and text environments
flush right, 4, 10, 112, 153 front matter, 285
with trivlist environments, 360 packages, see AMS paekages
of text boxes, vertical, 115, 116 sampie files, see under sampie files
within text boxes, 113, 116 Subject Classification, 280
\allolldisplaybreaks (display-break com.) @, technical support provided by, 437
234,510 templates,297-301
optional argument of, 235 top matter
and subsidiary math environments, 235 AMs-specific information, 279-281
alltt (disp. text env.), 62,133,164 article information, 275-277
alltt (pack.), 269 author information, 277-279
\alph (lowercase letter counter style com.), 347 commands, 86,93,275-285,300,301,
\Alph (uppercase lerter counter style com.), 347 454,514
alpha (BIBTEX style), 368 examples of, 281-284
\alpha (a Greek char.), 456 with multiple authors, 281
alpha. bst (BIBTEX style file), 368 mies for, 277, 278
alphabets (counter style), 347 Web site, 486
alphabets, math, 190-192 AMS packages, xxxii-xxxiii, xxxvi, 58-61,269,
blackboard bold @, 27,193,337,514, 305-307,477-478
468 amsbsy, 60,192-194,305,307
calligraphic, 31, 192, 306, 337, 468 amscd, 232, 305
Euler Fraktur@, 26, 28,193,306,337, amsfonts,xxxiii, 13,26,28,60, 193,306-
514,468 307,486,514
Euler Script @, 192,306,337,468 amsgen, 304,305,306
Greek,l92 amsmath, 16-20,22,25,27-29,31-35,
symbol, 192-193 60,61,88,112,113,134,160,161,
alphanumeric keys, 4-5 163-168, 170, 175, 176, 178-180,
\amalg (U math op.), 460 182,185,187-190,192-195,197-
American Standard Code for Information Inter- 199,203,230,241,242,247,304-
change, see ASCII 305,319,327,349,406,478,486,
ampersand (&;) 509-511, 169, 174, 180, 185, 456,
as alignment point 460, 464, 465, 467, 468, 474
for annotations, 36 amsopn,305
for subformulas, 34, 36, 38, 210, 212, amssymb, xxxvi, 13,25,27,32,60,298,
214 306,322,514,456,458-460,462,
as column separator, 20,147,214,229 463, 468
text symbol, 81, 85, 472 amstext, 60, 112,233, 305
AMS (American Mathematical Society), 437, amsthm, 139, 143, 145,270,306,329
478,484 amsxtra, 179,305,515, 180, 467
AMSFonts, see AMSFonts automatie loading of, 58, 60
bibliographies, 50 eonverting doeuments to use, 510-512
530 AMS packages - apalike Index

AMS packages (continued ) amsmath package options for, 304-305

distribution, 383, 384 document dass options for, 303
documentation for, 171,204,307,518 documentation for, 307
eucal, 192, 306, 337, 468 obtaining, 435
eufrak, 26, 28,193,306 PostScript versions of, 303, 306, 436, 478,
obtaining, 435 485,486
options of, 192,241, 304-306,468,486, updates to, 61
512 amsfonts (pack.) @, xxxiii, 13, 26, 28, 60,
preventing loading of, 304 193,306-307,486,514
source files, 204, 242, 268, 307, 384 options of, 306, 486
updates to, 61 amsgen (pack.) @, 304, 305, 306
upref,305 amslatex (Il\TEX distr. dir.), 268
using in Il\TEX documents, 273-307,510 amsldoc. tex (AMS pack. distr. file), 307
\AmS (AJVtS logo com.) @, 85 amsmath (pack.) @, 16-20,22,25,27-29,
ams-c1. ins (AMS pack. distr. file), 384 31-35, 60, 61, 88, 112, 113, 134,
AJVtS- Il\TEX, see also AMS packages, 273, 305- 160, 161, 163-168, 170, 175, 176,
307,477 178-180,182,185,187-190,192-
history of, 475-479 195,197-199,203,230,241,242,
version 1.0,477-478 247,304,305,319,327,349,406,
version 1.1 478,486,509-511, 169, 174, 180,
commands, 514, 515 185,456,460,464,465,467, 468, 474
converting from, 514-515 document dass options affecting, 304
environments, 514, 515 options of, 241,304,305,486,512
two-letter font commands, 100, 315 for AMSFonts, 304-305
version 1.2,478 amsmath.dtx (AMS pack. distr. file), 204
converting from, 511-512 amsmath.sty (AMS pack. distr. file), 242
version 2.0, 478 \AMSname (hyperref redef. name), 453
AJVtS-TEX, 476, 477 amsopn (pack.) @, 305
commands to avoid using, 511, 512, 513 amsplain (BIBTEX style) @, 373, 383, 385,
converting trom, 510-511 368
displayed math delimiters ($$), 511 amsplain. bst (BIBTEXstyle file)@,367,373,
environment delimiters, 510, 511 384,385,368
history of, 475-479 amsproc (doc. dass) @, 274-305, 479
amsalpha (BIBTEX style) @, 368 front matter of, 285
amsalpha. bst (BIBTEX style file) @, 368 top matter of, 275-285
amsart (doc. dass) @, xxxiii, xxxvi, 16, 55, amssymb (pack.) @, xxxvi, 13, 25, 27, 32,
56,93,135,274-305,409,413,454, 60,298,306,322, 514, 456, 458-
479 460, 462, 463, 468
front matter of, 285 amstext (pack.) @, 60, 112,233,305
sampie artide, xxxiii, 55, 56, 135, 139, amsthdoc. tex (AMS pack. distr. file), 307
140-142,143,223,257,275,281- amsthm (pack.) @, 139, 143, 145,270,306,
297,298,319,323,331,338-344, 329
361,367,383,385,386,388,389, amsxtra (pack.) @, 179, 305, 515,180,467
512 Anarchie Pro (Macintosh FTP dient), 434
sectioning commands provided by, 246 and, in bibliographies, 372
top matter of, 275-285 \and
amsart . tpl (samplc file) @, 140-142, 298, obsolete AJVtS-TEX command, 513
512 top matter command, 47, 48
amsbook (doc. dass) @, 409, 410-413, 479 \And ( & math op.) @, 460, 513
top-matter commands supported by, 413 \angle (L math sym.), 463
amsbsy (pack.) @, 60,192-194,305 annotations
amscd (pack.) @, 232, 305 alignment of, 36, 37
amsfndoc. tex (AMS pack. distr. file), 307 alignment point for (&&), 36
AMSFonts, xxxiii, xxxvi, 58, 187, 192, 194, offormulas,218
303,306-307 apalike (BIBTEX style), 383, 369
Index apalike - \ast 531

apalike (pack.), 383 of user-defined environments

apalike. bst (BlBTEX style file), 369 optional, 331-332
apostrophe ( , ), 68 short, 332
key, 163, 189 specifying zero in, 118
appendices, 245-246, 412 arithmetic
numbering of, 246, 412 with counters, 270, 347-349
\appendix (struct. com.), 245-246, 412 with length commands, 270, 351
\appendixname (redef. name), 324 operations, 16-17, 162-164
and hyperref package, 453 array (subsid. math env.), 19,29,203-205,
applets, Java, see WebEQ 225,229-231,270,477,517,518
\approx (~ binary rel.), 457 arguments of, 229, 231
\approxeq (~binary rel.) @, 458 large delimiters with, 270
\arabic (numeric counter style com.), 356, array (pack.), 270
347 arrays, 19-21,229-231
\arccos (arccos math op.), 174,465 \arraystretch (table com.), 151
\arcsin (arcsin math op.), 174, 465 adjusting vertical spacing with, 151
\arctan (arctan math op.), 174, 465 arrows, math, 182,232,514,461,462
\arg (arg math op.), 174,465 as delimiters, 169, 169, 464
arguments stretchable, 182,232,514
of commands, see also under specific vertical,233
commands Art ofComputer Programming, Tbe (Knuth),
of commutative diagram symbols @, 232 475
empty(U), 76, 164, 183, 184, 189, 199, article (doc. dass), xxxi, xxxiii, 7, 13, 16,
210,211,279 38,39,43,46,47,86,241,242,245,
of environments, see also under specific en- 259,263-266,306,409,479
vironments anatomy of, 38-46
movable,79 sectioning commands provided by, 246
optional, 10, 74, 75,104,117,119,124, ARTICLE (bibI. entry type), 371, 374-375
126, 135, 167,227 article. cIs (doc. dass file), 242
ofcommands, 138, 139, 148,235,252, article. tpl (template file), 46-47, 49, 253
256,346,347,354,355,416 article2. tpl (template file), 46-47
ofenvironments, 75,108,116,135, artides
144,252,330,427 bibliographies in, 42-43, 49, 253-255,
of sectioning commands, 245 370,383,384-385,392
ofstructural commands, 245, 410 in BIBTEX database files, 374-375, 382
oftop-mattercommands, 275, 277, 279, sectioning ot~ 48, 243-246
280,282,301 creating templates for, 46-47, 297-301
use square brackets ([ ]), 10,21,74, top-matter information, 47-48
75, 139, 144, 148 AMS-specific, 275-285
ofuser-defined commands, 321 AMS Subject Classification, 280
required, 10, 15, 115, 117, 119, 149, 189, author addresses, 48, 277, 281, 300
480 author names, 48,277,300
of commands, 10, 15, 115, 117, 119, current addresses @, 278, 281
149,189,248,259,413,414,416, dedications,276
480 e-mail addresses @, 278, 281, 300
ofenvironments, 20, 42, 75,108,147, keywords @, 280, 301
179,217,219,229,231,255-256, research support, 48, 279, 281,300
329,331-333,355 tide, 48, 275, 30 I
use braces (U), 4,10,13,17,74,75, World Wide Web addresses@,279,281,
163,313,480 300
and tokens, 480 ASCII (American Standard Code tor Informa-
of user-defined commands, 318-321 tion Interchange ), see also plain text,
multiple, 318 5
optional, 321 askinclude (pack.), 418
short, 320-321 \ast (* math op.), 460
532 asterisk - bib Index

asterisk (* text sym.), 85, 472 backslash (\ text sym.), 85, 472
\asymp (::=:.: binary rel.), 457 \backslash (\ math delirn.), 169, 464
at sign (@) badness, 481
in BIBTEX database (bib files), 370 balancing
in \index commands, 399, 400 braces, 77, 82
\atop (obs. TEX com.), 509 errors with, 77-78
\atopwithdelims (obs. TEX com.), 18, 164, in \index commands, 406
509 inline math delimiters, 157-158
warnings genera ted by use of, 18 math delimiters, 171,211
author (BIBTEX database field), 371, 372 \bar (x math accent), 19,30,179,180,467
\author (top-matter com.), 40, 47, 48, 413 \Bar (x obs. math accent), 512
AMS variant, 281, 300 bar, vertical (I)
optional arguments of, 277 text symbol, 85, 472
multiple authors in, 47 \barwedge (/\ math op.) @, 460
authoring tools, for HTML, 442 base (Ib-TEX distr. dir.), 268, 435, 491
authors packages in, 269
information about, 48 base names (offiles), 481
in AMS top matter, 277-279, 281 baseline, of text, 351
multiple, 48 adjusting with setspace, 105
in AMS documents, 281 \baselineskip (Iength com.), 100, 107
in bibliographies, 372 \baselinestretch (length com.), 105
names of \Bbb (obs. AMS com.), 514
in artides, 48, 277, 300 \Bbbk (fk math sym.) @, 463
in running heads, 277 bbl (proc. bibl. files), 386, 388, 389
automatie \because (': binary rel.) @, 458
numbering, xxxii, 33, 34, 39, 49,122,135, \begin (start ofenv.), 73, 77, 511
224,244 Beginners Book ofTEX, A (Seroul & Levy), 519
renumbering, 33, 56 \beginsection (obs. TEX com.), 509
\autoref (hyperref cross-ref. com.), 453, 451 Berry, Kar!, 487, 519
names supported by, 453 font-naming scherne, 487
aux (aux. files), 33, 58, 386, 389,429,481, \beta (ß Greek char.), 456
482 \beth (~Hebrew char.) @, 455
cross-references recorded in, 481 \between (Q binary rel.) @, 458
auxiliary files, see also aux, bbl, bib, blg, bst, Bezos, Javier, 180
glo, idx, ilg, ind, lof, log, lot, \bf (obs. Ib-TEX 2.09 font com.), 100, 315
out, and toc, 415, 428, 482 bfseries (font weight env.), 153
names of, 481 \bfseries (font weight com. dec.), 98, 95,
polishing, 428-429 470
bib (BrBTEX database files), 367, 370-383,
\b underscore text accent U, 84, 470 386
b5paper (doc. dass opt.), 265 accents in, 374
babel (Ib-TEX distr. dir.), 268 AMS, 383, 384-385
babel (pack.), 269, 491, 492 commas (.) in, 371, 372, 391
options of, 491 comments in, 389
back matter, 241, 252-258, 411 cross-referencing within, 378-379
bibliographies in, 241 delimited with parentheses ( ( ) ), 370
numbering of chapters in, 411 delimiters in, 370
index in, 394 double quote (") in, 371, 391, 392
\backepsilon (3 binary rel.) @, 458 en dashes (-) in, 373
\backmatter (struct. com.), 411 entries
\backprime (I math sym.) @, 463 abbreviations in, 382-383
backref (opt. of hyperref pack.), 451 capitalization in, 373
backref (pack.), 451 Jr. in, 372
\backsim ('" binary rel.) @, 458 multiple authors in, 372
\backsimeq (:::::: binary rel.) @, 458 von in, 373
Index bib - binary operations 533

entry types, 370-383 AMS,257,373,383,385,514,368

case-sensitivity of, 372 templates, 253
start with (0, 370 \bibliography (bibI. com.), 383, 385
equals signs (=) in, 370 \bibliographystyle (bibI. com.), 383, 385
fields in, 371, 372, 377-380, 382 \bibname (redef. name), 258, 324
adding your own, 372 \bibstyle (aux. file com.), 387
used by AMS bibliography sryles, 371 BIBTEX, xxxii, 367-392
case-sensitivity of, 372 AMS support for, 383
optional, 372, 374-382 citing references with, 385
required, 372, 374-382 commands, 383, 385
mies for typing, 372-383 in auxiliary files, 387
termination of, 391 database files, see bi b
location of, 386 log files, see blg
number ranges in, 373 processed bibliography files, see bbl
numbers in, 371 mnning, 383-392
periods ( .) in, 373 sampie files for, 370, 383, 384-385, 392
portability of, 373 style files, see bst
sampIes of, 370, 383, 392 styles, 373, 383, 385, 368, 369
ties (unbreakable spaces) in, 374 BIBTEX 1.0, 374, 377, 379, 392
\bibcite (aux. file com.), 389,481 BibTEXing (Patashnik), 392
\bibdata (aux. file com.), 387 \big (math delim. size com.), 170
\bibitem (bibI. com.), 34, 50, 255, 256 \Big (math delim. size com.), 170
commas in, 257
labels tor, 255
\bigcap (n large math op.), 177, 466
\bigcirc (0 math op.), 460
optional argument of, 256 \bigcup (U large math op.), 177, 466
spaces in, 257 \bigg (math delim. size com.), 170
bibI. tpl (sampie file), 49 \Bigg (math delim. size com.), 170
bibliographies, see also under BIBTEX, 34,49- \biggl (math delim. size com.), 30, 170
50,252-258,511,38 \Biggl (math delim. size com.), 170
AMS support for, 383, 384-385 \biggm (math delim. as binary rel. size com.),
appear in back matter, 241 173
in artides, see also bibliographies, sampie \biggr (math delim. size com.), 30, 170
files for, 42-43, 370, 383, 392 \Biggr (math delim. size com.), 170
citing references from, 34, 50, 256, 385, \bigl (math delim. size com.), 170
387,508,511,513 \Bigl (math delim. size com.), 170
with BIBTEX, 385 \bigm (math delim. as binary rel. size com.),
as hyperlinks in PDF files, 451 173
commands for, 50, 383, 385
conventions, for labels, 50
\bigodot (0 large math op.), 177, 466
\bigoplus (E!jlarge math op.), 177, 466
converting from
AMS- TEX, 511 \bigotimes ( ® large math op.), 177, 466
Plain TEX, 508 \bigr (math delim. size com.), 170
defining, 34, 42-43, 50, 72, 253-258, \Bigr (math delim. size com.), 170
322,352,370-383,388 \bigskip (spacing com.), 110
document dass options affecting, 266, 267 U
\bigsqcup ( large math op.), 177, 466
entries made in auxiliary files for, 387, 389, \bigstar (* math sym.) @, 463
481 \bigtriangledolm (\7 math op.), 460
examples ot~ 42-43, 45, 49, 253-255, \bigtriangleup (6 math op.), 460
367-369,505 \biguplus (l!jlarge math op.), 177,466
multiple, in a document, 258 V
\bigvee ( large math op.), 177, 466
numbering of, 50, 256 \biglledge (/\ large math op.), 177,466
portability of, 373 binary operations, 183, 190
processed files, see bbl adding white space around, 159
sampIe files for, 370, 383, 384-385, 392 and alignment of displayed formulas, 212
styles, 383, 514, 368, 369 and breaking displayed formulas, 211
534 binary operations - boxes Index

binary operations (continued ) body, 39-42

for congruences, 176 ofbooks,411-412
created with \overset, 189 ofdocuments, 7, 23, 39,43, 54, 73, 240-
defining, 190 258,38
and subformulas, 210 of environments, 73
binary relations, 26, 28, 172, 183, 184, 190, ofpage,259
457, 458 of theorem environment, 49
adding white space around, 159 bold
and alignment of displayed formulas, 212 font weight, 10, 30, 93, 98, 153, 168,
and breaking displayed formulas, 211 188, 192, 193, 305, 315, 337, 95,
created with \overset, 188 468, 470, 513
created with \stackrel, 188 math symbols, 193-195,270
defining, 190 \bold (obs. AMS com.), 514
delimiters as, 172-173 \boldkey (obs. AW-TEX com.), 513
math delimiters as, 173 \boldsymbol (math fontweight com.) @, 30,
negated, 27,189,459 188, 192,193,305,46~513
\binom (math com.) @, 17,22,164 book (doc. dass), 98, 244, 409, 410-413, 414,
binomial coefficients, 17-18, 164 479,495-506
in inline and displayed math environments, top-matter commands supported by, 413
164 BOOK (bibl. entry type), 371, 375-376
Birkhäuser Boston, 494 BOOKLET (bibl. entry type), 371, 382
bitmaps booklets, in BIBTEX database files, 382
fonts,485 bookmarks, in PDF documents, 452
resolution of, 449, 486 bookmarks=true (opt. ofhyperref pack.), 452
size of, 486, 492 books
using in PDF files, 486 in BIBTEX database files, 375-376
preview images in EPS files, 447 bodies of, 411-412
Black, Alison, 519 document dasses for, 98, 244, 409, 410-
blackboard bold (math alphabet), 27,193,337, 413,414,479,492-506
514,468 options of, 412-413
\blacklozenge (+ math sym.) @, 463 final preparation of, 424-429
\blacksquare (. math sym.) @, 463 front matter of, 242
\blacktriangle (4 math sym.) @, 463 logical design of, 422-424
\blacktriangledown (l' math sym.) @, 463 numbering of structures in, 411
\blacktriangleleft ( .... binary rel.) @, 458 sectioning of, 410-412, 422
\blacktriangleright (~binary rel.) @, 458 structure of, 411-412
blank writing with l<\TEX, 409-429
lines booktabs (pack.), 153
in displayed math environments, 53, 161, booktitle (BIBTEX database field), 371, 379
206,207,209 \bot (..l math sym.), 463
terminating paragraphs with, 7,70, 105 \botsmash (obs. AW-TEX com.), 513
in text environments, 145-146 bottoms, of text boxes, 351
in top-matter commands, 275 bounding boxes (OfEPS figures), 447
in verbat im environments, 145 \bowtie (1)<1 binary rel.), 457
math delimiters, 28,171 \Box (0 math sym.), 510, 463
math symbol for commutative diagrams (@. ) \boxdot (0 math op.) @, 460
@,232 boxes, 112-119
blg (BIBTEX log files), 386, 388 bounding, see bounding boxes
Blue Sky Research, 435, 478, 485 commands for measuring, 351
blue space, see also tie, unbreakable spaces, non- around formulas, 200-201
breakable spaces, 81 fi"amed,114
bm (pack.), 270 invisible, see struts
bmatrix (subsid. math env.) @, 228 and length commands, 351
Bmatrix (subsid. math env.) @, 228 multiline, 112
\bmod (mod math op.), 176, 176, 460 paragraph, 115-116
Index boxes - center 535

solid, see also struts, 117-118 location of, 386

text, 101 BUGS in Writing: A Guide to Debugging Your
alignment of contents in, 113, 116 Prose (Dupre), 89, 519
behave as characters, 112 bullet (. text sym.), 85, 472
commands for, 12,22,26,28,60,87, \bullet (. math op.), 460
101,104,112-119,150,151,159, bulleted lists, 122-123
167,168,192,233,305,351,513 \bumpeq (~binary rel.) @, 458
environments for, 101, 112, 116, 330, \Bumpeq (~ binary rel.) @, 458
331 Butcher, Judith, 519
fine-tuning placement ot~ 119 \bye (obs. TEX com.), 509
measurements of, 351 \bysame (bibI. com.), 257, 322
single line, 12,22,26,28,60,87,104,
112-114,159,167,168,192,233, \c cedilla text accent (<;), 84, 470
305 © (copyright text sym.), 85, 472
vertical alignment of, 115, 116 eale (pack.), 270,348,351
\boxminus (8 math op.) @, 460 calligraphic (math alphabet), 31, 192, 306, 337,
\boxplus (EE math op.) @, 460 468
\boxtimes (Ilil math op.) @, 460 \cap (n math op.), 460
Braams, Johannes, 476 \Cap (fiil math op.) @, 460
braces eapitalization, in bibliographie databases, 373
must be balanced, 77, 82 \caption
special, 12,77,79, 156,332,333 float command, 513
act as environments, 77 in figures, 250
cannot overlap, 77-78 optional argument of, 416
stretchable horizontal, 180-181 in tables, 250
braces, curly (ü), 4,10,13,17,74,75,76, obsolete AMS-TEX command, 513
163,164,183,184,189,199,210, \captionindent (Iength com.), 513
211,279,313,480 eaptions, 146,416,513
in BIßTEX entries, 374 in figures, 250
and command declarations, 314 in lists, 123-124,416
with \def, 325 multiple, 250
define scope, 76-78 in tables, 250
in \index commands, 406 \captionwidth (obs. AMS-TEX com.), 513
as math delimiters, 169, 464 earet Cl, 81
in text ({ }), 82, 81, 85, 472 Carlisle, David, 127, 148,249,251,315,362,
unbalanced, 15 451,476,487
brackets, square ([ ]) r
caron text accent), 84, 470
enclose optional arguments, 10,21, 74, case-sensitivity
75, 135, 138, 139, 144, 148 of BIBTEX fields and entry types, 372
as math delimiters, 18,27,168,169,464 of command names, 10,74
with \newcommand, 318 of environment names, 74
breaking of \label arguments, 248
formulas, see under formulas of sort kcys in \index eommands, 406
lines, see under lines cases (subsid. math env.) @, 37-38, 204,
pages, see under pages 226,231,205
paragraphs, see under paragraphs page breaks in, 234
breve C text accent), 84, 470 \ccname (redef. name), 324
\breve (x math accent), 180, 467 CD (subsid. math env.) @, 232
\Breve (x obs. math accent), 512 \cdot (. math op.), 16, 162, 460
Bringhurst, Robert, 72, 96, 519 \cdots (eentered ellipsis), 19, 165
browsers, see under World Wide Web cedilla (<; text accent), 84, 470
bst (BIBTEX style files), 367, 373, 384, 385, ceiling math delimiters, 169,464
368,369 center (text align. env.), 4, 112, 146, 153,
determine use of fields, 372 220,352,360,508
form of citations created by, 374 breaking lines in, 153
536 \centerdot - colorlinks Index

\centerdot (. math op.) @, 460 Chicago Manual of Style, Tbe, 89, 152, 393,
centered ellipses, 19, 165 429,519
\CenteredTagsOnSpli ts (obs. A.NfS-TEX com.), \choose (math com.), 164
512 \choose (U\TEX binomial com.), 17,22,164
centering text, 4,10, 153 obsolete in amsmath, 18, 164
in columns in tabular environments, 147 \eirc (0 math op.), 460
in tables, 146, 149 \circeq (~binary rel.) @, 458
\centering \eirclearrowleft (0 math arrow) @, 462
alignmentcommanddedaration, 149, 154, \circlearrowright (0 math arrow) @, 462
220 \eircledast (® math op.) @, 460
obsolete TEX command, 509 \circledcirc (0 math op.) @, 460
centertags \circleddash (8 math op.) @, 460
AMS document dass option, 302, 304, 512 \circledS (@ math sym.) @, 463
amsmath package option @, 304 circumflex Cl
centimetcr (cm abs. unit), 10, 111, 113, 115, text accent, 84, 470
349 text symbol, 85, 472
\cfrac (math com.) @, 195, 515 \citation (aux. file com.), 387
chapter citations, bibliographie, 34, 50, 256, 385, 387,
BIBTEX database field, 371 508,511,513
counter, 345, 345 created by BIBTEX styles, 374, 385
\chapter (struct. com.), 244, 264, 410 hyperlinks in PDF files for, 451
arguments of, 410 showing in margins, 249
numbering of \eite
equations in, 411 bibliographie command, 34, 50, 256, 387,
in front and back matter, 411 508,511,513
\chaptername (redef. name), 324 with BIBTEX, 385
and hyperref package, 453 multiple citations, 256
chapters optional argument of, 256
in BIBTEX database files, 382 showing contents, in margin, 270
in books, 410 showing labels in margins, 249
document dass options to set start pages spaces in, 256
for,412-413 obsolete AMS- TEX command, 513
grouping into parts, 410 classes (AMS pack. distr. dir.), 383, 384
numbering of, in front and back matter, dasses, document, see document dasses
411 dassification ofmath symbols, 183-184, 190
characters, see also glyphs \cleardoublepage (page-breakingcom.), 107
accented, 19, 30, 75, 179-180, 324,467, \clearpage (page-breaking com.), 107,252
512,515 \cleartabs (obs. TEX com.), 509
European, 11,83-84,469-470,473 dients, FTP, see under FTP
following verbat im environments, 132 \cline (table com.), 149-151, 151
Greek, 27,335,456 cIs (doc. dass files), 242, 323, 356
Hebrew,455 \clubsuit ('" math sym.), 463
invalid, 5,69 cm (centimeter abs. unit), 10, 111, 113, 115,
line-ending, see line-ending characters 349
math, 11,68 CM (Computer Modern) fonts, see Computer
special, 5, 69, 81-83, 469-473 Modern fonts
in HTML, 441, 442 CMacTEX (Macintosh TEX system), 436
in \index commands, 400 cmexl0 (opt. ofamsmath pack.) @, 304, 305,
accessing with \symbol, 82, 269 486
treating text boxes as, 112 cmrl0. tfm (TEX font metric file), 480
\check (x math accent), 180,467 coefficients, binomial, see binomial coefficients
\Check (x obs. math accent), 512 collections, in BIBTEX database files, 377-379
checkers, spelling, 50, 62-63 \colon (: math com.), 186, 513
Chen,Pehong,393,407 colophons, of books, 411
\chi (X Greek char.), 456 color links (opt. of hyperref pack.), 452
Index columns - \complement 537

columns local, see under scope

double logical design using, 55-56
document dass options for, 265, 303 long,79
figures spanning, 250 math, see math commands
footnotes in, 270 names of, 74
tables spanning, 250 case-sensitivity of, 10, 74
math choosing, 333
adjusted, 225-234 in preamble, see under preamble
adjusting with flalign environment, 215 primitive, see primitive commands
in aligned formulas, 213-225 providing, 322
specitying in matrix subsidiary environ- redefining, 322-323
ments, 227 scope of, see under scope
multiple, 107-108,270,477 sectioning, see structural commands
separator (&), 20, 147,214,229 short, 79, 94, 275
width, in tabular environments, 148 defining,320-321
combining spacing, see spacing commands
document dass options, 266 startwith \,4, 10,74,81
encapsulators in \index commands, 399 structural, see structural commands
files with filecontents environment, 421 tor tables, see under tables or f10ats
command dedarations, 78, 94,149,154,220
terminating, 10, 12,74,75,85,86,271,
affecting multiple paragraphs, 95 313
do not take arguments, 78
TEX, see under TEX
for fonts, see font command dedarations
text style, see text sryle commands
scope of, 94, 314-315, 329
as tokens, 480
using in user-defined commands, 95,314-
top-matter, see under top matter
315
types ot~ 78-79
command files, see also sty files and packages,
user-defined, see user-defined commands
242,313,333-338,487
for expanding values, 85-86, 117, 347
commands in, 333, 334
commas (,)
terminating, 338, 360
in argument of \bibitem, 257
commands, 73-79
*-ed torms, 48,74,103,107,109, 111, in BIRTEX databases, 371, 372, 391
134,139,142,175,190,192,234, and italic correction, 97
245,320,329,330,412,452 use in formulas, 159
arguments of, see under arguments or spe- comment (commentenv.), 54,91-92,133,270,
eilic commands 334
to avoid using, 18, 100, 164, 315,424, locating errors with, 92
509,511, 512,514,515, 50~ 51~ ncsting,91
513 comments, 89-92
for boxes, see under boxcs in BIRTEX database files, 389
tor dates and times, see time commands creating with comment environments, 54,
defining, see user-defined commands 91-92,133,270,334
delimited, see delimited commands creating with % characters, 6, 7, 14, 52,
for figures, see under figures or f10ats 61,89,90,91,127,298,402,417
for filling horizontal space, 31, 111-112, finding errors using, 91
118,137,227,229,359,513 marginal, 116-117,427
for f1oats, see under f10ats in double-sided documents, 116
for fonts, see font commands in equations, 116
fragile, 79 in multiline math environments, 116
protecting, 79, 410, 415 space between, 349
generalized, see user-defined commands wrapping, 90
global, see under scope commercial TEX systems, 435-436
for graphics, see under graphics commutative diagrams @,232-234,305,514
tor indexing, see under indexing comp. text. tex (newsgroup), 438
length, see length commands \complement (C math sym.) @, 463
538 components - \Cup Index

components \coth (eoth math op.), 174,465

building formulas trom, 22-25 counters, 127,227,325,345-349,513
offormulas, 15-22, 162-182 arithmetic with, 270, 347-349
of pages, 259 defined in preamble, 346
Comprehensive TEX Archive Network, see CTAN defining, 346
computer, see also Macintosh, pcs, and UNIX, and \include commands, 346
xxxi incrementing, 348
Computer Modern (CM) fonts, 57, 58,93,477 and \label commands, 348
bold extended, 93 U\TEX,345
math bold italic, 192 linking with other counters, 346, 347
math italic, 191 with list environments, 356
PostScript versions of, 436, 478, 484, 486 names of, 139
roman, 94, 191,480 and procJarnations, 345
sans serif, 93, 94 store numbers, 345
typewriter, 82,94, 83 styles for, 92,127,330,346-347,356
conference proceedings, in BIBTEX database files, values of, 92, 347
376-377 printing, 85-86,117,347
\cong (~ binary rel.), 457 setting, 345-346, 348
congruences, 18, 176 Courier, in U\TEX documents, 487
as binary operations, 176 cross-referencing, 49-50, 246-249, 258, 452,
Conner, Kiersten, 519 508
consecutive numbering, of procJarnations, 138- and automatie renumbering, 33, 56
139 within BIBTEX databases, 378-379
contents, tables of, see under tables entries made in auxiliary files for, 389, 481
\contentsline (toc file com.), 414 of equations, 33, 32-34, 36, 160, 199,
\contentsname (redef. name), 324 213,247,330
context, affects style of emphasized text, 95 groups of, 212-213
continued fractions, 195 in multiline math environments, 209
contrib (U\TEX distr. dir.), 435 in indexes, 401
controls, float, 146,251-252 labels far, 33, 36, 48, 49, 52, 53, 160,
conventions 197,209,224,244,247,250,348,
for labels 411
in bibliographies, 50 oflist items, 122, 127
of equations, 33 among multiple doeuments, 271
of sections, 48 page numbers, 33, 36, 197,249,427,482
typographical, xxxvii-xxxviii with varioref package, 270
converting documents in proof environment titles, 144
from AN(S- TEX, 510-511 section numbers, 33, 36,48,49,127,144,
from DVI to PostScript, 444 147,160,197,209,244,247,305,
from PostScript to PDF, 445 411,482
from U\TEX to HTML, 442 oftables, 147
from U\TEX 2.09 to u\TEX2€, 509-510 using ties C) with, 33, 72, 248
from Plain TEX to u\TEX, 508-509 erossref (BIßTEX database field), 371
to use the AMS packages, 510 \csc (ese math op.), 174,465
\coprod (illarge math op.), 177,466 CTAN (Comprehensive TEX Archive Network),
Copy Editing: Tbe Cambridge Handbook 204,268,433-435,436-438,486,
(Butcher),519 488,492,518
\copyright (@ copyright), 85, 472 U\TEX distribution on, 435
Cork (Tl) font encoding, 87, 491,473 mirrors of, 434
corner math delimiters, 169, 464 packageson,92,105,108,153,180,204,
corollaries, see procJarnations 234,261,362,418,450,487
corrections, italic, see italic corrections URLS for, 434
\cos (eos math op.), 174,465 CTAN Catalogue (Web site), 438
\cosh (eosh math op.), 174,465 \cup (U math op.), 460
\cot (eot math op.), 174,465 \Cup (I!!! math op.) @, 460
Index \curlyeqprec - \dfrac 539

\curlyeqprec (~ binary rel.) @, 458 \ddagger (:j: math op.), 460

\curlyeqsucc (~ binary rel.) @, 458 \ddddot Cx' math accent) @, 180, 467
\curlyvee (Y math op.) @, 460 \dddot Ci, math accent) @, 180, 467
\curlywedge (.A. math op.) @, 460 \ddot (x math accent), 180,467
\curraddr (top-matter com.) @, 281 \Ddot (x obs. math accent), 512
rules tor using, 278 \ddots (diagonal ellipsis) @, 228
\curvearrowleft (.n math arrow) @, 462 decimals, alignment on, 148,270
\curvearrowright (n. math arrow) @, 462 declarations, command, see command
customizing declarations
article templates, 46-47 \DeclareMathOperator (op. def. com.) @,
for AMS document classes, 297-301 175,192,242,305
preambles of, 47, 298 \DeclareMathOperator* (op.-with-limits def.
top matter ot; 47, 298 com.) @, 175, 192
bibliographies, by adding fields, 372 \DeclareMathSymbol (math sym. def. com.),
indentation of text, 109 514
IHEX, 311-362 declaring, rypes of math symbols, 190
formats, 360-362
\dedicatory (top-matter com.) @, 276
lists
\def (TEX com.), 325-327
and counters, 356
defining arguments with, 326
defining new, 352-360
overwriting previously defined commands
cyrillic (IHEX distr. dir.), 268
with,326
cyrillic (pack.), 269
\define (AW-TEX user-defined command
com.),511
\d underdot text accent Cl, 84, 470
definition (procI. sryle) @, 139, 139-142
\dag (t dagger)
definition lists, 123-124
math symbol, 463
text symbol, 85, 472 definitions, sec proclarnations
\dagger (t math op.), 460 \deg (deg math op.), 174,465
\daleth (1 Hebrew char.) @, 455 dehypht. tex (German hyph. pattern file), 492
Dante (German TEX user group), 437 delarray (pack.), 270
dashes, 68, 80 delimited commands, 325-327
em dash (-),10,80,85,472 invoking, 326
en dash (-),10,80,85,472 delimiters
in BmTEX databases, 373 in BrBTEX database files, 370
\dashleftarrow (.. - - math arrow) @, 462 for displayed math environments, 508, 511
\dashrightarrow (--+ math arrow) @, 462 for inline math environments, 12,53,79,
\dashv (-1 binary re I. ), 457 157-158
databases, BrBTEX, seealsobib, xxxii, 367, 370- math, see matb delimiters
383,386 for \verb commands, 133-134
\date (top-matter com.), 40, 47, 48, 86, 413 \del ta (.5 Greek char.), 456
AMS variant, 86, 93 \Del ta (Li. Greek char.). 456
with letter document dass, 268 depth
\datename (redef. name) @, 324 of tables of contents, 349
dates of text boxes, 351
commands for, see also \date and time com- \depth (length com.), 116
mands, 10,48,75,76,85-86,277, description (text list env.), 123-124, 126
491 design
Gl-TEX release, 61 ofdocument classes, 476
of packages, 61 logical,55-56
\day (time com.), 85
of books, 422-424
\dbinom (display-sryle binomial com.), 164
visual, 55-56, 259-261
dcolumn (pack.), 148,270
\det (det math op.), 174,465
\ddag (:j: double dagger or diesis)
device independent files. see Dvr files
math symbol, 463
text symbol, 85, 472 \dfrac (::) @. 31,162
Y
540 \dh - document dass options Index

\dh (eth Eur. ehar.), 473 gather @, 204, 206, 213, 205
\DH (Eth Eur. ehar.), 473 gather* @, 206
\diagdown ("- math sym.) @, 463 \index commands in @, 406
diagonal ellipses, 228 inline-style binomials in, 164
diagrams, commutative, see commutative dia- multline @, 204, 206-209, 205
grams multline* @, 207-209
\diagup (/ math sym.) @, 463 subequations @, 198,213,347
\diamond (0 math op.), 460 visual guide to, 204, 205
\Diamond (0 math sym.), 463 displayed text environments, 129-133
\diamondsui t (<> math sym.), 463 alltt, 62, 133, 164
dieresis, see umlaut multicols, 107,477
diesis (t) proof @, xxxiii, 143-145, 306, 515
math symbol, 463 quotation, 130,352
text symbol, 85, 472 quote,129,352,356
\digamma (F Greek ehar.) @, 456 and stretehable vertieal spaee, 352
\dim (dirn math op.), 174, 465 tabbing, 127-129,508,517,518
dimensions, see also measurements tabular,127,146-153,231,250,270,
units for measuring, 8,10,98,102, 111, 477,508,517,518
113,115,185,349,468 theorem,39,49,54,55
with length eommands, 350 verbatim,131-133,269,270,477
direetories verse,130-131,352,356
AMS distribution, see under AMS paekages xca@, 142
I;\TEX distribution, see under I;\TEX xcb@, 142
samples, see samples displaymath (disp. math env.), 156
strueture of, 420 \displaystyle (math font size com.), 195,
TEX inputs, see under TEX 513
user-defined commands for manipulating, dissertations, in BIBTEX database files, 379-
317 380
work, see work distributing files with filecontents
\displaybreak (display-break com.), 234, 513 environment, 242, 421
optional argument of, 235 distributions
displayed formulas, see displayed math AMS paekages, 204, 242, 268, 307, 383,
environments 384
displayed fractions, see under fraetions I;\TEX, 58, 82, 86,90, 249, 268-271,
displayed math environments, 12, 16, 32-38, 360,384,434,435,450,479,487-
156,203-235 489,491,492
$$ (start and end math mode) on CTAN,435
in A.M8- TEX, 511 PSNFSS, 487-489
in TEX, 508 TEX,479
\[(startmathmode), 12, 156, 159,508, \div (-;- math op.), 162, 460
511 \divideontimes (* math op.) @, 460
\] (end math mode), 12, 156, 159, 508, division, 16, 68, 162,460
511 \dj (dyet Eur. ehar.), 473
aet as special braces, 77, 156 \DJ (Dyet Eur. ehar.), 473
align @, 34-37, 204, 213-217, 220, doc (I;\TEX distr. dir.), 268
223,234,478,514,205 document (struet. textenv.), 7,23,39,43,54,
alignat @, 204, 217-219, 205 73,240
blank lines in, 53, 161,206,207,209 doeument dass options, 58,241, 264-266,
breaking pages in, 234-235, 510, 513 301-305,412-413
displaymath, 156 8pt @, 98, 301
eqnarray,203,215-216, 510 9pt @, 98, 301
equation, 19,32,37,160-161, 197 10pt, 98,264
equation* @, 161, 197 AMS variant, 301
flalign @, 204, 215, 514, 205 11pt, 98, 264
font size in, 195,513 AMS variant, 301
Index document dass options - \documentclass 541

12pt,98,264 AMS, 86, 87,243, 274-306, 508

AMS variant, 301 amsart, xxxiii, xxxvi, 16, 55, 56, 93,
a4paper,265 135,298,409,413,454,479
AMS variant, 302 amsbook,409,410--413,479
a5paper,265 amsproc,479
for AMSFonts, 303 anatomy of; 38--46
b5paper,265 tür books, 98, 244, 409, 410--413, 414,
for bibliographies, 266, 267 479,492-506
centertags @, 302, 304, 512 changing, 56
combining,266 cls files, 242, 323, 356
for double-column documents, 265, 303
design of, 476
for double-sided printing, 265, 303, 412
determine
draft,9,102,241,265
placement ofequation numbers, 33,43,
AMS variant, 302
160,266,302-303
executivepaper,265
position of eqllations, 266, 303
final, 265
spacing, 108
AMS variant, 302
fleqn @, 302, 304 interdependencies of, 60
fleqno,266 1\TEX, 262-268
for font sizes, 264-265, 301-302 article, xxxi, xxxiii, 7,13,16,38,39,
landscape,265 43,46,47,86,241,242,245,259,
legalpaper,265 263-266,306,409,479
AMS variant, 302 book,98,244,409, 410--413,414, 479,
leqno,266 495-506
AMS variant, 302, 304, 512 letter,266-268,479
letterpaper,265 proc,269,479
AMS variant, 302 report,244,263-266,479
noamsfonts @, 303, 304 slides, 268, 479
nomath @, 192,304 options ot~ see document dass options
notitlepage,266,412 third party, 57,409,479
AMS variant, 303 svsing6,495-506
onecolumn, 265 document font families, 4,10,41,73,94-95,
AMS variant, 303 96,98,153,168,305,315,337,358,
oneside,265,412 488,95,470
AMS variant, 303 normal,94
openany,412 roman, 94, 487
openbib, 266, 267 sans serif, 94, 487
openright,412 typcwritcr style, 94, 487
for page orientation, 265
doeument parameters, for page design, 518
are passed on to packages, 241, 304
doeumcnt style options, replaeed by paekages
for position of equation numbers, 266, 302-
for A,W-1\TEX 1.1, 514
303
for 1\TEX 2.09,509
psamsfonts @, 303, 305,486
reqno,266 documentation
AMS variant, 241,302,304,512
for AMS doeument dasses and packages,
for start of chapters, 412--413 171,204,307,518
tbtags @, 302, 304, 512 tor hyperref, 450
tür title pages, 266, 303, 412 tor 1\TEX, 268,518
titlepage,266,412 packages,271
AMS variant, 303 for New Font Selection Sehe me (NFSS),
twocolumn,107,241,265 519
AMS variant, 303 \documentclass (preamble com.), 9,16,39,
twoside,107,265,412 89,241,509,510,514
AMS variant, 303 and filecontents environment, 242,421
docllment dasses, 55, 58, 241, 479 and \NeedsTeXFormat command, 242
542 documents - \ell Index

documents double-sided printing

body of, 240-258 document dass options for, 265,303,412
cross-referencing among multiple, 271 and marginal comments, 116
design of, 259-261 \doublebarwedge (j\ math op.) @, 460
rt.TEX, 239-261 \doublecap (riiI math op.) @, 460
using AMS packages in, 273-307, 510 \doublecup (ll!J math op.) @, 460
on the World Wide Web, 438-454 \doublespacing (setspace com.), 105
master, 416, 418 \downarrow (1)
preamble of, 241-242 math arrow, 461
printing and viewing, xxviii, xxix, 481 math delimiter, 169, 464
splitting into multiple files, 416-418 \Downarrow (.IJ.)
\documentstyle (obs. AMS and rt.TEX 2.09 math arrow, 461
preamble com.), 509, 514 math delimiter, 169, 464
dollar sign ($), see also $ and \$ \downdownarrows (!J. math arrow) @, 462
as displayed math delimiter, 508, 511
Downes, Michael, 476-478
as inline math delimiter, 53, 157
\downharpoonleft (J math arrow) @, 462
as text symbol ($), 81, 85, 472
\downharpoonright (l math arrow) @, 462
Doob, Michael, 114,479
draft (doc. dass opt.), 9,102,241,265
DOS, TEX systems far, 436
AMS variant, 302
\dosupereject (obs. TEX com.), 509
drivers
\dot (i: math accent), 180, 467
\Dot (i: obs. math accent), 512 PostScript (DVI to PostScript
converters), 58, 435, 444
\doteq (~ binary rel.), 457
\doteqdot (~ binary rel.) @, 458 printer, 58, 269, 435, 444, 445, 450-
\dotfill (space fill com.), 111 451
dotless i and j (1 J), 84, 84, 470 video (DVI viewer), 435, 481
\dotplus (+ math op.) @, 460 \dsize (obs. AW-TEX com.), 513
\dots ( ... math ellipsis com.), 165-166 Duchier, Denys, 476
AMS variant, 19,29,31,165 \dump (TEX com.), 360
dots, filling lines with, 111 duplexing, see double-sided printing
\dotsb ( ... math com.) @, 166 Dupre, Lyn, 89, 519
\dotsc ( ... math com.) @, 166 DVI files, 58, 389,448,481,482
\dotsi (... math com.) @, 166 converting to PostScript, 58,435,444
\dotsm (- .. math com.) @, 166 graphics in, 448
\dotso ( ... math com.) @, 166 printing, 481
double accents, in math, 179, 512 putting on the World Wide Web, 448
double acute (" text accent), 84, 470 viewing, 58,435,481
double dagger (t) dvips
math symbol, 463 DVI to PostScript converter, xxviii, 450
text symbol, 85, 472 option to hyperref package, 450
double guiIlemet, 473 dvi psone (opt. of hyperref pack.), 450
double lines in CD environments @, 233 dyet (Eur. char.), 473
double quote ("), see also quotation marks, 80,
85,472
in BIBTEX database fields, 37l, 391, 392 e-mail, see \email
in \index commands, 400-401 EC fonts, see Extended Computer Modern fonts
key, 5, 69, 80, 82 edition (BIRTEX database field), 371
double spacing, 104-105 editor (BIRTEX database field), 37l, 372
double subscripts and superscripts, font size of, editors, text, xxvii, xxviii, xxx, 51, 58, 69, 89,
195,513 93,435
double-column Eijkhout, Victor, 519
documents electronic-mail address, see \email
document dass options for, 265, 303 Elements ojTypographic Style, Tbc (Bringhurst ),
and footnotes, 270 72,96,519
figures and tables, 250 \ell (€ math sym.), 463
Index dlipses - \equationname 543

ellipses ( ... ) *-edtorms, 161, 197,206,207,209,250,

in math, 19,29,31,165-166,227,228 332,515
in text, 83 \\in, 104
em (font shape env.), 153 act as braces, 77, 333
em (rel. unit), 113, 115 arguments ot~ see under arguments or spe-
em dash (-), 10,80,85,472 cific environments
EM fonts, see European Modern tonts to avoid using, 514, 515
\em (font shape com. dec.), 95, 98,95,470 begin with \begin, 73, 77, 511
and italic correction, 98 body of, 73
\email (top-matter com.) @,278-279, 281, case-sensitivity of names of, 74
300,514 end with \end, 73, 77, 511
mIes tor using, 278-279 font size, 153
\emph (font shape com.), 4, 10,73,95, 95, indenting contents, in source file, 159
470 list, see list text environments
emphasized (font shape), xxx, 4, 10,73,93, logical design using, 56
95,98,153,95,470 math, see under inline and displayed math
context-dependence of, 95 environments, subsidiary math envi-
empty (page style), 259 ronments, and displayed text environ-
empty group ({}), 76, 164, 183, 184, 189, ments
199,210,211,279 modifYing, 328-331
\emptyset (0 math sym.), 463 \newlinein, 104
emTEX (DosjWindows TEX system), 436 in preamblc, 242
en dash (-),10,80,85,472 tor proclarnations, see under proclarnations
in BISTEX databases, 373 short, 332
Encapsulated PostScript (EPS), see EPS subsidiary math, see subsidiary math envi-
encapsularors in \index commands, 398 ronments
combining, 399 for tables, see tables
\enclname (redef. name), 324 text, see displayed text environments, list
encodings, tont, see font encodings text environments, and text environ-
\end ments
AM5- TEX environment delimiter, 510, 511 user-defined, see user-defined environments
end of environment, 73, 77, 511 EPS (Encapsulated PostScript)
obsolete TEX command, 509 files, 426
\endinput (input-ending com.), 338, 360,417 format, 251, 426, 447, 518
\endinsert (obs. TEX eom.), 509 \epsilon (E Greek char.), 456
eng (Eur. ehar.), 473 \eqalign (obs. TEX com.), 509
\enlargethispage (spacing com.), 107,426, \eqalignno (obs. TEX com.), 509
429 \eqcirc (= binary rel.) @, 458
\enlargethispage* (spacing com.), 107 eqnarray (math align. env.), 203, 215-216,
\ensuremath (math mode com.), 92,316,318, 510
322 \eqref (cross-ref. com.) @,33, 36,160,199,
Enter key, see Return key 213,247,330
entries \eqslantgtr (;:> binary rel.) @, 458
bibliographie, see under bib \eqslantless (z binary rel.) @, 458
glossary, see under glossaries equals (=)
index, see under indexing in BIBTEX databasc fields, 370
enumerate (text list env.), 122,270,330 binary relation, 68, 457
in AMS documents, 122 key, 5
enumerate (pack.), 127,270,330,334 equation
enumi (counter), 127,345 counter, 345
enumii (counter), 345 displayed math env., 19,32,37,160-161,
enumiii (counter), 345 197
enumiv (counter), 345 equation* (disp. math env.) @, 161, 197
environments, 4, 10,73-79 \equationname (hyperref redef. name), 453
544 equations - ex Index

equations, 32-34 Illegal unit of measure (pt

grouping, 198-199 inserted), 118
and Java applets, see WebEQ Incomplete \iffalse; all text was
labels for, 33, 247 ignored after line zz,268
marginal comments in, 116 line numbers in, 54,136,415
numberingof, 32-34,160-161,197,206, Misplaced \zzz, 148,220,227
207,209 Missing control sequence inserted,
in chapters ofbooks, 411 350
groups, 212-213 Missing number, treated as zero, 104,
in multiline math environments, 209 115, 118
preventing, 35, 36,206,207,209,212, Missing $ inserted,14,53,134,157,
224 158,161,226
within sections, 160,242 Missing \begin{document}, 136
variants, 198, 212 Missing \right. inserted,211
placement of numbers, 33, 43, 160 Missing } inserted, 15, 144
documentclass options for, 266,302- No counter 'zzz' defined,346
303 Paragraph ended before \zzz
position of, 266, 303 was complete, 53, 118, 136, 230,
systems of, 218-219 231,321,327,407
tagging, 34,161,197-199,206,207,209, recorded in log file, 58, 101
212,223,224 Runaway argument?, 51, 53, 136, 161,
\equiv (=) 230,231,284,327,407
binary relation, 457 Something's wrong--perhaps a missing
math operator, 18 \item,54,124,144,243,256
error messages, see also waming messages, 50- TeX capacity exceeded, sorry,406
54 Text line contains an invalid
\begin{zzz} on input line zz ended character, 5,54,69
by \end{yyy},51,52,77,329 Too many }'s,77,284
\begin{document} ended by \end{zzz}, Undefined control sequence, 52,76,
77, 132 284
\begin{split} won't work here,225 Underfull \hbox,103,481
\tag not allowed here,209 Use of \zzz doesn't match its
\verb command ended by end of line, definition, 326
134 You're missing a field name, 390
Argument of \zzz has an extra },132, escaping special characters, in \ index commands,
217 400
Bad math environment delimiter,15, eszett (ß, 88),492,84,469
157,415 \eta (77 Greek char.), 456
Bad space factor (0),91 eth (Eur. char.), 473
with BIBTEX, 390-392 \eth (Cl math sym.) @, 463
in log (blg) files, 388 ethel (ce, CE), 84, 469
Command \zzz already defined,314, eucal (pack.) @, 192,306,337,468
323,328 options of, 192, 306, 468
Display math should end with $$,53 eufrak (pack.) @, 26, 28,193,306
Double superscript, 163 Euler Fraktur (math alphabet) @, 26, 28,193,
Environment zzz undefined,207,329 306,337,514,468
Erroneous nesting of equation EulerScript (math alphabet) @, 192, 306, 337,
structures, 512 468
Extra alignment tab has been European
changed to \cr, 230 accents, 11,83-84,470,473
Extra }, or forgotten \zzz,78,216 characters, 11,83-84,469-470,473
File 'zzz' not found,60 quotation marks, 473
I was expecting a ',' or a ')',391, European Modem (EM) fonts, 492
392 PostScript versions of, 487
Illegal character in array arg,230 ex (rel. unit), 113, 115
Index examples - files 545

examples old-style, 68
of AMS top-matter commands, 281-284 placement of, 252, 426, 427
of bibliographies, 42-43, 45, 49, 253- file formats
255,367-369,505 tor graphics, 446--447
ofbook document dass, 495-506 EPS, 251, 447,518
ofHTML code, 440--441 GIF, 446, 449
of indexes, 394-397 IPEG, 446, 449
of MathML, 443--444 PNG, 446, 449
of svsing6 document dass, 495-506 for publishing on the World Wide Web,
Excalibur (Macintosh spelling checker), 62 440--450
exdamation marks (!), 5, 68 choosing,447--450
as float controls, 252, 427 file transfer protocol, see FTP
in \index commands, 397, 398,400 filecontents (packaging env.)
Spanish (j), 68,84,85,469,472 distributing files with, 421
terminating sentences with, 70-73 placement of, 242, 421
executivepaper (doc. dass opt.), 265 warnings generated by, 421
exercises, 142-143 files
in books @, 142 AMS package source, see under AMS pack-
within a section @, 142 ages
\exists (:3 math sym.), 463 auxiliary, see aux
exiting, from interactive mode, 61 BIBTEX databases (bib), see bib
\exp (exp math op.), 174, 465
BIRTEX log (blg), see blg
expanding values ofcounters, 85-86, 117, 347
BIRTEX style (bst), see bst
exscale (pack.), 269, 305, 306
dass (cls), see under document dasses
Extended Computer Modern (Ee) fonts, 478
command, see command files
extensibility ofl;\TEX and TEX, 57
distributing with filecontents environ-
ment, 242, 421
Fairbairns, Robin, 476
DVI, see DVI files
\fallingdotseq (~binary rel.) @, 458
Encapsulated PostScript (EPS), see EPS
fancyhdr (pack.), 261
font definition (fd), see fd
FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions), 437
font metric, see also tfm, see under tont met-
\fboxrule (Iength COol.), 114
ries
\fboxsep (length COol.), 114
glossary (glo), see glo
fd (font def. file), 487, 488, 489
hyperref bookmarks (out), see out
Fear, Simon, 153
hyphenation pattern, see under hyphen-
Fetch (Macintosh FTP dient), 434
ation
fields, bibliographie, see under bib
figure (counter), 345 induding in other files, 333,416-418
figure (float env.), 250-251, 513 index entry (idx), see idx
optional arguments of, 252, 427 list
placement of, 426, 427 offigures (lof), see lof
figure* (double-column float env.), 250 oftables (lot), see lot
\figurename (redef. name), 323, 324 listing those used by a document, 334
and hyperref package, 453 log, see log files
figures, 250-251, 513 MakeIndex log (ilg), see ilg
captions in, 416 naming of, 47
fragile commands in, 79 with \graphicspath commands, 420
commands for, 250, 251, 317, 416, 420, organization of, 418--420
447 portability of~ 5
double-column,250 Portable Document Format (PDF), see PDF
forcing typesetting ot~ 107 PostScript (ps), see under PostScript
lists of~ 415--416 processed bibliography (bbl), see bbl
adding a line to, 416 processed index (ind), see ind
tragile commands in, 79 sampIe, see sampIe files
numbering ot~ 250 source, see source files
546 files - font commands Index

files (continued) \fnsymbol (footnote counter style com.), 92

splitting documents into multiple, 416- \foldedtext (obs. A,MS-TEX com.), 513
418 folders, see directories
statt on new page with \inelude com- \folio (obs. TEX com.), 509
mand,416 font command declarations, see also font com-
style (sty), see sty files mands
tables of contents (toe), see toe for shape
terminating, 338, 360,417 \em, 95, 98, 95, 470
filling horizontal space, 31, lll-ll2, 118, 137, \itshape, 95, 98, 358, 95,470
227,229,359,513 \normalfont,94,488
final (doc. dass opt.), 265 \rmfamily,94, 9~470
AMS variant, 302 \scshape, 95, 95, 470
final preparation, of books, 424-429 \sffamily, 95, 470
fine-tuning \slshape,95,98,95,470
ofmathematical formulas, 186-187 \ttfamily, 95, 470
placement ofroot with \sqrt, 167 \upshape,95,358, 9~470
placement of text boxes, 119 forweight
\Finv (.:I math sym.) @, 463 \bfseries,98,95,470
First Steps in lilTEX (Grätzer),54 \mdseries,98,95,470
\fivebf (obs. TEX com.), 509 font commands, see also font command deda-
\fivei (obs. TEX com.), 509 rations, 336-337, 515
\fiverm (obs. TEX com.), 509 and italic corrections, 95, 100
\fivesy (obs. TEX com.), 509 low-Ievel,100
fixed-size math delimiters, 170 and Makelndex, 95
flalign (math align. env.) @,204,215, 514, math, see math font commands
205 orthogonality of, 99, 477
\f1at (11 math sym.), 463 far selecting fonts using family names, 488
fleqn far series
AMS document dass option, 302, 304 \textmd,98,95,470
amsmath package option @, 304 for shape, 95-96
fleqno (doc. dass opt.), 266 \emph,4, 10,73,95, 9~470
floats, see also tables and figures, 250-252 \textit, 95, 95, 470
commands, 250, 252,513 \textnormal,94, 9~470
controls, 146,251-252 \textrm,94,305,95,470
environments, 146,250-251,513 \textse,95,96,95,470
figure,250-251,513 \textsf, 95, 470
figure*,250 \textsl,95, 9~470
locating, 426, 427 \texttt, 10, 9~470
table,146,250,251 \textup,41,95, 95, 470
table*,250 for size
forcing typesetting of, 107 \footnotesize, 98, 275, 471
specitying placement of, 252, 427 \huge, 98, 275, 471
floar math delimiters, 169,464 \HUGE, 98, 275, 471
flush left \large,98,514,27~ 471
alignment offarmulas, 208, 215 \Large,98, 514, 275, 471
columns in tabular environments, 147 \LARGE,98, 275, 471
setting equations, 266, 302 \larger @, 274
flush right \normalsize,98,274,27~471
alignment offarmulas, 208, 215 \seriptsize, 98, 275, 471
columns in tabular environments, 147 \small,98,514,27~471
alignment oftext, 112 \Small,514
flushleft (text align. env.), 4,153,352 \smaller @, 274
breaking lines in, 153 \tiny,98,514,275,471
flushright (textalign. env.), 4, 73, 153, 352 \Tiny,514
breaking lines in, 153 TEX, 508
Index tont commands - tonts 547

two-letter (obs. U\TEX 2.09), 100, 315, fontenc (pack.), 489, 491
509 options of, 489
and italic corrections, 100 \fontfamily (font selcction com.), 488
using in math environments, 168 fonts
torweight AMSFonts @, xxxiii, xxxvi, 58,187,192,
\textbf, 10,98, 168,305,315,337, 194,303-305,306-307
95,470 documentation far, 307
tont encodings, 82, 83 obtaining, 435
LMI (TEXTURES), 489 PostScript versions of, 303, 306, 436,
LYl (TEX'n ANS!), 489 478,485,486
OTl ,488 bitmap, 485
Tl (Cork), 87, 491,473
resolution of, 486
font environments
size of, 486
tor se ries
using in PDF files, 486
bfseries, 153
blackboard bold @, 27, 193, 337, 514,
far shape
468
em, 153
bold math, 30, 191, 193,514, 191, 468
itshape, 153
rmfamily, 153 calligraphic, 31, 192, 306, 337, 468
scshape, 153 commands, see under font commands and
sffamily, 153 font command declarations
slshape, 153 Computer Modern, see Computer Mod-
ttfamily, 153 ern
upshape, 153 Courier (typewriter shape), 487
farweight encodings, see font encodings
bfseries, 153 Euler Fraktur @, 26, 28, 193,306, 337,
font families, document, see document font fam- 514,468
ilies Euler Script @, 192, 306, 337, 468
font metries European Modern (EM), see Europcan Mod
files, 480, 487, 488 ern tonts
virtual, 487 Extended Computer Modern (EC), see Ex-
font series, 93, 98 tended Computer Modern tonts
command declarations far, see under font Galliard,94
command declarations Helvetica, 487
commands tor, see under font commands including in PostScript files, 444, 449
environments for, see under font environ- including in PDF files, 445
ments Lucida Bright, 489
font shapes math, 190-192
command declarations for, see under font size of, 195, 513
command declarations monospaced,93
commands for, see under font commands names of
environments for, see under font environ-
U\TEX 2.09, 270
ments
PSNFSS (Berry schemel, 487
and punctuation, typographic rules for, 96
PostScript, see under PostScript
sans serif, 93, 94
serif,93 proportional,93
typewriter, 436, 478, 484, 486 proprietary
font wcight, 93 using in PostScript files, 444
command declarations for, see under font using in PDF files, 445
command declarations resolution ot~ 449
commands for, see under font commands sampIes, 270
environments for, see under font environ- selecting, 93-100
ments with \fontfamily command, 488
font width, 93 with \selectfont command, 488
font-substitution algarithms, in u\TEX, 99 shapes, see tont shapes
548 fonts - General Lattice Theory Index

fonts (continued) displayed, 426

size of, 94, 98-99, 153,274,275,471, rules for, 211
514 components of, 15-22, 162-182
document dass options for, 264, 301- building using, 22-25
302 displayed, see displayed math environments
sources for, 490 fine-tuning, 186-187
substitution of, 425, 426, 445 specif)ring fonts for, 194
for text in math mode, 168 gallety,25-32
Times, 487-489 grouping, 204, 206
typewriter style, 93 multiline, xxxii, 34-38, 510
virtual,487 splitting, 206-209
weight, see font weight numbering, see under equations
width, see font width splitting, 206-209
fontsmpl (pack.), 270 foundries, type, 487,490
fonttbl.tex (sampie file), 82,147 4allTEX,436
footers, page, 259-261 \frac(~),13,15,17,31,162,513
\footline (obs. TEX com.), 509 fractions, 13, 15, 17,31,162,513
footnote (counter), 345, 513 continued,195
\footnote (footnote com.), 92 displayed, 31, 162
footnotes,92-93 generalized,199-201
and double-column documents, 270 inline,162
fragile commands in, 79 \fracwithdelims (obs. AMS com.), 515
indicated by symbols, 92 fragile commands, 79
in minipage environments, 116 protecting, 79, 244, 410, 415
on tide pages, 93 \frak (obs. AMS com.), 514
unmarked @, 279, 280 \framebox (box com.), 114
\footnotesize (font size com.), 98, 275, 471 framing (boxing) text, 101, 114
\footstrut (obs. TEX com.), 509 freeware TEX systems, 436
\forall (V math sym.), 463 \frenchspacing (spacing com.), 73
forcing Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), 437
floats to typeset, 107 front matter, 241, 242-243, 411
indentation, 105 of AMS documents, 285
formats, file, see file formats ofbooks, 242, 413-416
formats, TEX numbering of chapters in, 411
creating with initex, 479 \frontmatter (struct. com.), 411
custom, 360-362 \frown (~ binary rel.), 457
LaTeX, 58,90,268,271, 384,450,479, ftnright (pack.), 270
487-489,492 FTP (File Transfer Protocol), 434
Plain TEX (plain.fmt), 479 dients, 434
files read by virtex, 479
formatting of documents, determined by gallery. tex (sampie file), 25-32
document dasses, 108 Galliard,94
Web browsers, 440, 442 \Game (21 math sym.) @, 463
formula. tex (sampIe file), 22-24 \gamma h' Greek chaL), 456
formulas, 12, 79 \Gamma (r Greek char.), 456
adjusted, 204, 225-234 gather (math env.) @, 204, 206, 213, 205
aligning, 34-38,203-205,213-225,234, page breaks in, 234
302,478,510,514 rules for, 206
multiline,211-212 gather* (math env.) @, 206
rules for, 211-212, 215 gathered (subsid. math env.) @, 204, 221-
text in, 219-220 223
annotating, 218 and \allowdisplaybreaks commands, 235
boxed, see under boxes \gcd (gcd math op.), 174,465
breaking into multiple lines, 35-36, 211- \ge (?: binary rel.), 457
212 General Lattice Theory (Grätzer), 427
Index generalized - \Hat 549

generalized \graphicspath (graphics com.), 317, 420

commands, see user-defined commands grave (' text accent), 68, 84, 470
fractions, 199-201 \grave (x math accent), 180,467
TEX commands for, 509 \Grave (x obs. math accent), 512
\genfrac (math com.) @,199-201,515, 513 Gray, Gary L., 487
Gentle Introduction to MatbML greater than (> )
(Miner & Schaefer), 443 as binary relation, 457
Geodesic Flows (Paternain), example pages from, text symbol, 85, 472
494-506 Greek letters, 27, 335, 456
Geometry Technologies, 1nc., 443 Greenwade, George D., 105
\geq (2 binary rel.), 457 grouping
\geqq (~ binary rel.) @, 458 chapters into parts, 410
\geqslant (~ binary rel.) @, 458 equations, 198-199
german (opt. ofbabel pack.), 491 formulas, 204, 206
\gg (» binary rel.), 457 symbols with math delimiters, 172
ggamsart . tpl (template file) @, 301 groups
ggart. tpl (template file), 47 of equations, 198-199
ggart2. tpl (template file), 47 cross- referencing, 212-213
\ggg (»> binary rel.) @, 458 labels for, 199
GIF (Graphics Interchange Format), 446, 449 numbering, 212-213
\gimel (.:1 Hebrew char.) @, 455 of tokens, 480
glo (glossary files), 407, 482 \gtrapprox (~ binary rel.) @, 458
global commands, see under scope \gtrdot (y binary rel.) @, 458
glossaries, 407 \gtreqIess (~ binarv rel.) @, 458
auxiliary file (glo), 407, 482
\gtreqqIess (~ binary rel.) @, 458
as a custom list environment, 359
defining. 407, 482 \gtrless (:;::: binary rel.) @, 458
\glossary (glossary com.), 407, 482 \gtrsim (;::: binary rel.) @, 458
glue, 325, 352, 354,480-481 guillemets, 473
horizontal,480-481 \guillemotleft (Eur. quot. mark), 473
parameters of, 480 \guillemotright (Eur. quot. mark), 473
vertical, see also under vertical spacing, 481 \guilsinglleft (Eur. quot. mark), 473
glyphs, see also characters \guilsingIright (Eur. quot. mark), 473
measuring, 480 Gurari, Eitan, 439
\gnapprox (~neg. binary rel.) @, 459 GUTenberg (French TEX user group), 437
\gneq (~ neg. binary rel.) @, 459 \gvertneqq (~ neg. binary rel.) @, 459
\gneqq (i;; neg. binary rel.) @, 459
\gnsim (~neg. binary rel.) @, 459 \H double acute text accent C'), 84, 470
Goossens, Michel, 439 Hahn, Harley, 519
graphics Han Th~ Thanh, 445
commands for, 251, 317,420,447 \hangafter
and DVI files, 448 length command, 106
files, 317 TEX command, 325
Ib-TEX documents as, 449 \hangindent
formats, 446-447 length command, 105, 508
EPs,251,447,518 TEX command, 508
GIF, 446, 449 hanging indentation, 105-106, 131
JPEG, 446, 449 Hargreaves, Kathryn A., 519
PNG, 446, 449 Harrison, Michael A., 393, 407
including in documents, 250-251, 445 Hart's Rulesfor Compositors and Readers at tbc
resolution of, 449 Universit)' Press, Oxford (Hart), 519
scaling, 251 Hart, Horace, 519
graphics (Ib-TEX distr. dir.), 268 \hasllidth (obs. A.NfS-TEX com.), 513
graphics (pack.), 251, 269, 420,518 \hat (x math accent), 19, 180, 467
Graphics Interchange Format, see GIF \Hat (x obs. math accent), 512
550 \hbar - hyphenation Index

\hbar (Ii rnath syrn.), 463 \qquad, 22,108,185,218, 185,468,

\hdotsfor 474
AMS space fin cornrnand, 31, 227,229, \quad,19,22,108,158,185,218,185,
513 468,474
optional argument of, 227 \thickspace @, 185, 468, 474
obsolete A.M5-TEX cornrnand, 513 \thinspace,19,26,72,80,183,185,
headers, page, see mnning heads 185, 468, 474
headings (page style), 259 \xspace, 315-316
\headline (obs. TEX corn.), 509 intersentence, 7, 70-72, 474
\headtoname (redef. name), 324 interword, 7, 70, 71, 72, 76, 108, 330,
\heartsuit (c, rnath syrn.), 463 373,474
Hebrew letters, 455 in rnath, 12, 31, 35, 158-160, 182-187,
\height (length corn.), 116 227,229,513
height, of text boxes, 351 preventing rem oval of, 109
Helvetica, in Gl-TEX docurnents, 487 in text, 7,12,70-73,108-109,111-112,
\hfill (space fin corn.), Ill, 137,229,359 118, 137, 359
\Hfootnotename (hyperref redef. name), 453
howpublished (BIBTEX database field), 371
\hfuzz (\hbox warning adjustrnent), 102
\href (hyperref cornrn.), 453-454
hhline (pack.), 152,270
\hrulefill (space fin corn.), 111, 118
hierarchy, of stmctural cornrnands, 244, 410
\hslash (Ii rnath syrn.) @, 463
history of A.M5-Gl-TEX, A.M5-TEX, TEX, and
\hspace (spacing corn.), 108, 128
Gl-TEX, 475-479
\hline (table corn.), 147, 149 \hspace+ (spacing corn.), 74, 109
\hom (horn rnath op.), 174, 465 HTML (HyperText Markup Language), 440-
\hookleftarrow (f---O rnath arrow), 461 442
\hookrightarrow (~ rnath arrow), 461 HTML 4for Dummies (Jarnes & Tittel), 442
horizontal lines (mies), in tabular environ- HTML: Tbe Definitive Guide
ments, 147, 149 (Musciano & Kennedy), 442
horizontal spacing, 271 HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol), 434
cornrnands \huge (font size corn.), 98, 275,471
\! (negthinspace), 28, 185, 185, 468, \HUGE (font size corn.), 98, 275, 471
474 hyperlinks
\_(interwardspace), 7, 71, 72, 76,108, in HTML, 442
373,474 in PDF files, 450-454
\. (thinspace), 19,26,72,80,183,185, far bibliographie citations, 451
185,468,474 cornrnands for creating, 452-454, 451
\: (rnedspace), 185,468,474 increasing size of,453
\; (thickspace), 185, 185,468,474 suppressing, 452
\<0. (intersentence), 474 to Web sites, 453-454
to avoid using, 424 hyperref (pack.), 450-454
\dotfill (fin corn.), III bookrnarks file (out), 452
\frenchspacing, 73
docurnentation far, 450
\hdotsfor (fin corn.) @, 31, 227, 229,
options of, 450, 451, 452,451
513
hypertex (opt. of hyperref pack.), 450
\hfill (fin corn.), 111, 137,229,359
Hypertext Markup Language, see HTML
\hrulefill (fin corn.), 111, 118
Hypertext Transfer Protocol, see HTTP
\hspace, 108, 128
\hspace*,74,109 hyphen. tex (Gl-TEX distr. file), 86, 492
\medspace @, 185, 468, 474 hyphenation, 9, 86-89, 480
\mspace @, 185, 185, 468 deterrnined by optional hyphen, 86
\negmedspace @, 185,468,474 displaying, 88
\negthickspace @, 185,468,474 of German text, 492
\negthinspace,28,185,185,468,474 of hyphenated wards, 9
\nonfrenchspacing, 73 pattern files, 492
\phantom, 108, 184,187,217,351 preventing, 87-88, 113
Index hyphenation - indexes 551

specitying, 87 in PDF files, 445

tables, 479 in PostScript files, 444
ofwords with accents, 87 graphics in documents, 250-251, 445
\hyphenation (hyph. word-list com.), 87 INCOLLECTION (bibI. entry type), 371, 377-
hyphens, 68, 80 379
key, 5, 68 incrementing counters, 348
optional, 9, 86,102,426 ind (proc. index files), 404-405, 429
unbreakable, 88 \indent (indentation com.), 105
indentation
\i (I dotless i), 84, 84, 470 offirst lines ofparagraphs, 105,270,349
IBM,448 hanging, 105-106, 131
\idotsint (J ... J large math op.) @, 166 in mul tline and multline* environments,
207
idx (index aux. file), 403, 404, 482
ieeetr (BIBTEX style), 369 in source files, 24
ieeetr. bst (BIBTEX style file), 369 of environment bodies, 159
\iff ( ~ math arrow), 461 of subformulas, 211
\ignorespacesafterend (spacing com.), 330 oftext, 105-106
\iiiint (JJJJ large math op.) @, 166 customizing, 109
\iiint (JJJ large math op.) @, 166
forcing, 105
preventing, 105
\iint (JJ large math op.) @, 166 indentfirst (pack.), 270
ilg (MakeIndex log files), 405 \ index (indexingcom.), 318, 393, 394, 397-
illustrations 402,482
applications tor creating, 436 at signs UD) in, 399,400
Encapsulated PostScript (EPS), 251,426, defining cross-references in indexes with,
447,518 401
file formats for, 446-447 in displayed math environments @, 406
with the picture environment, 251, 517, double quote (") in, 400-401
518 encapsulators, 398, 399
portability ot~ 518 exclamation marks (!) in, 397, 398,400
PostScript tonts in, 486 modifiers, 398, 399
preparation of, 426 page ranges in, 399
using typeset material, 436 placement of commands, 401-402, 428
Illustrator (Adobe), 436, 447 spaces in argument of, 405-406
\Im ('Cl' math sym.), 463 syntax of, 402
\imath (z math sym.), 463 vertical line ( I ) in, 398, 400
in (inch abs. unit), 10, 102, 111, 113, 115, indexes, 269, 392-407
349 appear in back matter, 394
\in (E binary rel.), 457 auxiliary files (idx), 403, 404, 482
inbibl. tpl (sampie file), 253-255 cross-references in, 401
INBOOK (bibI. entry type), 371, 382 defining, see indexing
inch (in abs. unit), 10, 102, 111, 113, 115, entries
349 stored in idx files, 403, 404
\incIude (inclusion com.), 416-420 sorting, 399-400
and auxiliary files, 482 log files (ilg), 405
and counters, 346 main entries, 258, 393
errors with, 417 placement of, 394, 405
files start on new pages, 416 processed files (ind), 404-405, 429
\incIudegraphics (graphicscom.), 251,317, processing, 402-405
420,447 sampie, 394-397
\incIudeonly (preamble inclusion com.), 417, simple, 258
420 subentries, 258, 393
including subsubentries, 258, 393
files in other files, 333, 416-418 typesetting, 402-405
fants vertical space in, 258, 393
552 indexing - ispell Index

indexing, see also Makelndex, 392-407 INPROCEEDINGS (bibI. entry type), 371,376-
with AMS document classes, 394 377
commands for, 258, 318, 393-402,405, \input (inclusion com.), 333,416-420
482 errors with, 417
entries inputenc (pack.), 491
main, 258, 393, 397 install. txt (li\TEX distr. file), 268
subentries, 258, 393, 397, 398 institution (BIBTEX database field), 371
subsubentries, 398 instr-l. tex (AMS pack. distr. file), 307
environment for, 258, 352, 393,404 instructions to li\TEX, see also commands and
page ranges, 398-399 environments, 73, 79
placement of commands for, 401-402
processed index files (ind), 404-405, 429
\int (J large math op.), 19,177,466
integers, stored in counters, 325
rules for, 405-407
integrals, 19, 166
typesetting entries in margins, 269
integrated TEX systems, 58, 435
with user-defined commands, 318-319
interactive mode, 60-61,117,323-325
\indexname (redef. name), 324
\intercal (T math op.) 0),460
\inf (inf math op.), 174,465
intercharacter space, 480
infix notation, in TEX commands, 164
information, top-matter intercolumn spacing, 218, 222, 214
AMs-specific, 279-281 in aligned math environments, 35
AMS Subject Classification, 280 in tabular environments, 148
keywords, 280, 301 interline spacing, 172,234,318,425
for articles, 275-285 adjusting, 104-105
author names, 48, 277, 300 international TEX user groups, 437
tide, 48, 275, 301 Internet, see also World Wide Web
author, 48, 277-279, 281 downloading sampie files from, 4
addresses, 48, 277, 281, 300 and li\TEX and TEX, 433-454
eurrent addresses @, 278, 281 intersentence spaces (\@.), 7, 70-72, 474
e-mail addresses @, 278, 281,300 and \frenchspacing, 73
research support, 48, 279, 281, 300 and \nonfrenchspacing, 73
World Wide Web addresses @,279, 281, \intertext (text-in-math com.) @,219-220
300 interword space, 7, 70-72, 330
for articles command (\~), 7, 71, 72, 76,108,373,
dedications, 276 474
\infty (00 math sym.), 14,463 and \frenchspacing, 73
initex (TEX program), 361,479,492 and \nonfrenchspacing, 73
initials intlimits (opt. ofamsmath pack.) @, 304,
periods in, 72-73 512
typographie rules for, 72 intrart.tex (sampie file), xxxi, 38-45, 51,
\injlim (inj!im math op.) @, 174, 465
55,135,136,252,264,394
inline
typeset, 43-45
fractions, 162
intrarti. idx (index entry file), 403-404
math formulas, see inline math environments
intrarti . Hg (index log file), 405
tables, 146
intrarti. ind (proc. index file), 404-405
inline math environments, 12, 156
and $, 12, 53, 79, 157 intrarti.tex (sampie file), 394-397,402-
\( (start math mode), 12,79 405
\) (end math mode), 12,79 invalid characters, 5, 69
act as special braces, 77, 156 invisible boxes, see struts
display-style binomials in, 164 invoking
font size of, 195, 513 delimited commands, 326
math,156 proclarnations, 39,49,54,55,511
matrices in, 228-229 user-defined commands, 313
size of delimiters in, 172 \iota (~Greek char.), 456
\innerhdotsfor (obs. A.M5-TEXcom.), 513 ispell (spelling checker for UNIX), 63
Index \i t - language. dat 553

\it (obs. If.TEX 2.09 font com.), 100 key (BIBTEX database field), 371
italic corrections, 97-98, 474 keyboard, 4-5, 68-69
and eommas, 97 keys, 11
and \em, 98 alphanumerie, 4-5
and font eommands, 95 Enter, see Return key
and \itshape, 98 letter, 4-5, 68
and periods, 97 modifier,69
and \slshape, 98 number,68
suppressing, 97-98 prohibited, 5, 69
with two-letter font commands, 100
Return, 5,51,52,60, 61,69
\italic (obs. A,vtS-TEX com.), 513
sorting (in \index commands), 399, 400
italies
case-sensitivity of, 406
bold math, 192
spacebar, 5, 69
font shape, 4, 10, 73, 93, 95, 98, 153,
358,95,470 special, 5, 69
in math mode, 191, 191,468,513 Tab,5,69
in HTML doeuments, 441 \keywords (top-matter com.) @, 301
math font, 191 rules for using, 280
\item (list item com.), 122-127 \keywordsname (redef. name) @, 324
in simple indexes, 258, 393 \kill (tabbing com.), 127, 128
optional arguments of, 124, 126,354,355 Knuth, Donald E., xxx, 57, 475-477, 479, 508,
and square braekets ([ ]), 126 519
\itemindent (length com.), 353 Krol, Ed, 519
itemize (text list env.), 122-123
\Itemname (hyperref redef. name), 453
\i temsep (length com.), 354, 358 L, slashed (L, 1),84,469
itshape (font shape env.), 153 \label (eross-ref. com.), 33, 36,48,49,52,
\itshape (fontshape com. dec.), 95, 98, 358, 53,160,197,209,224,244,247,
95,470 250,348,411
and italie correction, 98 arguments of, 248
assigning counters to, 348
\j (J dotless j), 84, 84, 470 placement of commands, 428
James, Steve, 442 showing in margin, 249, 270
Java applets, see WebEQ and simple indexes, 258
Jeffrey, Alan, 476 in table environments, 250
Jensen, Frank, 348, 351 labels
\jmath (] math sym.), 463 for \bibitem commands, 255
\Join (1)<1 binary rel.), 457 for bibliographie items, 50
Joint Photographic Experts Group format, see for equations, 247
JPEG
for groups of equations, 199
Jones, David M., 478
ofitems in a list environment, 354, 355,
journal (BIBTEX database field), 371
353
JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group for-
in list environment, 124, 126
mat), 446, 449
setting with \label, 247
JL, in bibliographie entries, 372
\labelsep (length com.), 353
jspell (pe spelling checker), 63
justifieation of text \labelwidth (length com.), 353
left, 10 \lambda (>' Greek chaL), 456
right, 10, 73 \Lambda (A Greek ehaL), 456
Lamport, Leslie, xxx, 476, 479, 518
\k (ogonek EUL aceent), 473 \land (/\ math op.), 460
\kappa (11", Greek ehaL), 456 lands cape (doc. dass opt.), 265
Kennedy, Bill, 442 \langle (( math delirn.), 171, 169, 464
\ker (ker math op.), 174,465 language (BIBTEX field) @, 371
kerning, 480 language .dat (If.TEX distr. file), 492
554 large - \lcfrac Index

large release dates of, 61

math delimiters resources on the World Wide Web, 437-
in array subsidiary math environment, 438
270 source files, see under source files
operators, 19,21,166,176-179,466 structure of, 58, 479-480,57
limits of, 176, 304 using TEX commands in, 508-509
sizing ofmath delimiters with, 172 updates to, 61
symbols, 146,220,221 using, 58, 59
alignment of, 222-223 using AMS packages with, 510
\large (font size com.), 98, 514, 275, 471 versions of, 61-62
\Large (font size com.), 98,514,275,471 specitying, in documents, 242
\LARGE (font size com.), 98, 275, 471 Iff.TEX 2.09, 99, 273, 477
\larger (font size com.) @, 274 commands, 509, 514
Iff.TEX, xxxi-xxxii, 476, 478, 479 compatibility mode, 509
is based on TEX, 57 converting to Iff.TEX2 c , 509-510
writing books with, 409-429 font names, 270
compatibility mode (for typesetting Iff.TEX math symbols, 509
2.09 documents), 509 two-letter font commands 99 100 315
converting 509 ' , , ,
to HTML,442
Iff.TEX3, 476-477, 478
from Iff.TEX 2.09,509-510 Jjl.TEX: A Doeument Preparation System (Lam-
from Plain TEX, 508-509
port), xxx, 349, 518
counters, 345
Jjl.Tp)( Companion, The (Goossens, et al.), 82,
customizing, 63, 311-362
92,99,100,105,106,108,116,117,
distribution, 58, 82, 86, 90, 268-271, 360,
127,129,133,152,204,245,249,
384,434,450,479,487-489,492
252,261,269,271,348,349,351,
on CTAN, 435
359,392,407,414,491,518,519
directories, 249, 268, 435, 491
Jjl.TEX Graphies Companion, Thc (Goossens, et
document classes, see under document classes
al.), 252,519
document structure, 239-258, 411-412
\LaTeX (Iff.TEX logo com.), 84
documentation for, 268, 518
Iff.TEX Navigator (Web site), 438
packages,271
Jjl.TEX Web Companion, Thc (Goossens, et al.),
documents,239-261
xxxviii, 439, 442, 445, 450, 454, 519
as graphics files, 449
Iff.TEX2c , sec Iff.TEX
printing and viewing, xxviii, xxix, 481
LaTeX.fmt (Iff.TEX format file), 58,90,268,
on the World Wide Web, 438-454
271,384,450,479,487-489,492
files created by, 481-483
latex. 1tx (Iff.TEX format source file), 360,492
font-substitution algorithm, 99
formats, 58,90,268,271,384,450,479, latex2html (conversion program ), 442
487-489,492 \LaTeXe (Iff.TEX2 c logo com.), 84
custom, 360-362 latexsym (pack.), xxxvi, 13, 16,39,269,298,
source files, 360, 492 509,457,460,461,463
history of, 475-479 lattice (pack.), 242, 333-338
implementations of, see under TEX systems lattice. sty (sampie file), 90, 257,327,333-
inner workings of, 479-483 338
and the Internet, 433-454 layers, ofIff.TEX and TEX, 479-480
for languages other than American English, layout
491-492 of Computer Modern typewriter font, 83
layers of, 58,479-480 ofpages, 259-261, 270
numbers stored by, 85-86 layout (pack.), 259, 270
omissions in discussion of, 517-518 \layout (page-layout diagram com.), 259
overview of, 57-63 \lbrace ({ math delim. ), 169, 464
packagcs, see under packages \lbrack ([ math delirn.), 169,464
platform independence of, 317 \lceil (f math delirn.), 169, 464
portability of, 5 \lcfrac (obs. AMS com.), 515
Index \ldots - Lewis 555

\1dots( ... ) \1abe1sep, 353

in math, 19, 165 \labelwidth, 353
in text, 83 \1eftmargin, 354, 357, 353
\le (:::; binary rel.), 457 in list environments, 352-354
leading, see interline spacing \listparindent, 360, 353
\1eadsto (",-+ math arrow), 461 \marginparpush, 349
\1eft (math delim. ),28,168, 170, 171, 172, \marginparwidth,117
211,228,229 \medskipamount, 325, 352
must be balanced, 171,211 \mult1inegap,207
left double quote (") \oddsidemargin,261
text symbol, 85, 472 \overfullrule, 102
typing,7 \parindent,349,360
left single quote (') \parsep,354,358, 360, 353
key, 5, 7, 68, 80 \parskip, 349,354,360, 353
text symbol, 80, 473 \partopsep,354
\1eft (( ( math delirn.), 18,21,30,168,211 \rightmargin, 354, 357, 353
\left. (blank math delim. ),28, 171 setting, 105, 106, 117,350-351
\left< ( ( math delirn.), 171 \textwidth,261,349
\leftarrow (+-- math arrow), 461 \topsep,352, 354, 353
\Leftarrow (+-- math arrow), 461 \totalheight, 114, 116
\leftarrowtail (+-< math arrow) @, 462 \width,116
\1eftharpoondown (,,--- math arrow), 461 lengths, rubber, see rubber Iengths
\1eftharpoonup (L- math arrow), 461 \leq (:::; binary rel.), 457
\leftleftarrows (t:: math arrow) @, 462 \1eqalignno (obs. TEX com.), 509
\leftmargin (Iength com.), 354, 357, 353 leqno
\leftrightarrow (<-7 math arrow), 461 AMS document dass option, 302, 304, 512
\Leftrightarrow ({o} math arrow), 461 amsmath package option @, 304
\1eftrightarrows (=+ math arrow) @, 462 Iff.TEX document dass option, 266
\leftrightharpoons (:::;: math arrow) @, 462 \leqq (:;; binary rel.) @, 458
\1eftrightsquigarrow ("""" math arrow) @, \leqslant (:S; binary rel.) @, 458
462 Iess than «)
\leftroot (root-adjustment com.), 167 as binary relation, 457
\1eftthreetimes (A math op.) @, 460 text symbol, 85, 472
\left [( [ math delirn.), 18,27,168
\lessapprox (;;; binary rel.) @, 458
\1eft I (I math delim.), 18,21,26,184,186 \lessdot (<< binary rel.) @, 458
legalpaper (doc. dass opt.), 265
\lesseqgtr (~ binary rel.) @, 458
AMS variant, 302
legibiliry, ofsource files, 12,24-25,71,159, \lesseqqgtr (;;; binary rel.) @, 458
>
214,314 \lessgtr (§ binary rel.) @, 458
lemmas, see prodamations \lesssim es binary rel.) @, 458
length commands, 113,261,349-352 letter (doc. dass), 266-268, 479
arithmetic with, 270, 351 letter (letter cnv.), 267-268
\baselineskip, 100, 107 argument ot~ 268
\baselinestretch, 105 breaking lines in, 268
and boxes, 351 errors with, 268
\captionindent, 513 letter keys, 4-5, 68
defining new, 350 letter.tex (samp!e file), 266-268
\depth,116 letterpaper (doc. dass opt.), 265
\fboxrule, 114 AMS variant, 302
\fboxsep,114 !etters
\hangafter, 106 counter style, 347
\hangindent,105,508 Greek, 27, 335,456
\height, 116 Hebrew,455
\itemindent,353 Levy, Silvio, 519
\itemsep,354,358 Lewis, Peter, 434
556 \lfloor -lists Index

\lfloor (l math delimo), 169, 464 filling with space or dots, 31,111,112,
\lg (Ig math opo), 174, 465 118,137,227,229,359,513
\lhd (<l math opo), 460 horizontal (rules)
ligatures, 26, 83 filling lines with, 111, 118
suppressing, 26, 83, 312 in tabular environments, 147, 149
\lim (lim math opo), 21 intersecting, in tables, 152,270
\liminf (liminf math opo), 174, 465 separating
limits with \ \,20,34,36,38,48,103,127,
large operators with, 19,21, 166, 176, 128,131,147,153,179,206,207,
177,304,466 209,220,224,234,268,275-277,
multiline,178-179 301,427
operators with, 174, 304,465 with \linebreak, 102, 103, 104,427,
placement of, 304 428
as subscripts, 19,27,28,166,173,175- stretchable, 181-182
177,304 too wide warnings, 101-102
as superscripts, 19,27, 166, 173, 176, vertical
177,304 in CD environments @, 233
\limits (Iimit-control como), 166, 178 in tabular environments, 147
wrapping, 89
\LimitsOnlnts (obso A,\IjS-TEX corno), 512
links, hyper, see hyperlinks
\Limi tsOnNames (obs, A.M5-TEX como), 512
Linux, see also UNIX, xxxi, 5,436
\LimitsOnSums (obso A.M5-TEX como), 512
list (text list envo), 352, 354-359, 353
\limsup (limsup math op,), 174, 465
arguments ot~ 355
line boxes, see under boxes
using counters with, 356
line numbers
length commands in, 352-354
in error messages, 54, 136
list text environments, see also specific environ-
in warning messages, 8
ments,56,122-127
\line (obso TEX com,), 509
description, 123-124, 126
line-and-a-half spacing, 105
enumerate,122,270,330
line-ending characters, 5, 69, 71, 89
itemize, 122-123
on Macintosh, pes, and UNIX systems, 420 list, 352, 354-359, 353
translation of, 69 mixing, 124-127
\linebreak (Iine-breaking corno), 102, 103, nesting, 124-127
104,427,428 in proclarnations, 137
optional arguments of, 104 rules for, 124
lines, 101-105 trivlist,360
adding to \listfigurename (redef, name), 323, 324
lists of figures and tables, 416 \listfiles (file-list corno), 61, 334
tables of contents, 413-414 listing files used by a document, 334
blank \listoffigures (front mattercomo), 415, 428,
in displayed math environments, 53, 161, 482
206,207,209 \listoftables (front matter corno), 415, 428,
terminating paragraphs with, 70, 105 482
in text environments, 145-146 \listparindent (Iength como), 360, 353
in top-matter commands, 275 lists
in verbat im environments, 145 cross-referencing items in, 122, 127
breaking, 10,32, 102-104, 146,234 custom
with \ \,20,34,36,38,48,103,127, and counters, 356
128,131,147,153,179,206,207, defining, 352-360
209,220,224,234,268,275-277, environments for, see list text environments
301,427 offigures,415-416
in HTML,441 adding a line to, 416
preventing, 104, 112 auxiliary file (lof), 415, 428, 482
distance between (leading), 110 fragile commands in, 79
adjusting, 118 oftables, 146,415-416
Index lists - manuscripts 557

adding a line to, 416 \lor (V math op.), 460

auxiliary file (lot), 415, 428, 482 lot (list oftables files), 415, 428, 482
fragile commands in, 79 low-level font commands, 100
\listtablename (redef. name), 324 for NFSS, 518
\11 (<< binary rel.), 457 lowcrcase counter styles
\11corner (L math delirn.) @, 169, 464 letters (\alph), 347
\Lleftarrow (~ math arrow) @, 462 roman numerals (\roman), 127,347
\111 ( «< binary rel.) @, 458 lowline (_ text sym.), 81, 85, 472
LMl (pack. opt.), 489 \lozenge (0 math sym.) @, 463
LMI (TEXTURES) timt encoding, 489 \lrcorner (..J math delirn.) @, 169, 464
\ln (In math op.), 174,465 \Lsh (1 math arrow) @, 462
\lnapprox (~neg. binary rel.) @, 459 \ltimes (~ math op.) @, 460
\lneq ($ neg. binary rel.) @, 459 Lucida Bright, 489
\lneqq (;;; neg. binary rel.) @, 459 lucidabr (pack.), 489
\lnot (-, math sym.), 463 lucidabr. dtx (PSNFSS distr. file), 489
\lnsim (,$ neg. binary rel.) @, 459 lucidabr.fdd (PSNFSS distr. file), 489
loeal commands, see under scope lucidabr. ins (PSNFSS distr. file), 489
localization, of u\TEX, 491-492 lucidabr. sty (PSNFSS distr. file), 489
locating, errors, 54 lucidabr. yy (PSNFSS distr. file), 489
location, ofBIBTEX database and style files, 386 \lvert (I math delirn.) @, 170
lof (list offigures files), 415, 428, 482 \lVert (11 math delirn.) @, 170
log (U\TEX log files), 5, 8, 58, 61,101,386, \1 vertneqq (~ neg. binary rel.) @, 459
389,415,425,482 LYl (pack. opt.), 489
error and warning messages recorded in, LYl (TEX'n ANSI) font encoding, 489
58,101
log files Macintosh, xxix, xxxi, 5, 317, 434, 476
for BIBTEX, see blg TEXjU\TEX software page, 487
for indexes, see ilg FTP dients for, 434
for u\TEX, see log line-ending characters, 420
\log (log math op.), 174, 465 spelling checkers, 62
log-like functions, see operators TEX systems for, xxix, 58,435,436
logical macron C text accent), 84, 470
design, 55-56 macros, see commands and user-defined com-
of books, 422-424 mands
markup,56 \magnification (obs. TEX com.), 509
units, 7, 23,38-40,42,43,48,50,51, main entries, in indexes, 258, 393, 397
54,55,57,72,73,240,243-246, main matter, 241, 243-252, 411
253,258,264,267-268,274,285, \mainmatter (struct. com.), 411
352,383,388,393,404,410-412 \makebox (box com.), 112, 113, 114, 116,
hierarchy of, 244 118
numbering of, 56, 349, 411 \makefootline (obs. TEX com.), 509
numbering of prodamations within, 138- \makeglossary (preamble glossary com.), 407,
139 482
logos, 84-85 \makeheadline (obs. TEX com.), 509
long commands, 79 makeidx (pack.), 269, 394
\longleftarrow (<-- math arrow), 461 Makelndex, xxxii, 258,392-407,482
\Longleftarrow (<== math arrow), 461 and font commands, 95
\longleftrightarrow (+---> math arrow), 461 \maketitle (tide-page com.), 39,413
\Longleftrightarrow (<=> math arrow), 461 and page styles, 261
\longmapsto (>----* math arrow), 461 Mang Cao, Simon, 487
\longrightarrow (--> math arrow), 461 MANUAL (bibI. entry type), 371, 382
\Longrightarrow (==} math arrow), 461 manuals, in BIBTEX database files, 382
longtable (pack.), 270 manuscripts
\looparrowleft (<-f' math arrow) @, 462 in BIBTEX database files, 381-382
\looparrowright ('1-+ math arrow) @, 462 preparing for publication, 410
558 Maple V - math delimiters Index

MapleV,444 Euler Fraktur@, 26, 28, 193, 306, 337,

\mapsto (f-+ math arrow), 461 514,468
\mapstochar ( I math arrow modifier), 461 Euler Script @, 192, 306, 337, 468
marginal comments, 116-117,427 italic, 191,468,513
in double-sided documents, 116 roman, 191, 191, 468, 513
in equations, 116 size of, 195, 513
in multiline math environments, 116 slanted, 513
space between, 349
displaying using HTML, 442
\marginpar (marginal comment com.), 116
mode, 156
in double-sided documents, 116
multiline, 203-235
\marginparpush (length com.), 349
\marginparwidth (length com.), 117 visual guide to, 204, 205
margins, 349, 354 operators, 16, 18,21,162,173-179,460,
of nested lists, 354 465,513
showing symbolic references in, 249,270 declaring, 175-176
\markboth (left and right page header com.), large, 19,21,166,177,466
259,429 withlimits, 19,21, 166, 174, 177,465,
arguments of, 259 466
\markright (right page header com.), 259 subscripts and superscripts, font size of,
markup 195,513
languages, xxx symbol alphabets and fonts, 192-193
HTML, see HTML Greek,192
Jb.TEX, see Jb.TEX symbols, see math symbols
MathML, see MathML text in, 12,22,26,28,60,87, 104, 112,
WebTeX, see WebTEX 113,159,167-168,192,233,305
logical,56
specit}'ing fonts for, 168
visual,56
typing, 11-38, 155-201
master document, 416, 418
math (inline math env.), 156
MASTERSTHESIS (bibI. entry type), 371, 379-
380 math commands, 17,21,22, 164, 166, 178,
math 179,186,189,190,195,199,201,
accents, 19, 30, 179-180, 305, 324, 467, 319,513,515
512,515 far alignment offormulas, 208, 209
alphabets, 26-28, 31, 190-192, 193, 306, math delimiters, 18-19,21,26-28, 30, 31,
337,468,514 168-173,183,184,186,211,228,
arrows, 182,232,514,461,462 229,464,464
binary relations, see binary relations arrows, 169
characters, 11, 68 balancing, 28,171,211
commands, see math commands as binary relations, 172-173
delimiters, see math delimiters blank, 28, 171
environments, 156-158 fixed-size, 170
aligned, see under aligned for grouping, 172
displayed, see displayed math environ- in inline math environments, 172
ments
and large operators, 172
inline, see inline math environments
large, in array subsidiary math environ-
multiline, 209-213, 510
ment, 270
page breaks in, 234
left bracket ( [), 18,27, 168
and \ verb commands, 134
fonts, 190-192 with matrix variants @, 227-229
blackboard bold@,27, 193, 337, 514, right bracket( ]), 18,27, 168
468 specifYing size of, 30, 170
bold, 30, 191, 193,514,191,468 in smallmatrix subsidiary math environ-
bold italic, 192 ments, 229
calligraphic, 31, 192, 306,337,468 stretchable,171-172
Index math tont commands - McPherson 559

rnath font cornrnands, see also tont cornrnand \mathbf (rnath font weight corn.), 30, 191,
declarations and fant cornrnands 193,514,191,468
tor bald \mathbin (binaty-op. corn.), 190
\boldsymbol @, 30, 188, 192, 193, \mathcal (X), 31, 192, 306, 337, 468
305, 468, 513 and Euler Script @, 192
\mathbb @, 27,193,337,514,468 Mathernatica, 444
\mathbf,30,191,193,514,191,468 MathematicalReviews (AMS), 50,164
\pmb (poor rnan's bold) @, 194-195, Mathematics into Type ($wanson, et al.), 211,
305 519
for italics \mathfrak (X)@,26,28, 193, 306, 337, 514,
\mathit, 191, 191, 468, 513 468
for series \mathit (rnath font shape corn.), 191, 191,
\mathnormal, 192, 191, 468 468,513
for shape MathML, 443-444
\mathcal,31,192,306,337,468 Web browser support for, 444
\mathfrak@,26,28, 193,306,337, \mathnormal (rnath font shape corn.), 192,
514,468 191,468
\mathrm, 191, 191, 46~ 513 \mathop (op.-def. corn.), 190,194
\mathscr @, 192, 306, 468 \mathrel (binaty-rel. def. corn.), 190
\mathsf, 191, 191,468 \mathring (x rnath accent), 180, 467
\mathsl, 513 \mathrm (rnath font shape corn.), 191, 191,
\mathtt, 191, 191,468 468,513
for size mathscr (opt. of eucal pack.) @, 192, 306,
\displaystyle, 195,513 468
\scriptscriptstyle, 195,513 \mathscr (X rnath fant shape corn.) @, 192,
\scriptstyle,195,513 306,468
\textstyle,195,513 \mathsf (rnath fant shape corn.), 191, 191,
for weight 468
\boldsymbol @, 30, 188, 192, 193, \mathsl (rnath font shape corn.), 513
305, 468, 513 \mathstrut (spacing corn.), 196
\mathbf,30, 191,193,514,191,468 MathTlme, 488
\pmb (poor rnan's bold) @, 194-195, mathtime (pack.), 489
305 mathtime. dtx (PSNFSS distr. file), 488, 489
Math into IßIEX, updates to, xxxvii mathtime. ins (PSNFSS distr. file), 488
rnath mode, 3 mathtime.sty (PSNFSS distr. file), 488
rnath symbols, 13, 14, 30, 68,143,179,181, \mathtt (rnath fant shape corn.), 191, 191,
322,509,510,455-469 468
bold,193-195,270 \mathversion (rnath fant corn.), 194
building new, 187-190 rnatrices, 19-21,226-231
classification of, 183-184, 190 in in li ne rnath environments, 228-229
creating,28,188,319 matrix (subsid. rnath env.) @, 20, 21, 204,
declaring types of, 190 225,226-229,205
negated, 27, 189,459 variants, 227-229
shorthand cornrnands for, 312 matter
side-setting, 189 back, see back matter
spacing of, 182-187 front, see front matter
stacking, 188-189 main, see main matter
stretchable, 180-182 top, see top matter
suppressing, 143 \max (rnax rnath op.), 174,465
in text, 316 MaxMatrixCols (counter) @, 227
types of, 183-184, 194 \mbox (box com.), 12,22,26,28,87, 104,
rnath units, see rnu 112,113,167,168,192
math.tex (sampIe file), 11-14 spacing rules in, 159, 167
mathb. tex (sampIe file), 13-15 McLean, Ruari, 519
\mathbb (X) @, 27,193,337,514,468 McPherson, Kent, 259
560 \mdseries - mylatex Index

\mdseries (font weight com. dec.), 98, 95, mpfootnote (counter), 345
470 \MR (bibl. com.) @, 50
\measuredangle (L math sym.) @, 463 mrabbrev. bib (BrBTEX database file) @, 383
measurements, oftext boxes, 325,351 \mspace (spacing com.) @, 185,185,468
commands for, 351 mtbold (opt. ofmathtime pack.), 489
medium (font weight), 98,95,470 mtfonts.fdd (PSNFSS distr. file), 488
\medskip (spacing com.), 110, 325 mu (math unit, rel.) @, 185,468
\medskipamount (Iength com.), 325, 352 \mu (/1- Greek char.), 456
\medspace (spacing com.) @, 185, 468, 474 multicol (pack.), 107, 108,270
Merz, Thomas, 454 multicols (disp. text env.), 107,477
messages \multicolumn(tablecom.), 149-151,150,151
error, see error messages multicolumn text
warning, see warning messages in documents, 107-108,270,477
metrics, font, see font metrics in tables, 149-151
\mho (U math sym.), 463 multiline
Microsoft table entries, 150
typography Web page, 491 formulas, xxxii, 34-38, 203-235
Windows, see also pCs, xxxi, 5,435,436 aligning, 211-212
Microspell (pc spelling checker), 63 splitting, 206--209
\mid (I binary rel.), 26,172,184,457 visual guide to, 204, 205
\midinsert (obs. TEX com.), 509 limits, 178-179
midpoint (. text sym.), 85, 472
math environments, 510
\midspace (obs. A,NtS-TEX com.), 513 adjusting columns in, 204, 225-234
MiKTEX (Windows TEX system), 436
aligning, 204
millimeter (mm abs. unit), 349
marginal comments in, 116
\min (min math op.), 174, 465
page breaks in, 510
Miner, Robert, 443
rules for, 209-213
minipage (text box env.), 101, 112, 116,330,
subscripts and superscripts, 515
331
text boxes, 112
displaying footnotes in, 116
\multimap (-<) math arrow) @, 462
minus (-), 16, 68, 80, 162, 183, 186, 187,
multipage tables, 270
191,211,212
multiple
as binary operation, 460
arguments, in user-defined commands, 318
mirrors, of CT AN, 434
MIse (bibI. entry type), 371, 382 authors
Mittelbach, Frank, 107, 143,476-478 in AMS documents, 281
mixing list text environments, 124-127 in bibliographies, 372
mm (millimeter abs. unit), 349 in U\TEX documents, 48
\mod ( mod math op.) @, 176, 176 bibliographies in a document, 258
\models 0= binary rel.), 457 captions, 250
modes citations, 256
interactive, 60--61,117,323-325 documents, cross-referencing among, 271
math, 3, 156 files, splitting documents inta, 416-418
quiet,60 multiplication, 16,68, 162
text, 3, 156 multline (math split env.) @,204,206--209,
modifier keys, 69 205
modifiers, in \index commands, 398 indentation oflines in, 207
combining, 399 multline* (math split env.) @, 207-209
modifying environments, 328-331 indentation of lines in, 207
monospaced fonts, 93 multline.tpl (sampie file), 203
month (BIBTEX database field), 371, 382 \multlinegap (Iength com.), 207
\month (time com.), 85 Musciano, Chuck, 442
Moore, Ross, 439 myams. tpl (template file) @, 298-301
movable arguments of commands, 79 myheadings (page style), 259
\mp (=r= math op.), 460 mylatex (pack.), 362
Index \nabla - nonbreakable spaces 561

\nabla (V' math sym.), 463 \newline (line-breaking com.), see also \ \, 102,
namelimi ts (opt. ofamsmath pack.) @, 304, 104,146
512 \newpage (page-breaking com.), 10, 106,252
names \newsymbol (obs. AMS com.), 514
for abstracts, 243 \newtheorem (procl. com.), 39, 135,138,142,
of authors 298,348
in articles, 48, 277, 300 option al arguments ot~ 138, 139
in bibliographies, 372-373 syntax ot~ 138-139
in running heads, 277 \newtheorem* (procl. com.) @, 139, 329,
base (offiles), 481 330
ofcommands, 74, 333 \nexists (~math sym.) @, 463
of counters, 139 NFSS (New Font Selection Schemel, 477, 518
offiles, 47 documentation tor, 519
with \graphicspath commands, 420 nfssfont. tex (U\TEX distr. file), 82, 269
offonts \ng (eng Eur. char.), 473
U\TEX 2.09, 270 \NG (Eng Eur. char.), 473
PSNFSS (Berry schemel, 487 \ngeq ci. neg. binary rel.) @, 459
for proclarnations, 135, 139 \ngeqq (~ neg. binary rel.) @, 459
redefinable, 258, 323, 491, 324, 453 \ngeqslant ('1 neg. binary rel.) @, 459
tagging equationswith, 34,161,197-199, \ngtr CI neg. binary rel.) @, 459
206,207,209,212,223,224 \ni (3 binary rcl.), 457
\natural (Q math sym.), 463 \nleftarrow (<+- math arrow) @, 462
\ncong (;;!: neg. binary rel.) @, 459 \nLeftarrow (~ math arrow) @, 462
\ne (;6 neg. binary rel.) @, 189, 459 \nleftrightarrow (..,.., math arrow) @, 462
\nearrow ( / math arrow), 461 \nLeftrightarrow ({f} math arrow) @, 462
\NeedsTeXFormat (preamble com.), 61, 90, \nleq (i neg. binary rel.) @, 459
333 \nleqq (~ neg. binary rel.) @, 459
\neg (-, math sym.), 463 \nleqslant (1. neg. binary rel.) @, 459
negated math symbols, 27,189,459 \nless ( 1- neg. binary rel.) @, 459
\negmedspace (spacing com.) @, 185, 468, \nmid (f neg. binary rel.) @, 189, 459
474 noamsfonts (doc. dass opt.) @, 303, 304
\negthickspace (spacingcom.) @, 185, 468, \nobreakdash (hyph. prev. com.) @,88,514
474 \nocite (bibI. com.), 385, 387
\negthinspace (spacing com.), 28, 185, 185, \nofiles (preamble com.), 428
468,474 and auxiliary files, 428, 482
\neq (;6 neg. binary rel.), 459 \noindent (indentation-suppression com.), 105,
nesting 427
of comment environments, 91 nointlimi ts (opt. of amsmath pack.) @, 304,
oflist text environments, 124-127 512
New Font Selection Scherne, see NFSS and PSNFSS \nolimi ts (limit-control com.), 28,166,175,
\newcommand (user-defined command com.), 177
312-321,323,511 \NoLimitsOnlnts (obs. AJVjS-TEXcom.), 512
defining arguments with, 318 \NoLimi tsOnNames (obs. AJVjS-TEX com.), 512
\newcommand* (user-defined command com.), \NoLimitsOnSums (obs. AMS-TEXcom.), 512
320 \nolinebreak (linebreak-suppression com.),
\newcounter (user-defined counter com.), 346 104
optional argument of, 346, 347 nomath (doc. dass opt.) @, 192,304
\newenvironment (user-defined environment nonamelimits (opt. of amsmath pack.) @,
com.),328 304,512
\newenvironment* (user-defined environment nonbreakable spaces (- tie), 7, 33, 69, 71, 72,
com.),332 80,81,104,474
\newlabel (aux. file com.), 481 in AMS documents, 81
\newlength (length-command defining com.), in BIRTEX databases, 374
350 with cross-references, 33, 72, 248
562 \nonfrenchspacing - numbers Index

\nonfrenehspaeing (spacing com.), 73 numbered lists, see enumerate

nonintegrated TEX systems, 436 numbering
\nopagebreak of appendices, 246, 412
obsolete AW- TEX command, 513 automatie, xxxii, 33, 34, 39, 49,122,135,
page-break suppression command, 106 224,244
\nopagenumbers (obs. TEX com.), 509 with counters, 344-352
normal resetting, 346, 347
document font family, 94 ofequations, 32-34,160-161,197,206,
font shape 207,209
command dedarations for, 94, 488 in chapters of books, 411
commands for, 94, 95, 470 groups, 212-213
math commands for, 192, 191,468 in multiline math environments, 209
\normalbottom (obs. TEX com.), 509
is relative, 197, 198
\normalfont (font shape com. dec.), 94, 488
within sections, 160,242
\normalsize (font size com.), 98, 274,275,
within split subsidiary alignment en-
471
vironments, 223-224
nosumlimits (opt. ofamsmath pack.) @,304,
suppressing, 35, 36,161,197,206,207,
512
209,212,224
\not (math com.), 189
variations, 198,212
\notag @, 35, 36, 206, 207, 209, 212, 224
notation, infix, see infix notation offigures, 250
notations, see prodamations ofpages, style of, 347
noteite (opt. ofshowkeys pack.), 249 of proclarnations, 135, 138-139
note (BrBTEX database field), 371 consecutively, 138-139
note 1. tex (sampie file), 6-7 within sections, 138
notelb.tex (sampIe file), 8-9 suppressing, 139, 142,329,330
note2.tex (sampIe file), 9-11 renumbering, 33, 56
noteslug.tex (sampie file), 9 ofstructural units, 56, 244, 346, 411
\notin (\l neg. binary rel.), 189,459 in books, 411
notitlepage (doc. dass opt.), 266, 412 controlling, 349
AMS variant, 303 seetions, 244
\nparallel 01' neg. binary rel.) @, 459 suppressing, 48, 245, 412
\npree (-I< neg. binary rel.) @, 459 of subsidiary math environments, 223, 224
\npreeeq (-!. neg. binary rel.) @, 459 of tables, 250
\nrightarrow (-++ math arrow) @, 462 \numberline (toe file corn.), 414
\nRightarrow (;I> math arrow) @, 462 nurnbers
\nshortmid (~neg. binary rel.) @, 459 in bibliographie fields, 371
\nshortparallel (<Ineg. binary rel.) @, 459 counter style for, 356, 347
\nsim ("" neg. binary rel.) @, 459 for equations, placement of, 33,43, 160,
\nsubseteq (rJ;. neg. binary rel.) @,27, 459 266,302-303
\nsubseteqq (~ neg. binary rel.) @, 459
keys,68
\nsuee (>/ neg. binary rel.) @, 459
\nsueeeq ci neg. binary rel.) @, 459
line
\nsupseteq ci neg. binary rel.) @, 459
in error messages, 54, 136
\nsupseteqq (i neg. binary rel.) @, 459
in waming messages, 8
in lists, 122
NTG (Dutch TEX user group), 437
n-th root, 21, 167 page
\ntriangleleft (,0 neg. binary rel.) @, 459 referencing, 249
\ntrianglelefteq (<jJ neg. binary rel.) @, style of, 347
459 for prodarnations, position of, 142
\ntriangleright (if neg. binary rel.) @, 459 ranges, 10, 80, 85, 472
\ntrianglerighteq (rf neg. binary rel.) @, in BrBTEX databases, 373
459 in index entries, 398-399
\nu (v Greek char.), 456 real, in length commands, 349
number (BIBTEX database field), 371 stored by If.TEX, 85-86
Index numbers - \overset 563

stored in sizing of math delimiters with, 172

counters, 345 \oplus (EB math op.), 460
registers, 325 optimization, of PDF files, 445
version, 61 optional
\numberwi thin @, 160, 242 arguments, 10,21, 74, 75,104,108,116,
numeric counter style (\arabic), 356, 347 117,119,135,139,144,148,167,
\nvdash W neg. binary rel.)) @, 459 227
\nvDash (~ neg. binary rel.) @, 459 of\\, 10, 32, 103, 146, 513
\nVdash (J.i" neg. binary rel.) @, 459 ofcommands, 124, 126, 138, 139, 148,
\nVDash (~ neg. binary rel.) @, 459 235,252,256,346,347,354,355,
\nwarrow ('\,. math arrow), 461 416
of environments, 135, 144,252,330,
0, slashed (0, 0),84, 469 427
obtaining of sectioning commands, 245
AMS packages and AMSFonts, 435 ofstructural commands, 245, 410
sample files for this book, 435 oftop-matter commands, 275, 277, 279,
octothorp (#)., 81, 85, 472 280,282,301
\oddsidemargin (length com.), 261 of user-defined commands, 321
\odot (0 math op.), 460
of user-defined environments, 331-332
\oe (ce), 84, 469
bibliographic fields, 372, 374-382
\OE (CE), 84, 469
hyphens,9,86,102,426
Ogawa, Arthur, 487
options
ogonek (Eur. accent), 473
of AMS document dasses, see document
\oint (f large math op.), 166, 177,466
dass options
old-style figures, 68
\oldstyle (obs. TEX com.), 509 of document dasses, see document dass
\oldstylenums (old-style figures com.), 68 options
\omega (w Greek char.), 456 document style, see document style options
\Omega (12 Greek char.), 456 of packages, sec package options
\ominus (8 math op.), 460 organization (BIRTEX database field), 371,
onecolumn (doc. dass opt.), 265 377
AMS variant, 303 organization, of files, 418-420
\onecolumn (single-column com.), 107 orientation, of pages, document dass options
\onehalfspac.ing (setspace com.), 105 tor, 265
oneside (doc. dass opt.), 265, 412 orthogonality, offont commands, 99, 477
AMS variant, 303 O'Sean, Arlene Ann, 211,519
openany (doc. dass opt.), 412 \oslash (0 math op.), 460
openbib (doc. dass opt.), 266, 267 OTI font encoding, 488
openright (doc. dass opt.), 412 \otimes (0 math op.), 460
operations out (hyperref bookmarks file), 452
arithmetical, 16-17, 162-164 output routines, TEX, 508
binary, set· binary operations \over (obs. TEX com.), 509
\operatorname (op.-def. com.) @, 190, 192 \overbrace (horizontal brace com.) @, 29,
\operatorname* (op.-with-limits def. com.) 180
@, 190 with a superscript, 181
operators, malh, 16, 18, 21, 162, 173-179, overdot (' text accent), 84, 470
460,465,513 \overfullrule (length com.), 102
dedaring, 175-176
overlapping braces, 77
large, 21,176-179
\overleftarrow ('X math arrow), 182
with limits, 19,21,166,176,177,304,
466 \overleftrightarrow (~ math arrow) @,
with limits, 173, 174,304,465 182
defining, 175, 190, 192 \overline (x math li ne sym.), 30, 179, 181
without limits, 173 \overrightarrow (:t math arrow), 182
defining, 175, 190, 192,242,305 \overset (math com.) @, 319
564 \overset - Padova Index

\overset (symbol-buildingcom.) @,28, 188, apalike, 383

319 array, 270
creating binary operations and relations with, askinclude, 418
189 babel, 269, 491, 492
\overwithdelims (obs. TEX com.), 509 backref, 451
\owns (3 binary rel.), 457 in base directory, 269
OzTEX (Macintosh TEX system), 436, 450 bm,270
booktabs, 153
\P (, pi1crow or paragraph) calc, 270,348,351
math symbol, 463 cyrillic, 269
text symbol, 85, 472 dcolumn, 148,270
package options, see also specific packages, 192, delarray, 270
241,249,304-306,450-452,468, documentation for, 271
486,489,491,512 enumerate, 127,270, 330, 334
for AMSFonts, 304-305 exscale, 269,305,306
handled electively, 270 fancyhdr, 261
are passed down from document classes, fontenc, 489, 491
241,304 fontsmpl,270
packages, 39, 58, 75, 241, 476, 480 ftn right, 270
AMS, xxxii-xxxiii, xxxvi, 58-61, 269, 305- graphics, 251, 269, 420,518
307,477-478 hhline, 152,270
amsbsy, 60,192-194,305,306,307 hyperref, 450-454
amscd, 232, 305 indentfirst, 270
amsfonts, xxxiii, 13,26, 28, 60, 193, inputenc, 491
306-307,486,514 latexsym, xxxvi, 13, 16,39,269,298,
amsgen, 304,305,306 509, 457, 460, 461, 463
amsmath, 16-20,22,25,27-29,31- lattice, 242, 333-338
35,60,61,88,112,113,134,160, layout, 259, 270
161,163-168,170,175,176,178- longtable, 270
180, 182, 185, 187-190, 192-195, lucidabr, 489
197-199,203,230,241,242,247, makeidx, 269, 394
304-305,319,327,349,406,478, mathtime, 489
486, 509-512, 169, 174, 180, 185, multicol, 107, 108,270
456,460,464,465,467, 468, 474 mylatex, 362
amsopn, 305, 306 rawfonts, 270
amssymb, xxxvi, 13,25,27,32,60,298, in required directory, 269
306, 322, 514, 456, 458-460, 462, sets pace, 105
463,468 showidx, 269
amstext, 60, 112,233, 305, 306 showkeys, 249, 270, 271
amsthm, 139, 143, 145,270,306,329 somedefs, 270
amsxtra, 179, 305, 515,180,467 svsing2e, 495
converting documents to use, 510-512 tabularx, 270
documentation for, 171,204,307 theorem, 143,270
eucal, 192, 306, 337,468,468 times, 487, 488
eufrak, 26, 28, 193, 306 in tools directory, 269-271
obtaining, 435 typelcm, 487
source files, 204, 242, 268, 307, 384 varioref, 249, 270
upref,305 verbatim, 91, 92, 133,270,334
using in Is\TEX documents, 510 xr, 249, 271
commands in, 333, 334 xspace, 271, 315-316, 327
dates of, 61 loading with \usepackage, 241
Is\TEX multiple, 241
accents, 180 options, see package options
afterpage, 269 versions of, 61-62
alltt, 269 Padova, Ted, 446
Index page - PDl' 565

page (counter), 345 \paragraph* (struct. com.), 48

pagebackref (opt. ofhyperref pack.), 451, 451 \paragraphname (hyperref redef. name), 453
\pagebody (obs. TEX com.), 509 paragraphs, 70, 105-106
\pagebreak (page-breaking com.), 106,107, indentation offirst lines, 105,270,349
427,428 terminating, 7
optional arguments ot~ 106 with blank lines, 70, 105
\pageeontents (obs. TEX com.), 509 in HTML, 441
\pageinsert (obs. TEX com.), 509 with \par command, 53, 70, 71, 105,
\pagename (redef. name), 324 145
\pageno (obs. TEX com.), 509 vertical spacing between, 349
\pagenumbering (page-number style com.), 347 \parallel (11 binary rel.), 457
\pageref (cross-ref. com.), 33, 36,197,249, \parbox(boxcom.), 101, 112, 115, 116, 150,
427,452,482 351,513
and simple indexes, 258 in tabular environments, 115
\pagereh (hyperref cross-ref. com.), 452 parentequation (counter), 347
pages parentheses (( )), 5, 68
breaking, 10, 106-107, 146,252,426- in BIBTEX database entries, 370
428 as math delimiters, 18,21,30,168,211
in align environment @, 234 in index entries, 399
in eases subsidiary math environment as math delimiters, 169,464
@,234 suppressing use of in tags, 198
in displayed math environments, 234- \parindent (length com.), 349, 360
235,510,513 \parsep (length com.), 354, 358, 360, 353
in gather environment @, 234 \parskip (length com.), 349, 354, 360, 353
and multiline math environments, 510 part (counter), 345
preventing, 103, 106,234 \part (struct. com.), 244, 264, 410
components of, 259 \partial (8 math sym.), 463
headers, see running heads \partname (redef. name), 324
layout of, 259-261, 270 and hyperref package, 453
for art:Lcle document dass, 260 \partopsep (length com.), 354
numbering, style of, 347 parts, in books, 410
odd, starting chapters on, 413 Patashnik, Oren, 367, 392
orientation of, document dass options for, Paternain, Gabriel P., 494
265 pathnames
referencing, 249 on Macintosh, pCs, and UNIX systems, 420
with varioref package, 270 uscr-defined commands for handling, 317
size changing with \enlargethispage, 107, pe (pica abs. unit), 349
429 pCs, xxxi, 5, 317,434,476
styles ot~ 259 FTP dients, 434
title line-ending characters, 420
ofbooks, 413 spelling checkers, 63
document dass options for, 266, 303, TEX systems tor, 58,435,436
412 per (PSNFSS font name), 487
pages (BmTEX database field), 371 PCTEX for Windows (TEX system), 63, 435
\pagestyle (set page style), 259 PDF (Portable Document Format), 444-446
pagination, 426-428 and bitmap fonts, 486
paper size, document dass options for, 265, disadvantages of using, 445
302 files
\par (paragraph-breaking com.), 53, 70, 71, bibliographie citations in, 451
105, 145 bookmarks in, 452
in error messages, 105 ereating, 445
paragraph (counter), 345 external hyperlinks in, 453-454
paragraph (, text sym.), 85, 472 hyperlinks in, 450-454
paragraph boxes, 115-116 optimization o( 445
\paragraph (struct. com.), 48,244 putting on the World Wide Web, 449
566 PDF - PostScript Index

PDF (Portable Document Format) (continued) plain

size of, 445 BIBTEX style, 368
viewing in Web browsers, 445, 446, 450 page style, 259
legal issues with, 445 theorem style @, 139, 139-142
PDFTEX,445 Plain TEX, 479
percent (%) convening to UTEX, 508-509
as comment character, 6, 7, 14, 52, 61, plain text, xxxi, 5
89,90,91,127,298,402,417 plain. bst (BIBTEX style file), 368
as text symbol (%), 81, 85, 91, 472 plain. fmt (Plain TEX format file), 479
in electronic mail addresses, 279 plain. tex (Plain TEX source file), 479
periods (.), 5, 68, 71-73,85,472 \plainoutput (obs. TEX com.), 509
in abbreviations, 71-72 platform independence
in bibliographies, 72 of graphics files, 448
in BIBTEX databases, 373 of \graphiespath command, 420
followed by capitalletters, 72 of source files, xxxi, 5
end of sentences, 71 plug-ins (for Web browsers), 446, 448
and initials, 72-73 plus (+), 16, 183, 186, 187,211,212
and italic corrections, 97 as binary operation, 460
and spacing rules, 71-73 plus and minus rule, 183, 186, 187,212
terminating sentences with, 70-73, 474 in gather environments @, 207
\perp (.1 binary rel.), 457 and subformulas, 210
personal computer, see computer, Macintosh, \pm (± math op.), 460
or pes pmatrix (subsid. math env.) @, 20, 21, 228
Personal TEX, Inc., 435 \pmb (poor man's bold font com.) @, 194-
personalized templates, 508, 511, 514 195,305
for AMS document classes, 297-301 \pmod ( (mod ))
for UTEX document classes, 46-47 AMS math operator, 18, 176
pf (obs. AMS text env.), 515 UTEX math operator, 18, 176, 176
pf* (obs. AMS text env.), 515 PNG (Ponable Network Graphics format), 446,
\phantom (spacingcom.), 108, 184, 187, 217, 449
351 \pod ( 0 math op.) @, 18, 176,176
PHDTHESIS (bibI. entry type), 371, 379-380 poetry, typing, 130-131
\phi (tjJ Greek char.), 456 point (pt abs. unit), 8, 10,98, 102, 111, 113,
\Phi (1) Greek char.), 456 115,349
phv (PSNFSS font name), 487 poor man's bold @, 194-195,305
\pi (71" Greek char.), 456 ponability
\Pi (Il Greek char.), 456 ofbibliographic databases, 373, 374
pica (pe abs. unit), 349 ofillustrations,518
pieture (drawing env.), 251, 517, 518 of UTEX files, 5
pilcrow ('Ir text sym.), 85, 472 ofTEX files, 5
\pitchfork (m binary rel.) @, 458 Ponable Document Format, see PDF
pk (TEX bitmap fonts), 486 Portable Document Format Reference Manual
placement (Adobe Systems), 445
of commas in formulas, 159 Ponable Network Graphics format, see PNG
of equation numbers, 33,43, 160, 266, position, of proclarnation numbers, 142
302-303 PostScript (ps), 444
of equations, 266, 303 files
offigures, 252, 426, 427 creating, 444
of index in document, 394, 405 including fonts in, 444, 449
of \index commands, 401-402, 428 putting on the World Wide Web, 449
of \label commands, 428 size of, 444, 449
oflimits, 304 fonts, 449, 477, 484-491
ofroots, 167 AMSFonts, 303, 306, 436, 478, 485,
oftables, 252, 426, 427 486
of text boxes, 119 Computer Modem, 436, 478, 484, 486
Index PostScript - prompts 567

European Modern, 487 printing, typeset (DVI) files, xxviii, xxix, 481
in illustrations, 486 proc (doc. dass), 269, 479
using with Jb.TEX, 269, 487, 488 PROCEEDINGS (bibI. entry type), 371, 382
legal issues with, 444 proceedings, conference, in BIBTEX database
size of, 486 files, 376-377, 382
PostScript Language Reference Manual (Adobe processed
Systems),444 bibliography files, see bbl
PostScript New Font Selection Scherne, see index files, sec ind
PSNFSS processing
\pounds bibliographies, 383-392
math symbol (1:), 463 indexes, 402-405
pound sign or sterling (.c), 473
prodamations, 39,135-143,352
\Pr (Pr math op.), 174, 465
commands für
preamble, 38-39, 240-242, 315
\newtheorem (prod. com.), 39, 135,
commands in, xxxvi, 9, 16, 39, 61, 75,
138,142,298,348
89,90,105,135,138,139,142,160,
\newtheorem* @, 139,329,330
175,192,234,235,241,242,298,
\theoremstyle @, 139-142
305,313,329,330,333,348,407,
417,420,428,482,509,510,514 \theoremstyle* @, 139-142
customizing, in template files, 47, 298 converting from older türms, 508, 514
defining counters in, 346 counters für, 345
environments in, 242 defining,39,49,135,138,139,142,298,
prodamations defined in, 242 329,330,348,511
user-defined commands in, 242, 313 in preamble, 242
\prec (-< binary rel.), 457 with theorem package, 270
\precapprox (~ binary rel.) @, 458 environments tür
\preccurlyeq (~ binary rel.) @, 458 theorem,39,49,54,55
\preceq (j binary rel.), 457 invoking, 39,49,54,55,135,511
\precnapprox (;;; neg. binary rel.) @, 459 lines following @, 145
\precneqq (~ neg. binary rel.) @, 459 lists in, 137
\precnsim (;;:, neg. binary rel.) @, 459 logical design using, 56
\precsim (;S binary rel.) @, 458 names of, 139
preparation numbering of, 135
final, tür books, 424-429 consecutively, 138-139
of illustrations, 426 within sections, 138-139
presentational tags, in MathML, 443-444 position ofnumbers, 142
\pretend (obs. A.JV1S-TEX com.), 513 sryles of, 139-142,477
preventing definition, 139, 139-142
case changes in bibliographie entries, 373 plain, 139, 139-142
hyphenation, 87-88, 113
remark, 139, 139-142
indentation of paragraphs, 105
unnumbered, 139, 142, 329, 330
line breaks, 104, 112
page breaks, 103, 106,234
\prod (n large math op,), 21,177,466
products, 21, 178
removal
programming, in TEX, 519
ofhorizontal space, 109
of vertical space, 111 programs, typing, 127-129, 131-133
spaces following environments, 330 prohibited keys, 5, 69
prime ('),163,189,463 \projlim (proj lim math op.) @, 174,465
\prime (! math sym.), 463 prompts, 60-61
primitive commands, 325,479 * (interactive), 61,117,323-325
printers **,60
drivers für, 445, 450-451 ?,14,51,60
DVI drivers for, 269 file name, 60
resolution ot~ 449, 486 responding to, 14,60-61
\printindex (index com.), 394, 405 shell, xxviii
568 proof - references Index

proof (text env.) @, xxxiii, 143-145, 306, question marks (?), 5, 68

515 Spanish «), 68, 84,85,469,472
lines following @, 145 terminating sentences with, 70-73
lists in, 144 quiet mode, 60
optional arguments ot~ 144 quotation (disp. text env.), 130, 352
placement of q.e.d. symbol, 144 quotation marks, 5, 69, 80, 85, 472
\proofname (redef. name) @, 324 double quote key, 5, 68, 69, 80
proofs, 143-145 in BIBTEXdatabase fie1ds, 371, 391, 392
proportional fonts, 93 in \index commands, 400--401
propositions, see prodamations European, 473
\propto (cx: binary rel.), 457 single quote key, 5, 7, 68, 80
\protect (protect fragile commands), 79, 244, typing,7
410,415 quotations, typing, 129-130
protecting quote (disp. text env.), 129, 352, 356
eapitalization in bibliographie entries, 373 \quotedblbase (Eur. quot. mark), 473
fragile commands, 79, 244, 410, 415 quoting, special characters in \index commands,
protocols 400
File Transfer, see FTP
Hypertext Transfer, see HTTP \r ring text accent (
0 ),84, 470
\providecommand (user-defined command com.), \raggedleft (align. command decl.), 154
257,322 \raggedright (align. command decl.), 154
\providecommand* (user-defined eommand com.), Raggen, Dave, 442
320 Rahtz, Sebastian, 251, 438, 439, 450
\ProvidesPackage (pack. com.), 333 \raisebox (box com.), 119
providing, commands, 322 ranges,numeric, 10, 80, 85, 472
ps, see PostScript in BIBTEX databases, 373
psamsfonts in index entries, 398-399
AMS document dass option, 303, 305,486 \rangle 0 math delirn.), 171,169,464
amsfonts package option @, 306, 486 rawfonts (pack.), 270
psfonts. ins (PSNFSS distr. file), 487 \rbrace (} math delirn.), 169, 464
\psi ('lj; Greek char.), 456 \rbrack (] math delim.), 169, 464
\Psi ('lI Greek char.), 456 \rceil (l math delim.), 169, 464
psnfss (~TEX distr. dir.), 268 \rcfrac (obs. AMS com.), 515
PSNFSS (PostScript New Font Se1ection Sehe me ), \Re (~math sym.), 463
269,487,488 read-only, making templates, 301
distribution, 487--489 Reader, Aerobat, see Acrobat Reader
font names (Berry scherne), 487 real numbers, in length commands, 349
pt (point abs. unit), 8,10,98,102, 111, 113, redefinable names, 258, 323,491,324,453
115,349 \redef ine (AW- TEX user-defined command
ptm (PSNFSS font name), 487 com.),511
publisher (BIBTEX database fie1d), 371, 377 redefining commands, 322-323
publishers, preparing manuscripts far, 410 \ref (cross-ref. com.), 33, 36, 48, 49, 127,
punctuation 144,147,160,197,209,244,247,
in BIBTEX databases, 371-373, 391, 392 305, 411, 452, 482
marks, 5, 10,68,69,80,84,85,469,472 \reh (hyperref cross-ref. com.), 452
and font shape, typographie rules for, references
96 bibliographie, 34, 42--43, 50, 72, 253-
258,322,352,383,388
q.e.d. symbol, 143 citing, 34, 50, 256, 387, 508, 511, 513
\qedhere (proofcom.) @, 145 citing with BISTEX, 385
\qedsymbol (0 math sym.) @, 143,322 including without ciring, 385, 387
\qquad (spacing com.), 22, 108, 185, 218, defining,33,36,48,49,52,53,160, 197,
185, 468, 474 209,224,244,247,250,348,411
\quad (spacing com.), 19,22,108,158,185, ro equations, 33, 36,160,199,213,247,
218, 185, 468, 474 330
Index reterences - \Roman 569

to pages, 33, 36,197,249,427,482 ofbitmap fonts, 449, 486

and varioref paekage, 270 of graphic images, 449
to seetions, 33, 36,48,49,127,144,147, of printers, 449, 486
160,197,209,244,247,305,411, of screens, 449
482 Return key, 5, 51, 52, 60, 61, 69
symbolie, showing in margins, 249, 270 \rfloor (J math delim.), 169,464
referencing, see cross-reterencing or symbolic \rhd (I> math op.), 460
refcrcncing \rho (p Greek char.), 456
\refname (reder. name), 324 right
\refstepcounter (cross-ref. counter incr. com.), justification of text, 73
348
\right (math delim.), 28,168,170,171,172,
registered trade:mark (@ text sym.), 85, 472
211,228,229
registers, 325
must be balanced, 171,211
relations, binary, see binary relations
right double quote (")
relative
text symbol, 85, 472
numbcring ofequations, 197, 198
typing,7
units, 111, 113, 115, 185,468
\relax (do nothing com.), 332, 333 right single quote (')
release dates, of U\TEX, 61 key, 5, 7, 68, 80
remark (proel. style) @, 139,139-142 text symbol, 80, 473
\renewcommand (user-defincd command com.), \right) ( ) math delim.), 18,21,30,168
92, 105, 143, 152,258,322-323, \right. (blank math delim.), 171
347,511 \right> ( ) math delim.), 171
\renewcommand* (user-defined command com.), \rightarrow (----> math arrow), 461
320 \Rightarrow (=} math arrow), 461
\renewenvironment (user-defined environment \rightarrowtail (>--+ math arrow) @, 462
com.),331 \rightharpoondown (~ math arrow), 461
\renewenvironment* (user-defined environ- \rightharpoonup (---, math arrow), 461
ment com.), 332 \rightleftarrows (<=!: math arrow) @, 462
renumbering, automatie, 33, 56 \rightleftharpoons (;;=':. math arrow) @, 462
report (doc. dass), 244, 263-266, 479 \rightmargin (length com.), 354, 357, 353
reports, teehnical, in BIBTEX database files, 380- \rightrightarrows (=t math arrow) @, 462
381 \rightsquigarrow ("'" math arrow) @, 462
reqno \rightthreetimes ("< math op.) @, 460
AMS document class option, 241, 302, 304, \right] ( 1math delim.), 18,27, 168
512
\right I (I math delim.), 18,21,26,28,184,
amsmath package option @, 241,304 186
U\TEX document dass option, 266 ring (0 text accent), 84, 470
required
ring a (a), 84, 469
arguments
ring A (A), 84, 469
of commands, 10, 15, 115, 117, 119,
\risingdotseq (:= binary rel.) @, 458
149,189,480
\rm (obs. U\TEX 2.09 tont com.), 100
ofenvironments, 20, 42,75,108,147,
rmfamily (tont shape env.), 153
179,217,219,229,231
use braces ({}), 4, 10, 13, 17,74,75, \rmfamily (tont shape com. dec.), 94,95,470
163,313,480 roman
bibliographie fields, 372, 374-382 document tont tamily, 94, 487
required (U\TEX distr. dir.), 268, 435, 491 font shape, 94, 153, 305, 95,470
paekages in, 269 math, 191, 191, 468, 513
\RequirePackage (pack. com.), 333, 334 \roman
research support (\thanks top-matter com.), lowercase roman-numeral counter-style com-
48,281 mand, 127, 347
AMS variant, 279, 300 obsolete Aj\IjS-TEX command, 513
resetting counters, 346, 347 \Roman (uppercase roman-numeral counter style
resolution com.),347
570 roots - Schaefer Index

roots, 21, 166-167 inbibl.tpl,253-255

n-th, 21,167 intrart. tex, xxxi, 38-45, 51, 55, 135,
placement of, 167 136,252,264,394
square, 21,166 typeset, 43-45
row separator (\ \), 20, 34, 36, 38,48, 103, intrarti.tex,394-397,402-405
127,128,131,147,153,179,206, lattice.sty,90, 257, 327, 333-338
207,209,220,224,234,268,275- letter.tex,266-268
277,301,427 math.tex, 11-14
Rowley, Chris, 476-478 mathb. tex, 13-15
\Rrightarrow (~ math arrow) @, 462 multline.tpl,203
\Rsh (1+ math arrow) @, 462 myams.tpl @,298-301
\rtimes (~math op.) @, 460 notel.tex,6-7
rubber lengths, 325, 352, 354, 480-481 notelb.tex,8-9
\rule (box com.), 117, 118, 151 note2.tex,9-11
rules (Iines), filling lines with, 111, 118 noteslug.tex,9
running obtaining, 4, 435
BIBTJV(,383-392 sampart . tex@,xxxiii, 55, 56,135,139,
Makelndex, 402-403 143,223,257,275,285-297,338,
running heads, 244, 259-261, 429 383
author's name in, 277 source file, 290-297
fragile commands in, 79 typeset, 286-288
title in, 276, 301 sampartb. bib @, 383, 384-385
\rvert (I math delirn.) @, 170 sampartb. tex @, 367, 383, 385, 386,
\rVert (11 math delirn.) @, 170 388,389
sampartu. tex@,56,319,323,331,338-
\S (§) 344,361
math symbol, 463 sample.html,441
section text sym.), 85, 463, 472 svsing6.cls,495
sampart.tex (sampie file) @,xxxiii, 55, 56, template.bib, 370, 383,392
135,139,143,223,257,275,285- textenv.tpl,121
297,338,383 topmat. tpl @, 281-284
source file, 290-297 sampIe . html (sample file), 441
typeset, 286-288 sampies
sampartb. aux (sample aux. file) @, 386, 388 ofbibliographies, 49,253-255,370, 383,
sampartb. bbl (sampie bibI. file)@,386,388- 384-385,392
389 of command (style) files, 91, 257, 327,
sampartb. bib (sampie bibI. file)@,383,384- 333-338
385 font,270
sampartb. blg (sampie BlBTJV(logfile)@,386, ofindexes, 394-397
388 sampIes (dir.), 4, 6, 8,9, ll, 14,23,25,38,
sampartb. tex (sampie file)@, 367, 383, 385, 46,49,56,90,121,140,147,204,
386,388,389 223,266,281,298,301,323,333,
sampartu. tex (sampie file) @, 56, 319, 323, 338,370,383,385,394,441,492,
331,338-344,361 493,495
sampie files creating,4
amsart.tpl @, 140-142,298,512 sans-serif
article.tpl, 46, 47, 253 document font family, 94, 487
article2.tpl, 46, 47 fOllt shape, 93, 94, 153, 191, 95, 191,
bibI. tpl, 49 468,470
fonttbl.tex,82,147 \sb (math subscript com.), 164
formula.tex,22-24 Sb (obs. AMS math env.), 515
gallery.tex,25-32 \sc (obs. U\TEX 2.09 font com.), 100
ggamsart. tpl @, 301 \scalebox (graphics com.), 251
ggart.tpl,47 scaling graphics, math, and text, 251
ggart2.tpl,47 Schaefer, Jeff, 443
Index scharf s - \show 571

scharfs (ß, SS), 84, 469 \selectfont (font se1ection corn.), 488
Schleyer, Antoinette Tingley, 211, 519 selecting
Schmock, Uwe, 487 files to include, 417, 418, 420
school (BIBTEX database field), 371 interactively, 418
Schröder, Martin, 476 fonts, 93-100
Schöpt~ Rainer, 476, 477 semantic tags, in MathML, 443--444
Scientific Word (Windows TEX system), 435 sentences, 70
scope terminating, 7, 70-72
of \allowdisplaybreaks cornrnands @, with exclarnation and question marks,
234 70-73
ofcornrnand declarations, 154,314-315, with periods, 70-73,474
329 series (BIBTEX database field), 371
of cornrnands, 76-78, 94 series cornrnands, tor fonts, see under fom corn-
global and local, 79 rnands and font cornrnand dedara-
delirnited by braces, 76-78 tions
setting, wirh environments, 102,207 serif (font shape), see also under roman, 93
screen (monitor) resolution, 449 Seroul, Raymond, 519
\scriptscriptstyle (rnath font size com.), \setcounter (counter setting corn.), 227, 345,
195, .513 348
\scriptsize (font size com.), 98, 275,471 setlength (scoped -command env.), 102, 207
\scriptstyle (rnath font size corn.), 195, 513 \setlength (Iength cornrnand setting corn.),
scshape (font shape env.), 153 105,106,117,350
\scshape (font shape corn. dec.), 95,95,470 \setminus (\ rnath op.), 460
\searrow ('\. math arrow), 461 setspace (pack.), 105
\sec (sec rnath op.), 174,465 \settabs (obs. TEX corn.), 509
secnumdepth (counter), 349 \settodepth (rneasurernent corn.), 351
section (counter), 345 \settoheight (rneasurement corn.), 351
section (§ text sym.), 85, 472, 473 \settowidth (rneasurernent com.), 351
\section (struct. corn.), 48, 243-244 \sevenbf (obs. TEX corn.), 509
argument of, 244 \seveni (obs. TEX corn.), 509
\section* (struct. com.), 48, 245, 412 \sevensy (obs. TEX com.), 509
sectioning, 508 sffamily (font shape env.), 153
of articles, 48, 243-246 \sffamily (font shape com. dec.), 95,470
ofbooks, 410-412,422 SGML (Standard Generalized Markup
commands, see also structural cornrnands Language),477
optional arguments of, 245 shape commands, for fonts, see under fom com-
provided by book document classes, 41 0- mands and font cornmand declara-
412 tions
provided by the amsart document dass, shareware TEX systems, 436
246 \sharp (~rnath sym.), 463
pl ovided by the art icle docurnent dass, shell prompt, xxviii
246 short
of documcnts, 7, 23, 38--40,42,43,48, arguments, ofuser-defined commands, 320-
50, 51, 54, 72, 73, 240, 243-246, 321
253,258,264,267-268,274,285, arguments, of user-defined environments,
352,383,388,393,404,410--412 332
syntax of cornrnands, 244-245 cornrnands, 79,94,275
\sectionname (redef name) pages, warnings about, 481
and hyperref package, 453 shorthand, see under user-defined commands
sections, nurnbering of, 244 \shortmid (I binary rel.) @, 458
in books, 411 \shortparallel (11 binary rel.) @, 458
of equations within, 160,242 \shoveleft (align. corn.) @, 208, 209
of proclarnations within, 138-139 \shoveright (align. corn.) @, 208
\see (indexing cross-reference com.), 401 \show (cornrnand-exarnination com.), 61,323,
\seename (redef. name) @, 324 324,325
572 \showhyphens - spaces Index

\showhyphens (hyph.-disp. corn.), 88 for abbreviations and acronyrns, 96

showidx (pack.), 269 \Small (font size corn.), 514
showkeys (pack.), 249, 270, 271 \smaller (font size corn.) @, 274
options of, 249 \smallfrown ('" binary reL) @, 458
showkeys. sty (U\TEX distr. file), 271 \smallint (f rnath syrn.), 463
\showthe (value-exarnination corn.), 61, 325 smallmatrix (subsid. rnath env.) @,228-229
shrinkable lengths, 325, 352, 354, 480--481 \smallsetminus ('- rnath op.) @, 460
siam (BIBTEX style), 369 \smallskip (spacing corn.), 110
siam. bst (BIBTEX style file), 369 \smallsmile (~ binary reL) @, 458
side-setting, rnath symbols, 189 \smash (spacingcorn.) @, 119, 196, 197,513
\sideset (rnath corn.) @, 189 optional argument of, 197, 513
\sigma (0' Greek char.), 456 \smile (~ binary rel.), 457
\Sigma (~ Greek char.), 456 Snow, Wynter, 519
\signature (letter corn.), 268 Solaris, see also UNIX, xxxi, 5
\sim ("-' binary reL), 457 solid boxes, see also struts, 117-118
\simeq (~ binary reL), 457 somedefs (pack.), 270
simple alignrnent, offorrnulas, 34-35, 35 sort keys, 399--400
\sin (sin rnath op.), 21,173,174,465 case-sensitivity of, 406
sines, 21, 173 sorting, of index entries, 399--400
single source files, xxvii, 3, 5-7, 9, 11, 25, 33, 54,
guillernet, 473 58,60,61,63,71,89,159,240,480,
quote, 7 481
keys, 5, 68, 80 errors in, 13-15,50-54
text symbols (' '), 473
legibilityof, 12,24-25,71,159,214,314
single-line boxes, see under boxes
platforrn independence of, xxxi, 5
\sinh (sinh rnath op.), 174,465
putting on the World Wide Web, 447--448
size
disadvantages of, 448
offiles
white space in, 159
PDF,445
sourees, for fonts, 490
PostScript, 444, 449
\sp (rnath superscript corn.), 164
offonts, 94, 98-99, 153
sp (ohs. AMS rnath env.), 515
bitrnap, 486, 492
spacebar, 5, 69
cornrnands for, see under font cornrnands
\spacehdotsfor (obs. A.M5-TEX corn.), 513
docurnent dass options for, 264,301-
\spaceinnerhdotsfor (obs. A.M5-TEXcorn.),
302
513
in rnath, 195, 513
PostScript, 486 spaces
ofhyperlinks in PDF files, 453 in arguments of cornrnands, 90
of rnath delirniters, 30, 170-172 \bibitem, 257
of paper, docurnent dass options for, 265, \cite,256
302 \index,405--406
\sl (obs. U\TEX 2.09 font corn.), 100 at the beginning of a line, 70
slanted (font shape), 93, 95, 98,153,95,470 blue, see also tie, unbreakable spaces, non-
in rnath mode, 513 breakable spaces, 81
\slanted (obs. A.M5-TEX corn.), 513 in cornrnand narnes, 74
slashed Ls and Os (I, L, 0, 0),84,469 in cornrnand definitions, 314
slides (doc. dass), 268, 479 consist of glue, 480-481
slshape (font shape env.), 153 in delirnited cornrnands, 326-327
\slshape (font shape corn. dec.), 95, 98, 95, filling lines with, 111
470 multiple, act as one, 70
and italic correction, 98 separating words with, 7, 70, 71, 72, 76,
slugs, 9,102,265,302 108,330,373,474
\small (font size corn.), 98, 514, 275, 471 suppressing, 330
small caps (font shape), 93, 95, 96, 153, 95, in tabular environments, 147
470 terrninatingcornrnandswith, 12,74,158
Index spaces - \stop 573

unbreakable (- tie), 7, 33, 69, 71, 72, 80, horizontal, see horizontal spacing
81,104,474 vertical, see vertical spacing
in AMS documents, 81 \spadesuit (. math sym.), 463
in BIBTEX databases, 374 \spbreve (- math accent), 180,467,515
with cross-references, 33, 72, 248 \spcheck (V math accent), 180,467,515
in user-defined commands, 271 \spdddot (... math accent), 180,467,515
in \verb commands, 134 \spddot (.. math accent), 180,467,515
in verbat im environments, 132 \spdot (. math accent), 180,467,515
visible (~), 69,473 special
and \verb* command, 134 braces, 12,77,79, 156,332,333
spacing
balancing, 77
between characters, 480
characters, 5, 69, 81-83, 469-473
commands, see spacing commands
in HTML, 441, 442
determined by document dasses, 108
in \index commands, 400
between dots with \hdotsfor commands,
keys, 5, 69
227
horizontal \special,252
adjusting, 183 spelling checkers, 50, 62-63
interword, 7, 70-72, 76, 108,330,373, \sphat (~ math accent), 180,467,515
474 \sphericalangle (<! math sym.) @, 463
in math, 12, 31, 35, 158-160, 182- Spivak, Michael D., 476, 488
187,227,229,513 split (subsid. math align. env.) @, 36,204,
preventing rem oval of, 109 223-225,302,205
in text, 7,.12,70-73,108-109, lll- and \allowdisplaybreaks commands, 235
112,118,137,359,474 numbering of equations within, 223-224
intercolumn, 218, 222, 214 splitting
in tabular environments, 148 documents into multiple files, 416-418
interline, 172,234,318,425 formulas, across lines, 206-209
adjusting, 100, 118 \spreadlines (obs. Aj\,1S-TEX com.), 513
double, 104-105 Springer-Verlag, 494
line-and-a-half, 105 \sptilde (~ math accent), 180,467,515
betwecn math symbols, 182-187 \sqcap (n math op.), 460
within an \mbox command, 26 \sqcup (U math op.), 460
rules \sqrt (Vx math com.), 21, 166
in arguments of \ index commands, 406 \sqsubset (C binary rel.), 457
for commands, 74, 158 \sqsubseteq (!;;; binary rel.), 457
and delimited commands, 326-327
\sqsupset (:::1 binary rel.), 457
in math, 12, 158-160, 182-187, 196-
\sqsupseteq (;;;) binary rel.), 457
197
square roots, 21, 166
in \mbox commands, 159, 167
\square (0 math sym.) @, 463
in text, 7,10,12,70-73, 108-ll1
\ss (ß), 84, 469
in \text commands @, 159
in text, 108-112 \SS (88), 84, 469
vertical \ssize (obs. Aj\,1S-TEX com.), 513
adding to table of contents, 414 \sssize (obs. Aj\,1S-TEX com.), 513
adjusting, 151, 196,425 stacking, math symbols, 188-189
adjusting with struts, 151 \stackrel (symbol-building com.), 28,188
adjusting with the setspace package, 105 Standard Generalized Markup Language
in indexes, 258, 393 (SGML),477
in math, 119, 196-197, 513 \star (* math op.), 460
preventing removal of, 111 start, of chapters, document dass options tor,
in text, 10, 107, llO-lll, 196, 325, 412--413
414,426,429 \stepcounter (counter-incr. com.), 347
spacing commands sterling (1: text sym.), 473
avoiding direct use of, 423 \stop (interactive control com.), 61
574 stretchable - subsidiary math environments Index

stretchable document parameters for, 518

horizontal braces, 180-181 ofpages,259-261
lengths, 325, 352, 354,480-481 ofprodamations @, 139-142,477
lines, 181-182 oftables, 152-153
math arrows, 182,232,514 text environments, 153
math dclimiters, 171-172 subarray (subsid. math env.) @, 179
math symbols, 180-182 subentries, in indexes, 258, 393, 397, 398
vertical spacing, in displayed text environ- subequations (math env.) @, 198,213,347
ments,352 subformulas
STRING (bibI. entry type), 383 indentation of, 211
structural commands rules for, 209-211, 216-217
\appendix, 245-246, 412 shorthand commands for, 312
\backmatter,411 with user-defined commands, 319-320
\chapter, 244, 264,410 \subitem (index com.), 258,393
\frontmatter,411 \subjclass (top-matter com.) @
hierarchy of, 244, 410 optional arguments of, 280
\mainmatter,411 rules for using, 280
optional arguments of, 245 \subjclassname (redef. name) @, 324
\paragraph, 48, 244 Subject Classification, AMS, 280
\paragraph*,48 subparagraph (counter), 345
\part, 244, 264, 410 \subparagraph (struct. com.), 48, 244
provided by book document dasses, 410- \subparagraph* (struct. com.), 48
412 subscripts, math, 17, 19,27,163-164,166
provided by the amsart document dass, double, 195, 513
246 font size of, 195, 513
provided by the article document dass, with horizontal braces, 181
246 as limits, 19,27,28,166,173,175-177,
\section,48,243-244 304
\section*,48,245,412 as multiline limits, 178-179, 515
\subparagraph,48,244 subsection (counter), 345
\subparagraph*,48 \subsection (struct. com.), 48, 244
\subsection,48,244 \subsection* (struct. com.), 48, 412
\subsection*, 48, 412 \subsectionname (hyperref redef. name), 453
\subsubsection,48,244 \subset (c binary rel.), 457
\subsubsection*,48 \Subset (E binary rel.) @, 458
syntax ot~ 244-245 \subseteq (~ binary rel.), 457
structural text environments \subseteqq (~ binary rel.) @, 458
abstract, 40, 51,73,243,264,274,285, \subsetneq (<; neg. binary rel.) @, 459
38 \subsetneqq (~ neg. binary rel.) @, 459
document, 7,23,39,43,54,73,240 subsidiary math environments
letter, 267-268 aligned @, 204, 221-223, 235
thebibliography,42-43,50,72,253- alignedat @, 221-223, 235
258,352,383,388 for aligning formulas, 36, 204, 205, 220-
theindex,258, 352, 393,404 225,235,302
structures, theorem-like, see prodamations and \allowdisplaybreaks commands, 235
struts, 118, 151, 196 array,19,29,203-205,225,229-231,
Student's Guide to Unix, A (Hahn), 519 270,477,517,518
style (sty) files, see also packages, 242, 313, bmatrix @, 228
333-338,487 Bmatrix @, 228
commands in, 333, 334 cases @, 37-38, 204, 226, 231, 234,
terminating, 338, 360 205
style files, BIBTEX, see bst CD@,232
styles gathered @, 204, 221-223, 235
bibliographical, see also bst, 257 matrix @, 20, 21, 204, 225, 226-229,
tor counters, 92, 127,346-347,356 205
Index subsidiary math environments - \ tablename 575

numbering of, 223, 224 \supset (::J binary reL), 457

page breaks in, 234 \Supset (21 binary reL) @, 458
pmatrix @, 20, 21, 228 \supseteq (2 binary reL), 457
smallmatrix @, 228-229 \supseteqq (~ binary reL) @, 458
split @, 36, 204, 223-225, 235,302, \supsetneq C;2 neg. binary reL) @, 459
205 \supsetneqq (~ neg. binary reL) @, 459
sUbarray @, 179 \surd (.j math sym.), 463
vmatrix @, 20, 21, 29,228 Sutor, Robert, 439
Vmatrix @, 29, 228 svsing2e (pack.), 495
\substack (math com.) @, 178, 179,515 svsing6 (doc. dass), 495
substitution, offonts, 425, 426, 445 example of, 495-506
subsubentries, in indexes, 258, 393, 398 svsing6. cls (sample document dass file), 495
\subsubitem (index com.), 258,393 Swanson, Ellen, 211, 519
subsubsection (counter), 345 \swapnumbers (theorem-style com.), 142
\subsubsection (struct. com.), 48,244 \swarrow ( / math arrow), 461
\subsubsection* (struct. com.), 48 symbol fonts, math, 192-193
subtraction, 16,68, 162, 191 Greek,192
\succ (>- binary reL), 457 \symbol (symbol com.), 82, 269
\succapprox (~ binary reL) @, 458 symbolic references, showing in margins, 249,
\succcurlyeq (~ binary reL) @, 458 270
\succeq (~ binary rel.), 457 symbolic referencing, see also cross-referencing,
\succnapprox (ii; neg. binary rel.) @, 459 33,247-249
\succneqq (~neg. binary reL) @, 459 symbols
\succnsim (~neg. binary reL) @, 459 as footnote indicators, 92
\succsim ((:, binary reL) @, 458 math, 68, 509, 455-469
\sum (L: large math op.), 21,177,466 bold, 193-195,270
sumlimits (opt. ofamsmath pack.) @, 304, building new, 187-190
512 dassification ot~ 183-184, 190
sums, 21,176,178 dedaring types of, 190
\sup (sup math op.), 174, 465 negated, 189
superscripts, 17, 19,27,163-164,166,179 shorthand commands for, 312
in HTML, 441 side-setting, 189
in math spacing of, 182-187
font size of, 195, 513 stacking, 188-189
with horizontal braces, 181 stretchable, 180-182
as limits, 19, 27,166,173,176,177, in text, 316
304 types of, 183-184
as multiline limits, 178-179, 515 text, 81, 82, 84, 85, 279,469-473
in text, 473 systems
support, technical, see technical support of equations, 218-219
\suppressfloats (float com.), 252 TEX, see TEX systems
suppressing
creation of auxiliary files, 428, 482 \t tie text accent ( ~), 84, 470
placement of floats, 252 Tl (Cork) tont encoding, 87,491,473
hyperlinks in PDF files, 452 Tab key, 5, 69
italic corrections, 97-98 \tabalign (obs. TEX com.), 509
ligatures, 26, 83, 312 tabbing (disp. textenv.), 127-129, 508, 517,
loading of AMS packages, 304 518
numbering, 206 table (counter), 345
of equations, 35, 36, 161, 197, 206, table (float env.), 146,250,251
207,209,212,224 option al arguments of, 252, 427
of prodamations, 139, 142, 329, 330 placement of, 426, 427
of structural units, 48, 245, 412 table* (double-column float env.), 250
Overfull \hbox warnings, 102 \tablename (redef. name), 324
q.e.d. symbol, 143 and hyperref package, 453
576 \tableofcontents - TEX Index

\tableofeontents (front rnattercorn.), 413, \TagsAsText (obs. AJVjS-TEX corn.), 512

483 \TagsOnLeft (obs. AJVjS-TEX corn.), 512
tables, 127, 146-153, 231, 250, 251, 270, \TagsOnRight (obs. AJVjS-TEX corn.), 512
477,508,517,518 \tan (tan rnath op.), 174, 465
captions in, 146,250,416 \tanh (tanh rnath op.), 174, 465
fragile cornrnands in, 79 \tau (T Greek char.), 456
cornrnands for, 147, 149-151,250,416 \tbinom (inline-style binornial corn.), 164
cross-refcrencing of, 147 tbtags
designing, 152-153 AMS docurnent dass option, 302, 304, 512
double-colurnn, 250 amsmath package option @, 304
forcing typesetting of, 107 TCI Soft, lnc., 435
hyphenation, 479 techexplorer (IBM U\TEX plug-in tor Web browsers),
typeset inline, 146 448
intersection oflines in, 152,270 technical reports, in BIBTEX database files, 380-
lists of, see under lists 381
rnultiline entries in, 150 technical support
multipage, 270 provided by cornrnercial TEX system ven-
nurnbering of, 250 dors,435
placement of, 252,426,427 provided by the AMS, 437
style of, 152-153 on the World Wide Web, 437
tables of contents, 244, 413-415, 452 TECHREPORT (bibI. entry type), 371, 380-381
adding a line to, 413-414 template.bib (sampie bibI. file), 370, 383,
adding vertical spacing to, 414 392
auxiliary file (toe), 413, 482 ternplates, 47, 239
cornrnands, 414 artiele.tpl,46-47,49,253
depth,349 artiele2.tpl,46-47
fragile cornrnands in, 79,414-415 bibilographical, 253
typesetting, 414 custornizing
\tabs (obs. TEX corn.), 509 for AMS docurnent dasses, 297-301
tabs, setting, 127 for l;\TEX docurnent c1asses, 46-47
\tabsdone (obs. TEX com.), 509 ggamsart. tpl @, 301
\tabset (obs. TEX corn.), 509 ggart.tpl,47
tabular (table env.), 127, 146-153,231,250, ggart2.tpl,47
270,477,508,517,518 myams. tpl @, 298-301
arguments of, 147 personalized, 508, 511, 514
optional, 148 for AMS docurnent dasses, 297-301
breaking lines in, 147 making read-only, 301
horizontallines in, 147, 149 \teni (obs. TEX corn.), 509
intercolumn space in, 148 terminating
\parbox in, 115 fields in BIBTEX database entries, 391
rules far, 147-148 cornrnands, 10, 12,74,75,85,86,271,
verticallines in, 147 313
width of columns in, 148 environments, 73, 77, 511
tabularx (pack.), 270 files, 338, 360, 417
\tag @, 34, 161, 197, 198,206,207,209, paragraphs, 7, 53, 70, 71,105,145
212,223,224 sentences, 70-73, 474
in subsidiary math environments, 223 testart . tex (sampie article) @, 25
\tag* @, 198 teTEX (UNIX TEX system), 436
tags TEX, xxxi, 57, 58
narnes for equations, 34,161,197-199, choosing a TEX system, xxx
206,207,209,212,223,224 cornrnands, 325, 327, 360, 508
top-ar-bottom placement of, 302 to avoid using, 18, 164,424,509,509
in HTML,441 for tonts, 508
in MathML, 443-444 in u\TEX, 508-509
\TagsAsMath (obs. AJVjS-TEX corn.), 512 obsolete, 18, 164, 508, 509
Index TEX - text environments 577

displayed math delimiters ($$), 508 specifying fants tor, 168

distribution, 479 using math symbols in, 316
extensibility of, 57 mode, 3,156
files, portability of, 5 \newlinein, 104
history of, 475--479 plain, xxxi, 5
inner warkings of, 479--483 scaling, 251
inputs directory, 435, 450, 487--489, 492 spacing in, 108-112
and the Internet, 433--454 style commands, see text style commands
omissions in discussion of, 518 symbols, see text symbols
output routines, 508
in tables
Plain,479
multicolumn, 149-151
converting to Iff.TEX, 508-509
multiline, 150
platform independence ot~ xxxi, 317
typing, 4-11,67-93
programming, 519
user-defined commands for, 313
resources on the World Wide Web, 437-
438 white space in, 108-112
source files, see under source files text boxes, 101, 112-119
structure of, 58,479--480,57 alignment of contents in, 113, 116
typesetting with, 58, 59 behave as single characters, 112
using, 58, 59 commands far
TEX systems, 57 \framebox, 114
commercial, 435--436 \makebox, 112, 113, 114, 116, 118
freeware, 436 \mbox, 12,22,26,28,87, 104,112,
integrated, 58, 435 113,159,167,168,192
layers ot~ 58,479--480 measuring, see measurements
for Macintosh, xxix, 58, 435, 436 \parbox,101,112,115,116,150,351,
nonintegrated, 436 513
for pes, 58, 435, 436 \raisebox, 119
shareware, 436 \rule, 117, 118, 151
technical support provided with, 435 \text @, 22, 28, 60,104,112,113,
tor UNIX, xxviii, 58,436,450 159,168,192,233,305
TEX'n ANSI font encoding (LYl), 489 environments for
TEX by Topic: A TEXnician's Reference (Eijkhout), minipage, 101, 112, 116,330,331
519 framed,114
TEXfortbe Beginner (Snow), 519 multiline, 112
TEXfor tbe Impatient (Abrahams, et al.), 519 paragraph,115-116
TEX Startingfrom [IJ (Doob), 114,479 single line, 112-114
TEX user groups, see also TUG, 436--437, 491 vertical alignment of~ 115, 116
international,437 text environments, 120-154
\TeX (TEX logo com.), 84 for alignment, 4, 73,112,146,153,220,
TeX4ht (conversion program), 442
352,360,508
TEXbook, 171e (Knuth), xxx, 475, 479,508,519
for bibliographies, see thebibliography
TEXLive (TUG CD-ROM), 436
blank lines in, 145-146
TEXSpell (pe spelling checker), 63
tor boxes, see under text boxes
text
for comments, see comment
\\in, 104
accents, 75, 84, 470 displayed, see displayed text environments
blocks, width of, 349 for figures, see figures
boxes, see text boxes tor indexes, see theindex
editors, xxvii, xxviii, xxx, 51, 58, 69, 89, tor lists, see list text environments
93,435 tor proofs, see proof @
framing, 101 rules for, 145-146
in math mode, 12, 22, 26, 28, 60, 87, and stretchable vertical space, 352
104,112,113,159,167-168,192, for styles, see under text style
219-220,233,305 for tables, see tables
578 text style commands - \theparentequation Index

text style commands \textquotedbl (Eur. quot. mark), 473

avoiding direct use of, 423 \ textquotedblleft (" left double quote), 85,
\emph,4, 10,73,95, 9~470 472
\textbf,10,98,168,305,315,337,95, \ textquotedblright (" right double quote),
470 85,472
\textit, 95,95,470 \textquoteleft (' left single quote), 473
\textmd,98, 9~470 \textquoteright C)
\textnormal,94, 9~470 European quot. mark, 473
\textrm,94,305, 9~470 text symbol, 473
\textsc, 95,96, 9~470 \textregistered (@ registered trademark),
\textsf, 95,470 85,472
\textsl,95, 9~470 \textrm (font shape com.), 94, 305, 95,470
\texttt, 10,95,470 \textsc (font shape com.), 95, 96, 95,470
\textup,41,95, 9~470 \textsf (font shape com.), 95, 470
text style environments \textsingIbase (Eur. quot. mark), 473
bfseries, 153 \textsl (font shape com.), 95, 95, 470
emshape, 153 \textstyle (math font size com.), 195, 513
itshape, 153 \textsuperscript, 473
rmfamily, 153 \texttrademark (TM trademark), 473
scshape, 153 \texttt (font shape com.), 10, 95, 470
sffamily, 153 \textup (font shape com.), 41, 95, 95, 470
slshape, 153 TEXTURES (Macintosh TEX system), xxix, 435,
ttfamily, 153 450
upshape, 153 font encoding (LM1), 489
text symbols, 82, 84, 469-473 \textvisiblespace (~ visible space), 473
commands for, 81, 82, 84, 85, 279, 470, \textwidth (length com.), 261, 349
472,473 tfm (TEX font metric file), 480, 487
typing, 79-85 \tfrac (~) @, 162
\text (box com.) @, 22, 28, 60,104,112, \th (thom Eur. char.), 473
113,168,192,233,305 \TH (Thorn Eur. char.), 473
spacing rules in, 159 Tbames and Hudson Manual ofTypography, Tbc
\textasciicircum C circumflex), 85, 472 (McLean),519
\textasciitilde C tilde),473 \thanks (top-matter com.), 48, 93
\ textasteriskcentered (* asterisk), 82, 85, AMS variant, 280, 281,300
472 \the (value expansion com.), 85-86,117,347
\textbackslash (\ backslash), 81-82, 85, 472 thebibliography (bibliographyenv.), 42-43,
\textbar ([ vertical bar), 82,85,472 50,72,253-258,352,383,388
\textbf (fontweightcom.), 10,98,168,305, argument of, 255-256
315,337, 95, 470 in bbl files, 388
\textbullet (. buHet), 85, 472 \ thechapter (the value of counter
\textcircled (@), 84, 85, 472 chapter),347
\textcompwordmark (lig.-suppr. com.), 83 \thefootnote (the value of counter
\textemdash (- em dash), 85, 472 footnote), 92
\textendash (- en dash), 85, 472 theindex (index env.), 258, 352, 393, 404
textenv. tpl (sampie file), 121 commands in, 258, 393
\textexcIamdown (i exclamation mark), 85, theorem (proclarnation env.), 39, 49, 54, 55
472 body of, 49
\textgreater (> greater than), 85, 472 logical design of, 55
\textit (font shape com.), 95,95,470 visllal design of, 55
\textless « less than), 85, 472 theorem (pack.), 143,270
\textmd (font weight com.), 98,95,470 theorem-like.structllres, see proclarnations
\textnormal (font shape com.), 94, 95, 470 \theoremstyle (proc!. com.) @, 139-142
\textperiodcentered (. midpoint), 85, 472 \theoremstyle* (procI. com.) @, 139-142
\textquestiondown U. question mark), 85, \ theparentequation (the value of counter
472 parentequation),347
Index \therefore - trademark text symbols 579

\therefore (:. binary rel.) @, 458 optional arguments of, 275, 282,301
\thesection (the value of counter titlepage (doc. dass opt.), 266, 412
section),347 AMS variant, 303
theses, in BIBTE,X database files, 379-380 titlepage (front-matter env.), 413
\thesubsection (the value of counter titles
subsection), 347 ofartides, 48, 275, 301
\theta (8 Greek char.), 456 in bibliographies, rules for typing, 373-
\Theta (8 Greek char.), 456 374
\thickapprox (;:;: binary rel.) @, 458 in running heads, 276, 301
\thickfrac (obs. AM5-TEX com.), 513 of structural commands, 244, 508
\ thi ckfracwi thdel ims (obs. AM5~ TEX com. ), fragile commands in, 79
513 Tittel, Ed, 442
\thicksim (~ binary rel.) @, 458 \to (-> math arrow), 461
\thickspace (spacingcom.) @, 185,468,474 toe (tables of contents files), 413, 482
\thinspace (spacing com.), 19,26,72,80, commands in, 414
183, 185, 185,46~474 tocdepth (counter), 349
third-party document dasses, see under docu- \today (time com.), 10,48,75-76,86,277,
ment dasses 491
\ thispagestyle (set page style), 259 tokens,480
thorn (Eur. char.), 473 tools (l<\TEX distr. dir.), 249, 268
Thorup, Kresten K., 348, 351 packages in, 269-271
tie (- spacing com.), 7, 33, 69, 71, 72, 80, 81, tools, for HTML authoring, 442
104,474 tools. ins (l<\TEX distr. file), 271
in AMS documents, 81 top matter, 39-40, 241,38
in BIBTEX databases, 374 of AMS documents, 275-285
with cross-references, 33, 72, 248 AMS information, 279-281
tie (- text accent), 84, 470 author information, 277-279
tilden errors with, 284-285
text accent, 84, 470 examples,281-284
text symbol, 473 with multiple authors, 281
\tilde (5: math accent), 19, 180, 467 for artiele document dass, 47-48
\Tilde (5: obs. math accent), 512 artide information, 39-40,47-48
time commands of AMS documents, 275-277
\day,85 commands, 39,40,47,48,86,93, 112,
\month,85 261,275-281,300,301,413,454,
\time,85 514
\today,10,48,75-76,86,277,491 blank lines in, 275
\year,85 examples of, 281-284
\time (time com.), 85 customizing templates, 47, 298
times (pack.), 487, 488 is document-class specific, 242
\times (x math op.), 16,162,460 editing, 47--48
Times, in l<\TEX documents, 487-489 with multiple authors, 48
times. sty (PSNFSS distr. file), 487 \top (T math sym.), 463
\tiny (font size com.), 98,514,275,471 top-or-bottom, placement oftags, 302
\Tiny (font size com.), 514 \topins (obs. TEX com.), 509
title (BIBTEX database field), 371, 379 \topinsert (obs. TEX com.), 509
title pages, 39 topmat.tpl (sampie file) @,281-284
of books, 413 \ TopOrBottomTagsOnSpli ts (obs. AM5- TEX
commands for, 39,413 com.),512
document dass options for, 266, 303, 412 tops, of text boxes, 351
environments for, 413 \topsep (length com.), 352, 354, 353
footnotes on, 93 \topsmash (obs. AM5-TEX com.), 513
\title (top-matter com.), 40, 47, 48, 112, \topspaee (obs. AM5-TEX com.), 513
413 \totalheight (length com.), 114, 116
AMS variant, 301 trademark text symbols (TM ®), 85, 472, 473
580 translation - UNIX Index

translation, ofline-ending characters, 69 books, 409-429

\translator (top-matter com.) @, 276 exercises, 142-143
\triangle (6 math sym.), 463 footnotes, 92-93
\triangledown (\7 math sym.) @, 463 math, 11-38, 155-201
\ triangleleft (<l math op.), 460 poetry, 130-131
\trianglelefteq (~ binary rel.) @, 458 programs, 127-129, 131-133
\triangleq (~ binary rel.) @, 458 quotations, 129-130
\triangleright (r> math op.), 460 text, 4-11, 67-93
\trianglerighteq (~ binary rel.) @, 458 symbols, 79-85
Trigram Systems, 63 typographical
trivlist (text list env.), 360 conventions, xxxvii-xxxviii
\tsize (obs. AJVtS-TEX com.), 513 errors,50
\tt (obs. I5\TEX 2.09 font com.), 100 rules far
ttfamily (font shape env.), 153 abbreviations and acronyms, 96
\ttfamily (font shape com. dec.), 95, 470 initials, 72
TUG (TEX Users Group), 436-437 placement of punctuation, 96
Web resources, 438
TUGboat, 437, 519 \u breve text accent (~), 84, 470
two-Ietter font commands, see under font com- UK TUG (United Kingdom TEX User Group),
mands 437
twocolumn (doc. dass opt.), 107,241,265 Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), 437
AMS variant, 303 \ulcorner (r math delirn.) @, 169,464
\twocolumn (double-column com.), 107 umlaut (" text accent), 5,492, 84, 470
\twoheadleftarrow (<<- math arrow)@, 462 unbreakable
\twoheadrightarrow ( ..... math arrow) @, 462 hyphens, 88
twoside (doc. dass opt.), 107,265,412 spaces C tie), 7, 33,69,71,72,80,81,
AMS variant, 303 104,474
type (BIBTEX database field), 371, 380 in AMS documents, 81
typelern (pack.), 487 in BIBTEX databases, 374
Typefacesfor Desktop Publishing (Black), 519 with cross-references, 33, 72, 248
types \underbrace (math sym.), 181
of commands, 78-79 with a subscript, 181
ofmath symbols, 183-184, 194 underdot C text accent), 84, 470
dedaring, 190 \underleftarrow (x math arrow) @, 182
+-
typeset \underleftrightarrow ( x math arrow) @,
example artieies <-->
intrart.tex,43-45 182
sampart . tex @, 286-288 \underline (!!: math line sym.), 181
material, induding in illustrations, 436 \underrightarrow (x math arrow) @, 182
->
typesetting, 480-481 underscore (.), 81
indexes, 402-405 text accent, 84, 470
with I5\TEX, 58, 59 text symbol, 85, 472
tables of contents, 414 in electronic mai! addresses, 279
with TEX, 58, 59 \underset (symbol-buildingcom.) @,28, 188
typewriter-style units
document font family, 94, 487 absolute, see under absolute
fontshape, 10, 153,436,478,484,486, dimensional, see under dimensional units
95,470 logical, see under logieal
in math, 191,191,468 math, see mu
fonts,93 relative, see under relative
typing UNIX, xxxi, 5, 317, 362,434,436,476
bibliographie entries, 372-383 FTP dients, 434
accents in, 374 line-ending characters, 420
names in, 372-373 spelling checkers, 63
titles in, 373-374 TEX systems for, xxviii, 58, 436, 450
Index \unlhd - \varprojlim 581

\unlhd (:sJ math op.), 460 user groups, 436-437, 491

unmarked footnotes @, 279, 280 international,437
unnumbered User's Guide for the amsmath Package (version
environments, 209 2.0),171,204
equations, 35, 36, 161, 197, 206, 207, user-defined commands, 63, 312-327, 422
209,212,224 arguments ot~ 318-321
math environments, 206 command declarations in, 95
proclarnations, 139, 142, 329, 330 scope of, 314-315, 329
structural units, 48, 245, 412 with \def, 326
unpacked (ll\TEX distr. dir.), 268, 435 defining, 92, 105, 143, 152,257,258,
UNPUBLISHED (bibI. entry type), 371, 381-382 312,313,320-323,347,511
\unrhd (12: math op.), 460 in preamble, 242
\uparrow (I) delimited, 325-327
math arrow, 461 for environments, 313
math delimiter, 169, 464 for indexing, 318-319, 398
\Uparrow (it) invoking, 313
math arrow, 461 optional arguments of, 321
math delimiter, 169, 464 for pathnames, 317
updates
rules, 313
to AMSFonts and packages, 61
short arguments, 320-321
to ll\TEX, 61
asshorthand,312-321
to Math into JjlTEX, xxxvii
spaces in, 314
\ updol/Ilarrow (1)
for subformulas, 319-320
math arrow, 461
for text, 313
math delimiter, 169, 464
as tokens, 480
\Updownarrow (~)
user-defined environments, 328-333, 422
math delimiter, 169, 464
defining, 328, 331, 332
\Updownarrow(~)
math arrow, 461 tor custom lists, 358-359
\upharpoonleft (1 math arrow) @, 462 optional arguments of, 331-332
\upharpoonright (t math arrow) @, 462 short arguments, 332
\uplus (I±J math op.), 460
uppercase counter styles \v caron text accent Cl, 84, 470
letters (\Alph), 347 Valiente Feruglio, Gabriel, 234
roman numerals (\Roman), 347 \value (value of counter), 348
upref (pack.) @, 305 values, of counters, 92, 347
upright (font shape), 41, 95, 153, 358, 95, printing, 85-86, 117, 347
470 van Oostrum, Piet, 261
\uproot (root-adjustment com.), 167 \varDelta (Ll Greek char.) @, 456
upshape (font shape env.), 153 \varepsilon (0: Greek char.), 456
\upshape (font shape com. dec.), 95,358,95,
\varGamma (r Greek char.) @, 456
470
\varinjlim (!im math op.) @, 174,465
\upsilon (v Greek char.), 456
\Upsilon cr Greek char.), 456 varioref (pack.),249, 270
\varkappa (x Greek char.), 456
\upuparrows (TI math arrow) @, 462
\urcorner (, math delirn.) @, 169,464 \varLambda (A Greek char.) @, 456
URL (Uniform Resource Locator), see also hy- \varliminf (lim math op.) @, 174,465
perlinks, 442 \varlimsup (!im math op.) @, 174,465
\URL (bibI. com.) @, 50 \varnothing (0 math sym.) @, 463
\urladdr (top· matter com.) @, 279, 281, \varOmega (st Greek char.) @, 456
300,454 \varphi (<p Greek char.), 456
\usecounter (list counter com.), 356 \varPhi (<1> Greek char.) @, 456
\usepackage (preamble com.), 16,39,75,105, \varpi (ro Greek char.), 456
241,298,313,333 \varPi (JI Greek char.) @, 456
can load multiple packages, 241 \varprojlim (~math op.) @, 174,465
582 \ varpropto - warning messages Index

\varpropto (cx: binary rel.) @, 458 adjusting, 196

\varPsi (1[/ Greek char.) @, 456 with \arraystretch, 151
\varrho (12 Greek char.), 456 adjusting the setspace package, 105
\varsigma (, Greek char.), 456 adjusting with struts, 151
\varSigma (E Greek char.) @, 456 commands
\varsubsetneq (~neg. binary rel.) @, 459 to avoid using, 424
\varsubsetneqq (~neg. binary rel.) @, 459 \bigskip, 110
\varsupsetneq C2 neg. binary rel.) @, 459 \enlargethispage, 107,426,429
\ varsupsetneqq (~ neg. binary rel.) @, 459 \mathstrut, 196
\vartheta (ti Greek char.), 456 \medskip,110,325
\varTheta (8 Greek char.) @, 456 \smallskip, 110
\vartriangle (6 math op.) @, 460 \smash@, 119, 196, 197, 513
\vartriangleleft (<l binary rel.) @, 458 \vphantom, 196
\vartriangleright (I> binary rel.) @, 458 \vspace, 110,414
\varUpsilon (Y Greek char.) @, 456 \vspace*,111
\varXi (3 Greek char.) @, 456 in indexes, 258, 393
\vdash (I- binary rel.), 457 between marginal notes, 349
\vDash (1= binary rel.) @, 458 in math mode, 119,196-197,513
\Vdash (11- binary rel.) @, 458 between paragraphs, 349
\vdots (vertical ellipsis) @, 228 preventing rem oval of, 111
\vec (xmath accent), 19,324,180,467 stretchable, 352
\Vec (x obs. math accent), 512 in text, 10, 107, 110-111, 196, 325,414,
\vee (v math op.), 460 426,429
\veebar (~math op.) @, 460 using the setspace package, 105
\verb (inline verbatim com.), 133-134 \vfootnote (obs. TEX com.), 509
in AMS aligned math environments, 134 viewers, DVI, 58,435,481
in argument of other commands, 134 viewing typeset documents, xxviii, xxix, 481
delimiters with, 133-134
virtex (TEX program), 479
spaces in, 134 virtual fonts, 487
\verb* (inline verbatim com.), 134 visible spaces (_), 69, 473
verbat im (disp. text env.), 131-133,269,270,
and \verb* command, 134
477
visual
blank lines in, 145
design, 55-56, 259-261
characters following, 132
determined by Web browsers, 440
spaces in, 132
guide, to multiline math formulas, 204,
verbatim (pack.), 91, 92, 133,270,334
205
verse (disp. text env.), 130-131, 352, 356
markup,56
breaking lines in, 131
vmatrix (subsid. math env.) @, 20, 21, 29,
versions
228
of Aj\;fS packages and AMSFonts, 61
Vmatrix (subsid. math env.) @, 29, 228
ofIf.TEX packages, 61-62
volume (BIBTEX database field), 371
\vert ([ math delirn.), 169, 464
von, in bibliographie entries, 373
\Vert (11 math delirn.), 169, 464
\vphantom (spacing com.), 196
vertical
\vspace
alignment, oftext boxes, 115, 116
obsolete AMS-TEX command, 513
bar ([ text sym.), 85, 472
spacing command, 110,414
ellipses, 228
glue, 481 \vspace* (spacing com.), 111
\Vvdash (111- binary rel.) @, 458
lines
in CD environments @, 233
in tabular environments, 147 warning messages, see also error messages
math arrows, 233 \end occurred inside a group at
vertical spacing level a:,77
adding after \ \, 10,32,103, 146 \end occurred when \a:a:a: on
adding to table of contents, 414 line yy was incomplete,417
Index warmng messages - World Wide Web Consortium 583

Abstract should precede \maketitle in text mode, 7,12,70-73,108-109,

in AMS documentclasses~,243, 111-112,118,137,359
274 between marginal notes, 349
with BIBTEX, 390-392 inmath, 12, 158-160, 182-187, 196-197
in blg file, 388 adjusting, 196
Characters dropped after within an \mbox command, 26
'\end{verbatim}',133 between paragraphs, 349
File 'xxxx.xxx' already exists on in source files, 159
the system. Not generating suppressing, 330
it from this source,421 in tabular environments, 147
Foreign command \atopwithdelims~, terminating commands with, 74, 158
18, 164 in text, 7, 70-72, 76,108-112,330,373,
generated by overlapping braces, 77 474
about hyphenation, 102 in \verb commands, 134
Label(s) may have changed,248 in verbat im environments, 132
li ne numbers in, 8 vertical
lines are too wide, 7-9,101-102 adding to table of contents, 414
No auxiliary output files,482 in math mode, 119, 196, 197,513
Overfull \hbox,8,101-102,481 in text mode, 10, 107, llO-lll, 196,
suppressing, 102 325,414,426,429
recorded in log file, 58, 101 Wbole Internet: Tbe Next Generation (Conner
regarding font substitution, 99 & Krol), 519
Rerun to get cross-references right, \widehat (x math accent), 30, 179, 180, 467
248 \widetilde (x math accent), 180, 467
Underfull \vbox has occurred while width
\output is active,481 ofcolumns in tabular environments, 148
Warning--missing jieLd in LabeL,390- of fonts, see font width
392 of text blocks, 349
when using the filecontents environ- 01' text box es, 113, 351
ment,421 \width (length com.), 116
when using \NeedsTeXFormat, 61 Windows, see also pes, see under Microsoft
Writing file 'xxxx.xxx',421 word processors, xxvii, xxx
Web Publisbing witb Acrobat (Merz), 454 words, are separated by spaces, 70
WebEQ (Java equation generator tor Web work (dir.), 4, 6,8,9,11,14,46,47,51,298,
browsers),443 385
WebTEX (markup language), 443 creating,4
\wedge (/\ math op.), 460 World Wide Web, 434
weight, oftonts, see under font environments, addresses, 442
font commands and tont command in top matter (\urladdr comm.) ~,
declarations 279,281,300
white space browsers, 434, 441
adjusting,425 determine document appearance, 440,
in arguments of commands, 90 442
and binary operations and relations, 159 displaying DVI files in, 448
in command definitions, 314 plug-ins for, 446, 448
in command names, 74 support for MathML, 444
commands, avoiding direct use ot~ 423 viewing PDF files in, 445, 446, 450
in delimited commands, 326-327 file tormats, 440-450
for distinguishing braces, 24 hyperlinks, 442
determined by document classes, 108 in PDF documents, 453-454
horizontal, 19,22,73,74,108,109,128, 1\TEX and TEX resources on, 434, 437-
158,184,185,187,217,218,271, 438
315,316,351,468,474 putting 1\TEX documents on, 438-454
in math mode, 31, 227, 229, 513 World Wide Web Consortium, 443
584 \wp - \zeta Index

\wp (p math sym.), 463

\wr (I math op.), 460
wrapping
of comments, 90
oflines by text editors, 89

X Window System, xxviii

xalignat (obs. AMS math align. env.), 514
xca (exercise env.) @, 142
xcb (exercise env.) @, 142
xdvi (X Window DVI viewer), xxviii
\xi (~ Greek char.), 456
\Xi (= Greek chaL), 456
\xleftarrow (math arrow) @, 182, 514
xr (pack.), 249, 271
\xrightarrow (math arrow) @, 182, 514
\xspace (spacing com.), 315-316
xspace (pack.), 271, 315-316, 327
xxalignat (obs. AMS math align. env.), 514

Y&cY, 63,436,450, 478,485, 488, 489

version of AMS fonts, 487
year (BIBTEX database field), 371
\year (time com.), 85

zero, specii)'ing in arguments, 118

\zeta (( Greek char.), 456